Generated by Rank Math SEO, this is an llms.txt file designed to help LLMs better understand and index this website. # Fast Confectionery ## Sitemaps - [XML Sitemap](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/sitemap_index.xml): Includes all crawlable and indexable pages. ## Products - [Promotional Hollow Easter Egg 130g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-hollow-easter-egg-130g/): A large 130g hollow Easter egg with your branded label. A premium promotional Easter gift. - [Promotional Easter Eggs Cello Bag 100g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-easter-eggs-cello-bag-100g/): Personalise these promotional Easter Eggs Cello Bags with your logo for a colourful seasonal giveaway. - [Custom Easter Eggs Noodle Box](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-easter-eggs-noodle-box/): Fill a branded noodle box with mini solid Easter eggs for a fun, memorable promotional gift. - [Promotional Easter Eggs Pillow Pack 75g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-easter-eggs-pillow-pack-75g/): Personalise these promotional Easter Eggs Pillow Packs with your logo for a premium seasonal gift. - [Branded Easter Eggs Cello Bag 30g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-easter-eggs-cello-bag-30g/): These branded Easter Eggs Cello Bags are a compact, affordable promotional Easter treat with your logo. - [Custom Easter Eggs Cello Bag 50g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-easter-eggs-cello-bag-50g/): Add your logo to these custom Easter Eggs Cello Bags for a budget-friendly branded Easter giveaway. - [Branded Easter Eggs Mesh Bag 50g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-easter-eggs-mesh-bag-50g/): These branded Easter Eggs Mesh Bags give your logo a classic Easter look with 50g of mini solid eggs. - [Custom Easter Printed Card with Chocolate Half Egg](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-easter-printed-card-with-chocolate-half-egg/): A fully printed card with a chocolate half egg attached. Your Easter message on a branded card. - [Promotional Easter Chocolate Half Eggs](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-easter-chocolate-half-eggs/): Branded chocolate half eggs with your custom label. A simple, affordable Easter promotional treat. - [Branded Easter Bunny Card with Chocolate Half Egg](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-easter-bunny-card-with-chocolate-half-egg/): A bunny-shaped printed card with a chocolate half egg attached. Fully branded Easter giveaway. - [Promotional Easter Speckle Card with Giant Freckle](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-easter-speckle-card-with-giant-freckle/): A speckle-themed Easter card with a giant chocolate freckle. Affordable branded Easter giveaway. - [Branded Easter Speckle Rabbit with Card](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-easter-speckle-rabbit-with-card/): A premium chocolate speckle rabbit with a branded card. A standout promotional Easter gift. - [Custom Easter Gingerbread Bunny Billboard Card](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-easter-gingerbread-bunny-billboard-card/): A large gingerbread bunny attached to a fully printed billboard card. A unique branded Easter treat. - [Custom Hollow Easter Egg 100g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-hollow-easter-egg-100g/): A branded 100g hollow Easter egg with your custom label. A solid promotional Easter gift at a great price. - [Promotional Mini Jelly Beans Bag](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-mini-jelly-beans-bag/): Personalise these promotional mini jelly beans bag with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Branded Allens Jelly Beans Bag](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-allens-jelly-beans-bag/): Personalise these branded allens jelly beans bag with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Custom Aussie Jelly Beans Bag](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-aussie-jelly-beans-bag/): Personalise these custom aussie jelly beans bag with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Custom Sour Cola Bottles Bag](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-sour-cola-bottles-bag/): Personalise these custom sour cola bottles bag with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Promotional Mini M&Ms Bag](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-mini-mandms-bag/): Personalise these promotional mini m&ms bag with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Promotional Allens Red Frogs Bag](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-allens-red-frogs-bag/): Personalise these promotional allens red frogs bag with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Branded Sour Gummy Bears Bag](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-sour-gummy-bears-bag/): Personalise these branded sour gummy bears bag with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Branded Billboard Gummy Bears Card](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-billboard-gummy-bears-card/): Personalise these branded billboard gummy bears card with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Custom Billboard Jelly Bean Card](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-billboard-jelly-bean-card/): Personalise these custom billboard jelly bean card with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Branded Eco Mini M&Ms Bag](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-eco-mini-mandms-bag/): Personalise these branded eco mini m&ms bag with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Custom Eco Aussie Jelly Mix Bag](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-eco-aussie-jelly-mix-bag/): Personalise these custom eco aussie jelly mix bag with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Promotional Eco Mini Jelly Beans Bag](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-eco-mini-jelly-beans-bag/): Personalise these promotional eco mini jelly beans bag with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Branded Eco Mini M&Ms Billboard Card](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-eco-mini-mandms-billboard-card/): Personalise these branded eco mini m&ms billboard card with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Custom Eco Mini Jelly Beans Billboard Card](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-eco-mini-jelly-beans-billboard-card/): Personalise these custom eco mini jelly beans billboard card with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Promotional Eco Aussie Jelly Mix Billboard Card](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-eco-aussie-jelly-mix-billboard-card/): Personalise these promotional eco aussie jelly mix billboard card with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Branded Allens Pineapples Bag 50g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-allens-pineapples-bag-50g/): Personalise these branded allens pineapples bag 50g with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Custom Allens Minties Bag 50g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-allens-minties-bag-50g/): Personalise these custom allens minties bag 50g with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Promotional Aussie Jelly Mix Bag 50g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-aussie-jelly-mix-bag-50g/): Personalise these promotional aussie jelly mix bag 50g with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Promotional TV Mix Bag 40g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-tv-mix-bag-40g/): Personalise these promotional tv mix bag 40g with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Custom Chocolate Freckle Card](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-chocolate-freckle-card/): Personalise these custom chocolate freckle card with your logo for a memorable branded giveaway. - [Branded M&Ms Cello Bag 50g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-mms-cello-bag-50g/): Personalise these branded M&Ms Cello Bag 50g with your logo. - [Custom Corporate Colour Jelly Beans Box 50g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-corporate-colour-jelly-beans-box-50g/): Personalise these custom Corporate Colour Jelly Beans Box 50g with your logo. - [Promotional Assorted Colour Jelly Beans Box 50g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-assorted-colour-jelly-beans-box-50g/): Personalise these promotional Assorted Colour Jelly Beans Box 50g with your logo. - [Branded Assorted Colour Mini Jelly Beans Cello Bag 50g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-assorted-colour-mini-jelly-beans-cello-bag-50g/): Personalise these branded Assorted Colour Mini Jelly Beans Cello Bag 50g with your logo. - [Custom Corporate Colour Mini Jelly Beans Cello Bag 50g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-corporate-colour-mini-jelly-beans-cello-bag-50g/): Personalise these custom Corporate Colour Mini Jelly Beans Cello Bag 50g with your logo. - [Promotional Rectangular Sugar Free Breath Mints](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-rectangular-sugar-free-breath-mints/): Personalise these promotional Rectangular Sugar Free Breath Mints with your logo. - [Branded Click It Mint Tin](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-click-it-mint-tin/): Personalise these branded Click It Mint Tin with your logo. - [Custom Jelly Beans Kick Coffee Cup](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-jelly-beans-kick-coffee-cup/): Personalise these custom Jelly Beans Kick Coffee Cup with your logo. - [Promotional M&Ms Vienna Coffee Cup](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-mms-vienna-coffee-cup/): Personalise these promotional M&Ms Vienna Coffee Cup with your logo. - [Branded Jelly Party Mix Cello Bag 180g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-jelly-party-mix-cello-bag-180g/): Personalise these branded Jelly Party Mix Cello Bag 180g with your logo. - [Custom Jelly Party Mix Cello Bag 50g](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-jelly-party-mix-cello-bag-50g/): Personalise these custom Jelly Party Mix Cello Bag 50g with your logo. - [Promotional Jelly Party Mix Pillow Pack](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-jelly-party-mix-pillow-pack/): Personalise these promotional Jelly Party Mix Pillow Pack with your logo. - [Branded Corporate Colour Mini Jelly Beans Silver Round Tin](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-corporate-colour-mini-jelly-beans-silver-round-tin/): Personalise these branded Corporate Colour Mini Jelly Beans Silver Round Tin with your logo. - [Custom Assorted Colour Mini Jelly Beans Silver Round Tin](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/custom-assorted-colour-mini-jelly-beans-silver-round-tin/): Personalise these custom Assorted Colour Mini Jelly Beans Silver Round Tin with your logo. - [Promotional M&Ms Silver Round Tin](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/promotional-mms-silver-round-tin/): Personalise these promotional M&Ms Silver Round Tin with your logo. - [Branded Corporate Colour Mini Jelly Beans Silver Rectangle Tin](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product/branded-corporate-colour-mini-jelly-beans-silver-rectangle-tin/): Personalise these branded Corporate Colour Mini Jelly Beans Silver Rectangle Tin with your logo. ## Pages - [Refund and Returns Policy](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/refund-and-returns-policy/): Effective Date: 31 March 2026 Last Updated: 31 March 2026 - [Privacy Policy](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/privacy-policy/): This Privacy Policy explains how Barneys Print & Promo Pty Ltd trading as Fast Promos ("we", "us", "our") collects, uses, stores, and discloses your personal information across our family of websites: - [Promotional Branded Confectionery](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/): Whatever the occasion, we've got the perfect promotional branded confectionery treat. - [Artwork](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/artwork/): Before we bring your brand to life, here’s everything you need to know about submitting your logo and artwork. - [Contact Us](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/contact-us/): Please feel free to contact us with any questions you may have.  - [Fast Confectionery Blog – News and Insights for Marketing](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/blog/) - [Sitemap](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/sitemap/): Pages About Us Account Logout Wishlist Artwork Cart Checkout Contact Us Fast Confectionery Blog – News and Insights for Marketing Get a Custom Quote Let’s Keep In Touch Privacy Policy Promotional Branded Confectionery Refund and Returns Policy Samples Shipping and Lead Times Sitemap Terms & Conditions Thank you for your Enquiry Welcome to the Fast Confectionery Online Shop. Posts by category Category: Creative Corporate Gifting with a Twist: Confectionery That Tells a Story Category: Easter Ideas Seasonal Confectionery for Corporate Gifting Easter Confectionery: Sweeten the Season with Custom Treats Category: Events Custom Confectionery for Product Launches Confectionery for Trade Shows: Sweet Ways to Attract Visitors From Boardroom to BBQ: How Confectionery Works Across Every Aussie Event Be Sweet At Your Next Event With Bulk Lollies Category: Fundraising Bulk Lollies and Lolly Bags for Fundraising Category: How To Guides How to Choose the Perfect Promotional Confectionery for Your Next Corporate Event Category: Learn Sustainable Confectionery Packaging for Modern Brands Personalised Confectionery for Staff Appreciation and Internal Culture The History of Promotional Lollies: From Penny Sweets to Corporate Hampers The Art of Taste Testing: How Sampling Confectionery Wins Customers The Sweet Science of Branding: Why Promotional Confectionery Beats Business Cards The Sweet History of Hard Candy Australia Category: Marketing Top 5 Ideas for Promotional Christmas Confectionery Gifts Logo on a Lolly: Why Personalisation Matters in Marketing Winter Corporate Confectionery: Smart Picks, Storage & Simple Labelling Tips Sweet Science: How Sensory Marketing Creates Stronger Brand Connections Why Branded Chocolate Advent Calendars Are a Genius Marketing Tool Top 10 Corporate Gift Ideas That Aren’t Boring (Spoiler: They’re Delicious) Sweeten Your Brand: Why Custom Branded Confectionery Works for Marketing The Ultimate Guide To Promotional Jelly Beans in Australia The Best Promotional Chocolates for the Holiday Season you can Buy Online Top 3 Things to Consider Before Giving Corporate Chocolate Boxes and Gifts Christmas Confectionery for Shopping Centres Thank You Chocolates Customised Candy: A Sweet Token of Appreciation Top 5 Ideas for Promotional Confectionery Best Choices for Promotional Snacks Important Tips for Using Promotional Lollies Category: Trends Spread Festive Cheer with Promotional Christmas Confectionery Products Promotional Hollow Easter Egg 130g Promotional Easter Eggs Cello Bag 100g Custom Easter Eggs Noodle Box Promotional Easter Eggs Pillow Pack 75g Branded Easter Eggs Cello Bag 30g Custom Easter Eggs Cello Bag 50g Branded Easter Eggs Mesh Bag 50g Custom Easter Printed Card with Chocolate Half Egg Promotional Easter Chocolate Half Eggs Branded Easter Bunny Card with Chocolate Half Egg Promotional Easter Speckle Card with Giant Freckle Branded Easter Speckle Rabbit with Card Custom Easter Gingerbread Bunny Billboard Card Custom Hollow Easter Egg 100g Promotional Mini Jelly Beans Bag Branded Allens Jelly Beans Bag Custom Aussie Jelly Beans Bag Custom Sour Cola Bottles Bag Promotional Mini M&Ms Bag Promotional Allens Red Frogs Bag Branded Sour Gummy Bears Bag Branded Billboard Gummy Bears Card Custom Billboard Jelly Bean Card Branded Eco Mini M&Ms Bag Custom Eco Aussie Jelly Mix Bag Promotional Eco Mini Jelly Beans Bag Branded Eco Mini M&Ms Billboard Card Custom Eco Mini Jelly Beans Billboard Card Promotional Eco Aussie Jelly Mix Billboard Card Branded Allens Pineapples Bag 50g Custom Allens Minties Bag 50g Promotional Aussie Jelly Mix Bag 50g Promotional TV Mix Bag 40g Custom Chocolate Freckle Card Branded M&Ms Cello Bag 50g Custom Corporate Colour Jelly Beans Box 50g Promotional Assorted Colour Jelly Beans Box 50g Branded Assorted Colour Mini Jelly Beans Cello Bag 50g Custom Corporate Colour Mini Jelly Beans Cello Bag 50g Promotional Rectangular Sugar Free Breath Mints Branded Click It Mint Tin Custom Jelly Beans Kick Coffee Cup Promotional M&Ms Vienna Coffee Cup Branded Jelly Party Mix Cello Bag 180g Custom Jelly Party Mix Cello Bag 50g Promotional Jelly Party Mix Pillow Pack Branded Corporate Colour Mini Jelly Beans Silver Round Tin Custom Assorted Colour Mini Jelly Beans Silver Round Tin Promotional M&Ms Silver Round Tin Branded Corporate Colour Mini Jelly Beans Silver Rectangle Tin Custom M&Ms Box 50g Promotional M&Ms Pillow Pack Promotional Assorted Colour Mini Jelly Beans Java Mug Branded M&Ms Java Mug Custom Chewy Peppermint Mints Flip Top Tin 25g Promotional Sugar Free Breath Mints Slider Tin Branded Spearmints Flip Top Tin 25g Custom Corporate Colour Lollipops Promotional Assorted Flavour Fruit Rings Promotional Individually Wrapped Yellow Big Chewy Fruits 3g Branded Individually Wrapped Red Big Chewy Fruits 3g Branded Individually Wrapped Big Chewy Fruits Branded Popper Tin - Branded Tin with One Colour Pad Print Custom Popper Tin - Branded Tin with Sticker Promotional Credit Card Mint Card - Branded Cards with One Colour Pad Print Branded Credit Card Mint Card - Branded Cards with Sticker Custom Car Shape Mint Card - Branded Card with One Colour Pad Print Promotional Car Shape Mint Card - Branded Card with Sticker Branded Circle Shape Mint Card - Branded Card with One Colour Pad Print Custom Circle Shape Mint Card - Branded Card with Sticker Promotional Dollar Shape Mint Card - Branded Card with one Colour Pad Print Branded Dollar Shape Mint Card - Branded Card with Sticker Custom Compostable Bag with Allen's Retro Mix 50g Promotional Compostable Bag with Jelly Babies 50g Promotional Coloured Noodle Box with Christmas Mixed Lollies Custom White Cardboard Noodle Box with Christmas Mixed Lollies 100g Branded Compostable Bag with AUSSIE Jelly Beans 50g Custom Compostable Bag with Mixed Lollies 50g Promotional Compostable Bag with Skittles 50g Branded Compostable Bag with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 50g Custom Compostable Bag with Chewy Fruit 50g Promotional Compostable Bag with Mini M&Ms 50g Branded Compostable Bag with Chewy Mints 50g Custom Compostable Bag with Choc Beans 50g Promotional Compostable Bag with Mini Jelly Beans 50g Branded Small Biz Card Treats with Chocolate Coins Custom Biz Card Treats with Mixed Lollies Promotional Biz Card Treats with Mixed Lollies Branded Small Biz Card Treats with Chewy Fruits 14g Custom Biz Card Treats with Mini M&Ms - Mini M&Ms 50g Promotional Biz Card Treats with Mini M&Ms - Mini M&Ms 25g Branded Biz Card Treat with Chewy Mints 50g Custom Biz Card Treat with Chewy Mints 25g Promotional Small Biz Card Treats with Mini M&Ms 14g Branded Biz Card Treats with Choc Beans 25g Custom Small Biz Card Treats with Chewy Mints 14g Promotional Biz Card Treats with Choc Beans 25g Branded Small Biz Card Treats with Choc Beans 14g Custom Biz Card Treats with Mini Jelly Beans 50g Promotional Small PVC Bucket with Chewy Mints 170g Branded Small PVC Bucket with Choc Beans 170g Custom Small PVC Bucket with Mini Jelly Beans 180g Promotional Holey Roll Branded Branded Fizz Roll Custom Branded Mint Rolls 25g Promotional Biz Card Treats with Lindt Balls x2 Branded Biz Card Treats with Orange Choc Drops Custom Small Biz Card Treats with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 14g Promotional Small Biz Card Treats with Mini Jelly Beans 14g Branded Biz Card Treats with Mini Jelly Beans 25g Promotional Biz Card Treats with Orange Choc Drops Branded Medium PVC Bucket with Lindt Balls x14 Custom Medium PVC Bucket with Mentos 170g Promotional Medium PVC Bucket with Orange Choc Drops 400g Custom Small PVC Bucket with Chewy Fruits 170g Promotional Small PVC Bucket with Lindt Balls x5 Branded Small PVC Bucket with Orange Choc Drops 160g Custom Small PVC Bucket with Mini M&Ms 170g Branded Chocolate Heart Promotional Embossed Chocolate 15g Branded Neopolitan Chocolate with Card Custom Neopolitan Chocolate Promotional Big PVC Bucket with Allen's Wrapped Lollies 500g Branded Big PVC Bucket with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 850g Custom Big PVC Bucket with Chewy Fruits 850g Branded Medium PVC Bucket with Mini M&Ms 400g Custom Medium PVC Bucket with Chewy Mints 400g Promotional Medium PVC Bucket with Choc Beans 400g Branded Medium PVC Bucket with Mini Jelly Beans 400g Custom Small PVC Bucket with Allen's Wrapped Lollies 100g Promotional Small PVC Bucket with Skittles 180g Branded Small PVC Bucket with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 180g Custom Toblerone 100g with Sleeve Promotional Big PVC Bucket with Chuppa Chups x32 Branded Big PVC Bucket with Mentos 350g Custom Big PVC Bucket with Lindt Balls x30 Promotional Big PVC Bucket with Orange Choc Drops 800g Branded Big PVC Bucket with Mini M&Ms 850g Custom Big PVC Bucket with Chewy Mints 850g Promotional Big PVC Bucket with Choc Beans 875g Branded Big PVC Bucket with Mini Jelly Beans 900g Custom Medium PVC Bucket with Allen's Wrapped Lollies 250g Promotional Medium PVC Bucket with Skittles 400g Branded Medium PVC Bucket with Cuppa Chups x20 Custom Medium PVC Bucket with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 400g Promotional Medium PVC Bucket with Chewy Fruits 400g Branded Chocolate Poker Chips Custom 60g Chocolate Coins in Mesh Bag Promotional Gold Medallion Branded x6 Chocolate Coins in Mesh Bag Custom Chocolate Coins Promotional Lindor Balls x4 Branded Lindor Balls x2 Custom Bulk Lindor Balls Promotional 80g Chocolate Bar Branded 80g Chocolate Bar Custom Lindt Chocolate with Marshmallows Promotional Printed Box with Lindt Bar 35g Branded Lindt Bar 35g with Bigger Sticker Custom Silver or White Box with Lindt Bar 35g Promotional Chocolate Star Branded Pet Tube with Mini M&Ms 100g Branded Hard Cube with Mini Jelly Beans 40g Custom Cube with Mini Jelly Beans 60g Promotional Chocolate Poker Chips in Mesh Bag Promotional Chocolate Spoon 50g Branded Chocolate Spoon 50g Custom Hot Chocolate Kit Promotional Hot Chocolate Kit Branded Chocolate Square in Cello Bag 15g Custom Chocolate Square in PVC Stand Up Box 15g Promotional Milk Chocolate Bar in SILVER Box Branded Milk Chocolate Bar in SILVER Box Custom Milk Chocolate Bar in Gold Bullion Box Promotional Milk Chocolate Bar in Gold Bullion Box Branded Toblerone 50g with Sleeve Custom Pet Tube with Chewy Mints 100g Promotional Pet Tube with Choc Beans 100g Branded Pet Tube with Mini Jelly Beans 100g Custom Cube with Skittles 110g Promotional Hard Cube with Skittles 40g Branded Cube with Skittles 60g Custom Cube with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 110g Promotional Hard Cube with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 40g Branded Cube with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 60g Custom Cube with Chewy Fruits 110g Promotional Hard Cube with Chewy Fruits 40g Promotional Small Canister with Mini Jelly Beans 200g Branded Pet Tube with Allen's Retro Mix 95g Custom Pet Tube with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 100g Branded Cube with Chewy Fruits 60g Custom Cube with Lindt Balls x3 Promotional cube with Mini M&Ms 110g Branded Cube with Chewy Mints 110g Custom Cube with Choc Beans 110g Promotional Cube with Mini Jelly Beans 110g Branded Hard Cube with Mini M&Ms 40g Custom Cube with Mini M&Ms 60g Promotional Hard Cube with Chewy Mints 40g Branded Cube with Chewy Mints 60g Promotional Cube with Choc Beans 60g Branded Pillow Pack with Mini M&Ms 25g Custom Pillow Pack with Chewy Mints 50g Custom Pillow Pack with Choc Beans 25g Promotional Pillow Pack with Mini Jelly Beans 100g Branded Pillow Pack with Mini Jelly Beans 50g Promotional Small Canister with Mini M&Ms 130g Promotional Pet Tube with Skittles 100g Branded Pet Tube with Chewy Fruits 100g Custom Pet Tube with Lindt Balls x3 Promotional Pet Tube with Mixed Lollies 95g Promotional Glass Clip Lock Jar with Mini Jelly Beans 80g Branded Pillow Pack with Chewy Fruits 50g Custom Pillow Pack with Chewy Fruits 25g Promotional Pillow Pack with Mixed Lollies 50g Custom Pillow Pack with Mini M&Ms 100g Promotional Pillow Pack with Mini M&Ms 50g Promotional Pillow Pack with Chewy Mints 25g Branded Pillow Pack with Choc Beans 50g Custom Pillow Pack with Mini Jelly Beans 25g Promotional Chocolate Beans 100g Branded Chocolate Beans 50g Custom Chocolate Beans 25g Promotional Small Canister with Chewy Fruits 130g Branded Small Canister with Mixed Lollies 120g Custom Small Canister with Jelly Babies 170g Branded Small Canister with Chewy Mints 130g Custom Small Canister with Choc Beans 130g Promotional Small Square Glass Jar with Jelly Beans 100g Branded Square Glass jar with Mini Jelly Beans 170g Custom Glass Clip Lock Jar with Chewy Fruit 160g Promotional Clip Lock Jar with Personalised Rock Candy 125g Branded Glass Clip Lock Jar with Mini M&Ms 160g Custom Glass Clip Lock Jar with Humbugs 160g Promotional Glass Clip Lock Jar with Chewy Mints 160g Branded Glass Clip Lock Jar with Choc Beans 160g Branded Pillow Pack with Mixed Lollies 25g Custom Pillow Pack with Rock Candy 40g Promotional Pillow Pack with Rock Candy 20g Branded Pillow Pack with Jelly Babies 50g Custom Pillow Pack with Jelly Babies 20g Promotional Pillow Pack with Humbugs 50g Branded Pillow Pack with Humbugs 20g Promotional Tall Jar with Chewy Mints 220g Branded Tall Glass Jar with Choc Beans 220g Custom Tall Glass Jar with Mini Jelly Beans 220g Promotional Small Glass Jar with Mini M&Ms 100g Branded Small Glass Jar with Chewy Fruit 100g Custom Small Glass Jar with Skittles 100g Promotional Small Glass Jar with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 100g Custom Glass Clip Lock Jar with Mini Jelly Beans 160g Promotional Glass Clip Lock Jar with Chewy Fruits 80g Branded Clip Lock Jar with Rock Candy 65g Custom Glass Clip Lock Jar with Mini M&Ms 80g Promotional Glass Clip Lock Jar with Humbugs 80g Branded Clip Lock Jar with Chewy Mints 80g Custom Glass Clip Lock Jar with Choc Beans 80g Custom Plastic Jar with Jelly Babies 135g Promotional Plastic Jar with Mini M&Ms 145g Branded Plastic Jar with Chewy Mints 170g Custom Plastic Jar with Choc Beans 170g Promotional Plastic Jar with Mini Jelly Beans 170g Branded Tall Jar with Rock Candy 150g Branded Small Glass Jar with Rock Candy 70g Custom Square Jar with Personalised Rock Candy 135g Promotional Small Glass Jar with Humbugs 90g Branded Glass Square Jar with Humbugs 140g Custom Small Glass Jar with Chewy Mints 100g Promotional Square Jar with Chewy Mints 170g Branded Small Glass Jar with Choc Beans 100g Custom Square Glass Jar with Choc Beans 170g Promotional Test Tube with Choc Beans 40g Branded Test Tube with Mini Jelly Beans 40g Custom Acrylic Heart with Skittles 50g Promotional Acrylic Heart with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 50g Branded Acrylic Heart with Chewy Fruits 50g Custom Acrylic Heart with Mini M&Ms 50g Promotional Acrylic Heart with Chewy Mints 50g Branded Acrylic Heart with Choc Beans 50g Custom Acrylic Heart with Mini Jelly Beans 50g Custom Glass Tall Jar with Humbugs 180g Promotional Acrylic Dollar with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 40g Branded Acrylic Dollar with Skittles 40g Custom Acrylic Dollar with Chewy Fruits 40g Promotional Acrylic Dollar with Mini M&Ms 40g Branded Acrylic Dollar with Chewy Mints 40g Custom Acrylic Dollar with Choc Beans 40g Promotional Acrylic Dollar with Mini Jelly Beans 40g Branded Corporate Coloured Humbugs 50g Custom Corporate Coloured Humbugs 20g Promotional Chewy Mint 7g Branded Chewy Mints 50g Custom Chewy Mints 25g Promotional Chuppa Chups with Tag Custom Mini Jelly Beans 100g - Branded Bag with Sticker Promotional Mini Jelly Beans 50g - Branded Bag with Sticker Branded Mini Jelly Beans 7g - Branded Bag with One Colour Print Custom Mini Jelly Beans 25g - Branded Bag with Sticker Custom Test Tube with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 40g Promotional Test Tube with Chewy Fruits 40g Branded Test Tube with Mini M&Ms 40g Custom Test Tube with Chewy Mints 40g Promotional Plastic Jar with Chewy Fruit 170g Branded Plastic Jar with Mixed Lollies 135g Branded Orange Choc Drops (Jaffa look alike) 100g Promotional Mixed Lollies 100g Promotional Pill Jar with Mini M&Ms 120g Branded Pill Jar with Chewy Mints 120g Custom Pill Jar with Choc Beans 120g Promotional Pill Jar with Mini Jelly Beans 120g Branded Test Tube with Skittles 40g Branded Jelly Babies 100g Custom Jelly Babies 50g Promotional Jelly Babies 20g Custom Orange Choc Drops (Jaffa look alike) 50g Promotional Orange Choc Drops (Jaffa look alike) 25g Branded Snakes 100g Branded White Cardboard Noodle Box with Mini M&Ms 100g Custom White Cardboard Noodle Box with Choc Beans 100g Promotional White Cardboard Noodle Box with Chewy Mints 100g Branded White Cardboard Noodle Box with Mini Jelly Beans 100g Custom Individually Wrapped Rock Candy Promotional Rock Candy 100g Branded Rock Candy 40g Custom Rock Candy 20g Promotional M&Ms 7g Branded Mini M&Ms 100g Custom Snakes 50g Branded Mixed Lollies 50g Custom Mixed Lollies 25g Custom Paint Tin with Mini M&Ms 1 kg Promotional Paint Tin with Choc Beans 1KG Branded Paint Tin with Mini Jelly Beans 1KG Custom Paint Tin with Chewy Mints 225g Promotional Paint Tin with Mini Jelly Beans 225g Branded Frosted Noodle Box filled with Lindor Lindt Balls x5 Custom Frosted Noodle Box with Personalised Rock Candy 100g Promotional Frosted Noodle Box with Mixed Lollies 100g Branded Frosted Noodle Box with Orange Choc Drops 100g Custom Frosted Noodle Box with Mini M&Ms 100g Promotional Frosted Noodle Box with Choc Beans 100g Branded Frosted Noodle Box with Chewy Mints 100g Custom Frosted Noodle Box with Mini Jelly Beans 100g Custom Mini M&Ms 50g Promotional Mini M&Ms 25g Promotional Candle Tin with Choc Beans 50g - Branded Tin with Sticker Branded Candle Tin with Chewy Mints 50g - Branded Tin with One Colour Pad Print Custom Candle Tin with Chewy Mints 50g - Branded Tin with Sticker Promotional Candle Tin with Mini Jelly Beans 50g - Branded Tin with One Colour Pad Print Branded Candle Tin with Mini Jelly Beans 50g - Branded Tin with Sticker Custom Small Pull Can with Peanuts 50g Promotional Small Pull Can with Mixed Nuts 50g Branded Small Pull Can with Yoghurt Trail Mix 50g Custom Small Pull Can with Mini M&Ms 90g Promotional Small Pull Can with Chewy Fruits 90g Promotional Small Pull Can with Jelly Beans 90g Promotional White Cardboard Noodle Box with Lindor Lindt Balls x5 Branded White Cardboard Noodle Box with Personalised Rock Candy 100g Custom White Cardboard Noodle Box with Mixed Lollies 100g Promotional White Cardboard Noodle Box with Orange Choc Drops 100g Custom Rectangle Hinge Tin filled with Mini Jelly Beans 65g Promotional Candle Tin with Rock Candy 40g Branded Candle Tin with Skittles 50g - Branded Tin with One Colour Pad Print Custom Candle Tin with Skittles 50g - Branded Tin with Sticker Promotional Candle Tin with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 50g - Branded Tin with One Colour Pad Print Branded Candle Tin with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 50g - Branded Tin with Sticker Custom Candle Tin with Chewy Fruits 50g - Branded Tin with One Colour Pad Print Promotional Candle Tin with Chewy Fruits 50g - Branded Tin with Sticker Branded Candle Tin with Mini M&Ms 50g - Branded Tin with One Colour Pad Print Branded Pull Can with Chewy Fruits 200g Custom Small Pull Can with Snakes 70g Custom Small Pull Can with Choc Beans 90g Custom Small Round Window Tin with Choc Beans 150g Promotional Small Round Window Tin with Chewy Mints 150g Branded Small Round Window Tin with Chewy Mints 150g Custom Small Round Window Tin with Jelly Beans 150g Promotional Small Round Window Tin with Jelly Beans 150g Branded Rectangle Hinge Tin with AUSSIE Jelly Beans 65g Custom Rectangle Hinge Tin with AUSSIE Jelly Beans 65g Promotional Rectangle Hinge Tin with Skittles 65g Branded Rectangle Hinge Tin with Skittles 65g Custom Rectangle Hinge Tin with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 65g Custom Candle Tin with Mini M&Ms 50g - Branded Tin with Sticker Promotional Candle Tin with Tiny Humbugs 50g - Branded Tin with One Colour Pad Print Branded Candle Tin with Tiny Humbugs 50g - Branded Tin with Sticker Custom Candle Tin with Choc Beans 50g - Branded Tin with One Colour Pad Print Custom Bar Mix 20g Promotional Small Round Acrylic Window Tin with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 150g Branded Small Round Window Tin with Chewy Fruits 150g Custom Small Round Window Tin with Chewy Fruits 150g Promotional Rectangle Hinge Tin with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 65g Branded Rectangle Hinge Tin with Chewy Fruits 65g Custom Rectangle Hinge Tin with Chewy Fruits 65g Promotional Rectangle Hinge Tin with Mini M&Ms 65g Branded Rectangle Hinge Tin with Mini M&Ms 65g Custom Rectangle Hinge Tin with Choc Beans 65g Promotional Rectangle Hinge Tin with Choc Beans 65g Branded Rectangle Hinge Tin with Chewy Mints 65g Custom Rectangle Hinge Tin with Chewy Mints 65g Promotional Rectangle Hinge Tin filled with Mini Jelly Beans 65g Branded Rectangle Hinge Tin filled with Mini Jelly Beans 65g Custom Rice Crackers 40g Promotional Rice Crackers 20g Custom Fruit & Nut Mix 20g Promotional Peanut Crackers 50g Branded Peanut Crackers 25g Promotional Small Round Window Tin with Lindt Balls Branded Small Round Window Tin with Mini M&Ms 140g Custom Small Round Window Tin with Mini M&Ms 140g Promotional Small Round Window Tin with Humbugs 100g Branded Small Round Window Tin with Choc Beans 150g Branded MIXED Biscuits in Cello Bag Custom Banana Chips 50g Promotional Banana Chips 25g Branded Trail Yoghurt Nut Mix 50g Custom Trail Yoghurt Nut Mix 25g Promotional Raw Almonds 50g Branded Raw Almonds 25g Custom Chilli Toasted Corn 50g Branded Mixed Nuts 50g Custom Salted Peanuts 50g Promotional Salted Peanuts 20g Branded Fruit & Nut Mix 50g Custom Premium Trail Mix 50g Promotional Premium Trail Mix 25g Branded Bar Mix 50g Branded Champagne Bottle with Chewy Fruits 220g - 2 Stickers Custom Champagne Bottle with Chewy Fruits 220g - 1 Sticker Promotional Champagne Bottle with Mini M&Ms 220g - 2 Stickers Branded Champagne Bottle with Mini M&Ms 220g - 1 Sticker Custom Champagne Bottle with Choc Beans 220g - 2 Stickers Promotional Champagne Bottle with Choc Beans 220g - 1 Sticker Promotional GLUTEN FREE Biscuits in Cello Bag Promotional Chilli Toasted Corn 25g Branded Sesame Nut Bar Custom Dried Fruit Mix 50g Promotional Dried Fruit Mix 20g Branded Mixed Nuts 20g Branded Wasabi Peas Bag 50g Custom Wasabi Peas Bag 25g Promotional Soya Crisps 40g Branded Soya Crisps 25g Custom Soda Bottle with Mini Jelly Beans 100g Promotional Coloured Noodle Box with Personalised Rock Candy 100g Branded Coloured Noodle Box with Mixed Lollies 100g Custom Coloured Noodle Box with Orange Choc Drops 100g Promotional Coloured Noodle Box with Mini M&Ms 100g Branded Coloured Noodle Box with Choc Beans 100g Custom Coloured Noodle Box with Chewy Mints 100g Promotional Coloured Noodle Box with Mini Jelly Beans 100g Branded Champagne Bottle with Chewy Mints 220g - 2 Stickers Custom Champagne Bottle with Chewy Mints 220g - 1 Sticker Promotional Champagne Bottle with Mini Jelly Beans 220g - 2 Stickers Branded Champagne Bottle with Mini Jelly Beans 220g - 1 Sticker Custom Bite Size Biscuit 5g Promotional Big Chewy Mints 3g Branded Freckle in Cello Bag 20g Custom Crown Mint 3g Custom Coffee Cup With Chewy Mints 50g - MOON or LID sticker Promotional Coffee Cup With Mini Jelly Beans 50g - WRAP AROUND & LID stickers Custom Chewy Fruits Bulk Promotional Mini or Normal M&Ms Bulk Branded Bulk Personalised Rock Candy Bulk Custom Mini Jelly Beans Bulk Promotional Soda Bottle with Skittles 100g Branded Soda Bottle with Chewy Fruits 100g Custom Soda Bottle with Mini M&Ms 100g Promotional Soda Bottle with Choc Beans 100g Branded Soda Bottle with Chewy Mints 100g Branded Acrylic Tree with Mini M&Ms 50g Branded Coffee Cup With Mini Jelly Beans 50g - WRAP AROUND sticker Custom Coffee Cup With Mini Jelly Beans 50g - MOON & LID stickers Promotional Coffee Cup With Mini Jelly Beans 50g - MOON or LID sticker Branded Flip Lid Tube with Skittles 35g Custom Flip Lid Tube with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 35g Promotional Flip Lid Tube with Chewy Fruits 35g Branded Flip Lid Tube with Mini M&Ms 35g Custom Flip Lid Tube with Chewy Mints 35g Promotional Flip Lid Tube with Mini Jelly Beans 35g Branded Chewy Fruit Bag 7g Custom Chewy Fruits Bag 100g Promotional Chewy Fruits Bag 50g Promotional Baby Jar with Mini Jelly Beans 50g Branded Coffee Cup With Skittles 50g - WRAP AROUND & LID stickers Promotional Coffee Cup With Chewy Mints 50g - WRAP AROUND sticker Branded Coffee Cup With Chewy Mints 50g - MOON & LID stickers Branded Chewy Fruits Bag 25g Custom Caramel Popcorn Bag 30g Promotional Caramel Popcorn Bag 15g Branded Buttered Popcorn Bag 20G Custom Microwave Popcorn Bag 100g Promotional Buttered Popcorn Bag 50g Branded Buttered Popcorn Bag 30G Custom Coffee Cup With Skittles 50g - WRAP AROUND sticker Branded Coffee Cup With Skittles 50g - MOON or LID sticker Custom Coffee Cup With Choc Coated Coffee Beans 50g - WRAP AROUND & LID stickers Promotional Coffee Cup With Choc Coated Coffee Beans 50g - WRAP AROUND sticker Branded Coffee Cup With Choc Coated Coffee Beans 50g - MOON & LID stickers Custom Coffee Cup With Choc Coated Coffee Beans 50g - MOON or LID sticker Promotional Coffee Cup With Chewy Fruits 50g - WRAP AROUND & LID stickers Branded Coffee Cup With Chewy Fruits 50g - WRAP AROUND sticker Custom Coffee Cup With Chewy Fruits 50g - MOON & LID stickers Custom Baby Jar with Chewy Fruit 50g Promotional Baby Jar with Mini M&Ms 45g Branded Baby Jar with Choc Beans 50g Promotional Coffee Cup With Chewy Fruits 50g - MOON or LID sticker Branded Coffee Cup With Mini M&Ms 50g - WRAP AROUND & LID stickers Custom Coffee Cup With Mini M&Ms 50g - WRAP AROUND sticker Promotional Coffee Cup With Mini M&Ms 50g - MOON & LID stickers Branded Coffee Cup With Mini M&Ms 50g - MOON or LID sticker Custom Coffee Cup With Chewy Mints 50g - WRAP AROUND & LID stickers Promotional Carry-On Case with Lindt Balls x2 Branded Carry-On Case with Chewy Fruits 50g Custom Carry-On Case with Mini M&Ms 50g Custom Bizcard Box with Chewy Mints 50g - No Sticker on front of box Promotional Bizcard Box with Mini Jelly Beans 50g - Sticker on front of box Branded Bizcard Box with Mini Jelly Beans 50g - No Sticker on front of box Custom Small Apothecary Jar with Mini Jelly Beans 115g Promotional Coffee Cup With Skittles 50g - MOON & LID stickers Promotional Carry-On Case with Choc Beans 50g Branded Carry-On Case with Chewy Mints 50g Custom Carry-On Case with Mini Jelly Beans 50g Promotional Bizcard Box with Skittles 50g - Sticker on front of box Branded Bizcard Box with Skittles 50g - No Sticker on front of box Custom Bizcard Box with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 50g - Sticker on front of box Promotional Bizcard Box with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 50g - No Sticker on front of box Branded Bizcard Box with Chewy fruits 50g - Sticker on front of box Custom Bizcard Box with Chewy fruits 50g - No Sticker on front of box Promotional Bizcard Box with Mini M&Ms 50g - Sticker on front of box Branded Bizcard Box with Mini M&Ms 50g - No Sticker on front of box Custom Bizcard Box with Choc Beans 50g - No Sticker on front of box Custom Pretzels 25g Promotional Protein Balls Branded Chocolate Coated Coffee Beans 50g Custom Chocolate Coated Coffee Beans 25g Promotional Silver Zip Lock Bag with Rock Candy 40g Branded Silver Zip Lock Bag with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 50g Custom Silver Zip Lock Bag with Chewy Fruits 50g Promotional Silver Zip Lock Bag with Mini M&Ms 50g Branded Silver Zip Lock Bag with Choc Beans 50g Custom Silver Zip Lock Bag with Chewy Mints 50g Promotional Bizcard Box with Choc Beans 50g - Sticker on front of box Branded Bizcard Box with Chewy Mints 50g - Sticker on front of box Branded Skittles Bag 100g Custom Skittles Bag 50g Promotional Skittles Bag 25g Branded JELLY BELLY Jelly Bean Bags 100g Custom JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 50g Promotional JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 25g Promotional Silver Zip Lock Bag with Mini Jelly Beans 50g Branded Carry-On Case with Skittles 50g Custom Carry-On Case with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 50g Custom Flip Lid Cardboard Box with Skittles 50g Promotional Flip Lid Cardboard Box with Skittles 25g Branded Light Bulb with Skittles 100g Custom Light Bulb with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 100g Promotional Light Bulb with Chewy Fruits 100g Branded Light Bulb with Mini M&Ms 100g Custom Light Bulb with Chewy Mints 100g Promotional Light Bulb with Choc Beans 100g Branded Light Bulb with Mini Jelly Beans 100g Branded Flip Lid Cardboard Box with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 50g Custom Flip Lid Cardboard Box with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 25g Promotional Flip Lid Cardboard Box with Chewy Fruit 50g Branded Flip Lid Cardboard Box with Chewy Fruit 25g Custom Flip Lid Cardboard Box with Mini M&Ms 50g Promotional Flip Lid Cardboard Box with Mini M&Ms 25g Branded Flip Lid Cardboard Box with Chewy Mints 50g Custom Flip Lid Cardboard Box with Chewy Mints 25g Promotional Flip Lid Cardboard Box with Choc Beans 50g Promotional Syringe with Mini Jelly Beans 20g Branded Small Rectangle Tin with Skittles 30g Custom Small Rectangle Tin with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 30g Promotional Small Rectangle Tin with Chewy Fruit 30g Branded Small Rectangle Tin filled with Mini M&Ms 30g Branded Flip Lid Cardboard Box with Choc Beans 25g Custom Flip Lid Cardboard Box with Jelly Beans 50g Promotional Flip Lid Cardboard Box with Mini Jelly Beans 25g Branded Smarties Bag 100g Custom Smarties Bag 50g Promotional Smarties Bag 25g Custom Gift Card with Mini Jelly Beans 25g Promotional Jelly Beans Aussie 100g Branded Jelly Beans Aussie 50g Custom Jelly Beans Aussie 25g Promotional Tub filled with Yoghurt Trail Mix 50g Branded Tub filled with Premium Trail Mix 50g Custom Tub filled with Dried Fruit Mix 45g Promotional Tub filled with Fruit & Nut Mix 50g Branded Tub filled with BAR MIX 35g Custom Tub filled with Mixed Nuts 45g Promotional Tub with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 80g Custom Small Rectangle Tin filled with Chewy Mints 30g Promotional Small Rectangle Tin with Choc Beans 30g Branded Small Rectangle Tin filled with Mini Jelly Beans 30g Branded Tub filled with Mixed Lollies 80g Custom Tub filled with Mini M&Ms 80g Promotional Tub filled with Chewy Mints 80g Branded Tub filled with Choc Beans 80g Custom Tub filled with Mini Jelly Beans 80g Promotional Syringe with Skittles 20g Branded Syringe with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 20g Custom Syringe with Chewy Fruit 20g Promotional Syringe with Mini M&Ms 20g Branded Syringe with Mints 20g Custom Gift Card with Rock Candy 40g Branded Gift Card with Chewy Mints 25g Custom Gift Card with Choc Bean 50g Promotional Gift Card with Choc Beans 25g Branded Gift Card with Mini Jelly Beans 50g Custom Syringe with Choc Beans 20g Custom Billboard with Chewy Mints 50g Promotional Billboard with Chewy Mints 25g Branded Billboard with Choc Beans 50g Custom Billboard with Choc Beans 25g Promotional Billboard with Jelly Bean Bag 50g Branded Billboard with Mini Jelly Beans 25g Promotional Gift Card with Rock Candy 20g Branded Gift Card with AUSSIE Jelly Bean 50g Custom Gift Card with AUSSIE Jelly Bean 25g Promotional Gift Card with Smarties 50g Branded Gift Card with Smarties 25g Custom Gift Card with Mixed Lollies 50g Promotional Gift Card with Mixed Lollies 25g Branded Gift Card with Skittles 50g Custom Gift Card with Skittles 25g Promotional Gift Card with JELLY BELLY Jelly Bean 50g Branded Gift Card with JELLY BELLY Jelly Bean Bag 25g Promotional Xmas Kraft Gift Box Branded Xmas Kraft Gift Box Custom Acrylic House with Skittles 50g Custom Billboard with Chewy Fruit 25g Promotional Billboard with Mini M&Ms 50g Branded Billboard with Mini M&Ms 25g Custom Gift Card with Chewy Fruits 25g Promotional Gift Card with Chewy Fruits 25g Branded Gift Card with Mini M&Ms 50g Custom Gift Card with Mini M&Ms 25g Promotional Gift Card with Chewy Mints 50g Promotional Acrylic House with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 50g Branded Acrylic House with Chewy Fruit 50g Custom Acrylic House with Mini M&Ms 50g Promotional Acrylic House with Chewy Mints 50g Branded Acrylic House with Choc Beans 50g Custom Acrylic House with Mini Jelly Beans 50g Promotional Billboard with Freckle Branded Billboard with Rock Candy 40g Custom Billboard with Rock Candy 20g Promotional Billboard with AUSSIE Jelly Bean 50g Branded Billboard with AUSSIE Jelly Bean 25g Custom Billboard with Smarties 50g Promotional Billboard with Smarties 25g Branded Billboard with Mixed Lollies 50g Custom Billboard with Mixed Lollies 25g Promotional Billboard with Skittles 50g Branded Billboard with Skittles 25g Custom Billboard with JELLY BELLY Jelly Bean 50g Promotional Billboard with JELLY BELLY Jelly Bean Bag 25g Promotional Kit Kat 42g with Sleeve Branded Small Xmas Kraft Gift Box Branded Billboard with Chewy Fruit 50g Custom Allen's Wrapped Lollies 30g Promotional 4 Pack Lindt Ball Choc Box Branded 2 Pack Lindt Ball Choc Box Custom 6 Pack Choc Box ASSORTED Pralines Promotional 12 Pack Choc Box Assorted TRUFFLES Branded 12 Pack Choc Box Assorted PRALINES Custom Dairy Milk 180g with Sleeve Promotional Dairy Milk 50g with Sleeve Branded Snicker 44g with Sleeve Custom Kit Kat 14g with Sleeve Custom Small Xmas Kraft Gift Box Promotional Kraft Paper Bag with Lindt Buttons & Marshmallows Branded Kraft Paper Bag with Lindt Hot Chocolate Flakes & Marshmallows Custom Kraft Paper Bag with Skittles 50g Custom 12 Pack Choc Box GOLD Rim Promotional 4 Pack Choc Box Branded 2 Pack Choc Box Custom 2 Pack Petite Choc Box Promotional Tony's Chocoloney 50g with Sleeve Branded TimTam 200g Box with Sleeve Custom TimTam Biscuit with Sleeve Promotional TimTam Biscuit Branded Mars Bar 47g with Sleeve Custom Mars Bar 14g with Sleeve Branded Dairy Milk 100g with Sleeve Branded Premium Chocolate Honeycomb 100g - Milk Choc Bar Custom Premium Chocolate Spotty 100g - Milk Choc Bar Promotional Premium Chocolate Peppermint Crystals 100g - Milk Choc Bar Custom Premium Choc Almond 100g - Dark Choc Bar Promotional Kraft Paper Bag with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 50g Branded Kraft Paper Bag with Chewy Fruits 50g Custom Kraft Paper Bag with Mini M&Ms 50g Promotional Kraft Paper Bag with Choc Beans 50g Branded Kraft Paper Bag with Chewy Mints 50g Custom Kraft Paper Bag with Mini Jelly Beans 50g Promotional Allen's Retro Party Mix 100g Branded Allen's Retro Party Mix 50g Custom Allen's Retro Party Mix 25g Branded Allen's Wrapped Lollies 50g Branded Shortbread Star Biscuit Custom Gingerbread Reindeer Cookie Sticker Promotional Gingerbread Reindeer Cookie Billboard Branded Gingerbread Man Cookie Sticker Custom Gingerbread Man Cookie Billboard Promotional Tube with Traditional Shortbread Biscuits Branded Cafe Style Cookies in Window Box - Sleeve Custom Cafe Style Cookies in Window Box - Sticker Promotional Cafe Style Choc Button Cookie Branded Cafe Style White Chocolate & Macadamia Cookie Promotional Premium Chocolate Freeze Dried Strawberries 100g - White Choc Bar Custom Mini Solid Easter Eggs in Bag x2 Eggs Promotional Bulk Mini Solid Easter Eggs Branded Small Screw Cap Jar with Skittles 20g Custom Small Screw Cap Jar with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 20g Promotional Small Screw Cap Jar with Chewy Fruit 20g Branded Small Screw Cap Jar with Mini M&Ms 20g Custom Small Screw Cap Jar with Chewy Mints 20g Promotional Small Screw Cap Jar with Choc Beans 20g Branded Small Screw Cap Jar with Mini Jelly Beans 20g Branded Honey Custom Sour Worms 50g Promotional Sour Worms 25g Branded Gummi Bears 50g Custom Gummi Bears 25g Promotional Ginger Star Biscuit Branded Easter Bunny in Branded Box Custom Easter Bunny with Header Card Branded 10g Gold Lindt Bunny with Tag Custom Pillow Pack with Gold 10g Lindt Bunny Promotional Hard Cube with Candy Chocolate Eggs Branded Pillow Pack with Candy Chocolate Eggs 50G Custom Big Cube with Mini Easter Eggs Promotional Small Cube with Mini Easter Eggs Custom Small Bucket with Mini Easter Eggs Promotional Medium Bucket with Mini Easter Eggs Branded Biz Card filled with Easter Eggs Custom Pet Tube filled with Easter Eggs Branded Coloured Noodle Box with Easter Eggs Promotional Pillow Pack with Mini Solid Easter Eggs x6 Branded Pillow Pack with Mini Solid Easter Eggs x4 Custom Pillow Pack with Mini Solid Easter Eggs x2 Promotional Mini Solid Easter Eggs in Bag x6 Eggs Branded Mini Solid Easter Eggs in Bag x4 Eggs Custom Pillow Pack filled with Christmas Chocolates 25g Promotional Cello Bag filled with Christmas Chocolates 30g Custom Big PVC Bucket with Christmas Jelly Beans 950G Promotional Biz Card Treats with Candy Canes x4 Branded Biz Card Treats with Christmas Chocolates 45g Custom Small Christmas Tree Lollipop Promotional Christmas Tree Lollipop 80g Branded Christmas Tree Lollipop 50g Custom 15g Candy Cane with Card & Ribbon Promotional 15g Candy Canes 15cm Branded 4g Candy Cane with Card Custom 4g Candy Canes 5cm Custom Carton with x6 Chocolate Eggs - Sleeve on Egg Carton Promotional Carton with x6 Chocolate Eggs - Sticker on Egg Carton Custom Candy Coated Chocolate Eggs in Bag 50G Promotional Candy Coated Chocolate Eggs in Bag 25G Branded Hollow Easter Eggs 17G (Chicken Egg Size) Custom Plastic Jar filled with CHRISTMAS Jelly Beans 170g Promotional Acrylic Heart filled with Christmas Chocolates 65g Custom PET Tube filled with CHRISTMAS Jelly Beans 100g Promotional Frosted Noodle Box with Christmas Chocolates 85g Branded Cube filled with Christmas Chocolates 60g Custom Cube filled with Christmas Chocolates 30g Promotional Pillow Pack filled with Candy Canes Branded Pillow Pack filled with Christmas Chocolates 45g Branded PET Tube filled with Candy Canes x6 Custom PET Tube filled with CHRISTMAS Chocolates 55g Promotional Big PVC Bucket with Christmas CHEWY Fruits 850G Branded Big PVC Bucket with Christmas Choc Beans 875G Branded CHRISTMAS Chewy Fruits in Soda Bottle 100g Custom CHRISTMAS Jelly Beans in Soda Bottle 100g Branded Christmas Freckle in Cello Bag 20g Promotional Christmas Mixed Lollies Bag 100g Branded Bulk Christmas Rock Candy Custom Bulk Christmas Chocolate Stars Promotional Bulk Christmas Chocolate Bells Branded Christmas Mixed Lollies Bag in Pillow Pack 50g Custom Christmas Mixed Lollies in Pillow Pack 25g Promotional Big PVC Bucket with Candy Canes x40 Branded Medium PVC Bucket with Candy Canes x20 Custom Small PVC Bucket with Candy Canes x10 Promotional Small Canister with Christmas Mixed Lollies Branded Small PVC Bucket with Christmas Chocolates 100g Custom PET Tube with CHRISTMAS CHEWY Fruits 100g Promotional Pet Tube with Christmas Mixed Lollies 95g Branded PET Tube with CHRISTMAS Choc Beans 100g Promotional Christmas Pudding Big Branded Christmas Pudding Branded x4 Pack Xmas Chocolate Box Custom Billboard with Christmas Freckle Promotional Gift Card with Christmas Freckle 20g Custom Christmas Mixed Lollies 25g Promotional Plastic Jar filled with CHRISTMAS CHEWY Fruits 170g Branded Plastic Jar filled with CHRISTMAS Choc Beans 170g Promotional Muesli Bar with Sleeve Promotional Baby Jar with Skittles 45g Custom Apricot Bites 50g Promotional Apricot Bites 25g Branded Small Pull Can with Chewy Mints 90g Custom Hard Cube with Choc Beans 40g Custom Chocolate Heart - Aussie Branded Christmas Mixed Lollies Bag 50g Promotional Billboard with Easter Freckle Branded Billboard with Mini Solid Easter Eggs x4 Promotional Organza Bag with 10g Gold Lindt Bunny x2 Promotional Mesh Bag with Tag with Easter Eggs Custom Noodle Box with Easter Eggs Branded Organza Bag with Mini Solid Easter Eggs x4 Custom Premium Chocolate 100s & 1000s 100g - Milk Choc Bar Branded Premium Choc Dried Freeze Raspberries 100g - White Choc Bar Promotional Allen's Wrapped Lollies 100g Custom Baby Jar with Chewy Mints 50g Branded Baby Jar with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 50g Promotional Acrylic Tree with Mini Jelly Beans 50g Custom Acrylic Tree with Skittles 50g Promotional Pull Can with Snakes 200g Promotional Pull Can with Choc Beans 200g Custom Pull Can with Chewy Mints 200g Branded Pull Can with Mini Jelly Beans 200g Branded Pull Can with Mentos x33 100g Custom Small Branded Lollipops Branded Small Branded Lollipops with Tag Promotional Big Candy Lollipop - 80g Candy Lollipop with Sticker Adhered Branded Big Candy Lollipop - 50g Candy Lollipop with Sticker Adhered Promotional Medium Candy Lollipops - Pink Promotional Medium Candy Lollipops - Black Promotional Medium Candy Lollipops -Yellow Branded Medium Candy Lollipops - Orange Custom Medium Candy Lollipops - Green Branded Medium Candy Lollipops - Red Branded Medium Candy Lollipops - Blue Custom Medium Candy Lollipops - Rainbow Custom Medium Candy Lollipops - Mixed Colours Branded Acrylic Star with Skittles 50g Custom Acrylic Star with Mini Jelly Beans 50g Promotional Acrylic Star with Mini M&Ms 50g Custom Small Apothecary Jar with Rock Candy 100g Promotional Small Apothecary Jar with JELLY BELLY Jelly Beans 115g Branded Small Apothecary Jar with Chewy Fruits 115g Custom Small Apothecary Jar with Mini M&Ms 115g Promotional Small Apothecary Jar with Choc Beans 115g Branded Small Apothecary Jar with Chewy Mints 115g Custom Reindeer Food 50g Promotional Reindeer Food 25g Custom Branded Chocolate 30 Day Countdown Calendars Gummy Sour Peach Heart 50g Bag Easter Caramels Two Pack Easter Caramels Branded Advent Calendar-12 Doors A4 Branded Advent Calendar-12 Doors A5 Branded Advent Calendar-A4XL 24/25 Days 2L PET JAR filled with Allen's Lollies 1L PET JAR filled with Allen's Lollies Mini Rainbow Candy Canes Mini Candy Canes Giant Christmas Chocolate Freckle Card Giant Chocolate Freckle Card Christmas Candy Cane Card Christmas Mini Jelly Beans Billboard Card 30g Jelly Bean Case Kit Kat Case Christmas Mini Jelly Beans Billboard Card 50g Christmas Holly Chocolate Star Christmas Mini Jelly Beans No Neck Bottle Label Christmas Mini Jelly Beans Test Tube Christmas Toffees 50g Bag Christmas Mini Jelly Beans Large Pillow Pack Christmas Rock Candy 50g Bag Christmas Rock Candy 30g Bag Christmas Toffees 100g Bag Christmas Toffees 30g Bag 4 Lindt Chocolates Bag Gold Foiled Stars 100g Bag Gold Foiled Stars 50g Bag Gold Foiled Stars 30g Bag Christmas Choc Balls 50g Bag Christmas Choc Balls 30g Bag Christmas Bells 100g Bag Christmas Bells 50g Bag Christmas Bells 30g Bag 2 Lindt Chocolates Bag Strawberry Yoghurt Balls 50g Strawberry Yoghurt Balls 30g Protein Balls 12g Sugar Free Mints Soft Pack M&Ms Dispenser M&Ms Mini Clear Noodle Box M&Ms Plastic Container M&Ms Rectangle Tin Assorted Colour Lollipops Clear Dispenser plus Scoop Jelly Beans Rectangle Tin Jelly Beans Dispenser Jelly Bean Corporate Colours Plastic Container Jelly Beans Mini Clear Noodle Boxes Sugar Free Mints Silver Tin Jelly Beans Corporate Colours 90 gram Pillow Pack Branded Advent Calendar-24 Doors Jelly Beans 90 gram Pillow Pack Jelly Beans Corporate Colours Stainless Steel Mug Jelly Beans Corporate Colours Dispenser Jelly Bean Plastic Container Sweet Spicy Hot Cross Bun Chocolate Two Pack Sweet Spicy Hot Cross Bun Chocolates Product categories Branded Seasonal Confectionery Eco Friendly Confectionery Packaging Promotional Christmas Chocolate Freckles Promotional Christmas Cookies Promotional Christmas Pudding Personalised Chocolate Promotional Bonbons Personalised Chocolate Balls Personalised Chocolate Beans Personalised Chocolate Coins Personalised Chocolate Freckles Personalised Chocolate Gift Boxes Personalised Chocolate Lollipops Personalised Chocolate Truffles Personalised Custom Moulded Chocolates Branded Hot Chocolate Personalised Lindt Chocolates Custom M&Ms Personalised Novelty Chocolates Personalised Chocolate Bars Promotional Poker Chips and Cards Personalised Toblerone Personalised Lollies Personalised Chupa Chups Promotional Jelly Belly Personalised Skittles Personalised Biz Card Treats Personalised Chewy Fruits Personalised Humbugs Personalised Jelly Babies Branded Jelly Beans Personalised Lollipops Personalised Candy Rolls Printed Mints Promotional Mixed Lollies Personalised Rock Candy Promotional Jelly Snakes Promotional Healthy Snacks Promotional Bite Sized Treats Promotional Cookies Promotional Dried Fruit Mix Promotional Fruit Nut Bars Personalised Fortune Cookies Promotional Nuts Branded Popcorn Promotional Protein Balls Promotional Rice Crackers Promotional Soya Crisps Presentation Packaging Promotional Confectionery Acrylic Stars Promotional Lollies Cardboard Boxes Promotional Chocolates Coffee Cups Promotional Confectionery Light Bulb Promotional Lollies Syringes Promotional Chocolates Acrylic Carry Cases Promotional Confectionery Acrylic Dollar Sign Promotional Lollies Acrylic Hearts Promotional Chocolates Acrylic Trees Promotional Confectionery Bucket Dispensers Promotional Lollies Canister Range Promotional Confectionery Cellophane Bags Promotional Lollies Champagne Bottles Promotional Chocolates Cubes Promotional Confectionery Jars Promotional Lollies Noodle Boxes Promotional Chocolates Paint Tins Promotional Confectionery Pull Cans Promotional Lollies Soda Bottles Promotional Chocolates Tins Promotional Confectionery Tubes Promotional Lollies Zip Lock Bags Promotional Bulk Confectionery Promotional Confectionery Individually Wrapped Promotional Christmas Confectionery Promotional Candy Canes Personalised Chocolate Advent Calendars Promotional Christmas Bon Bons Promotional Christmas Chewy Fruits Promotional Christmas Choc Beans Promotional Christmas Chocolates Promotional Christmas Chocolates Stars Bells Promotional Christmas Jelly Beans Promotional Christmas Kit Kat Promotional Christmas Lindt Chocolate Promotional Christmas Lollies Promotional Christmas Lollipops Promotional Christmas Reindeer Food Promotional Christmas Rock Candy Promotional Christmas Toffees Promotional Easter Chocolates Promotional Chocolate Easter Bunnies Promotional Chocolate Easter Eggs Promotional Chocolate Hot Cross Buns Promotional Valentines Day Confectionery - [Get a Custom Quote](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/get-custom-quote/): While our website has the tools that conveniently allows you to get an automated draft of your chosen product in the form of a quote, sometimes there are just special requests and requirements that demand more flexible options to cater to your needs. For those type of instances, we do offer special custom quotes to accommodate those requests. - [Shipping and Lead Times](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/shipping/): Prices shown online do not include shipping. When placing an order online the shipping fee will be automatically calculated for you once you enter your delivery address. - [Samples](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/samples/): Samples are a great way of pitching campaign ideas to your colleagues or clients or working out that next thank you gift or trade show free giveaway. For some of our samples we will charge a minimum low fee to cover expenses. - [Terms & Conditions](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/terms-conditions/): ENFORCEABILITY - [About Us](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/about-us/): A little but about us. I used to be a marketing manager in a corporate environment and I fully understand your situation and can help guide you every step of the way. - [Welcome to the Fast Confectionery Online Shop.](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/shop/) ## Posts - [Top 5 Ideas for Promotional Christmas Confectionery Gifts](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/top-5-ideas-for-promotional-christmas-confectionery-gifts/): Christmas is when corporate gifting really counts. A well-chosen branded treat can strengthen a client relationship, reward a hardworking team, or make your brand the one people remember heading into the new year. The trick is picking something that feels generous, looks professional, and actually gets eaten rather than pushed to the back of a desk drawer. Consider incorporating a Promotional Christmas Confectionery Gift to leave a lasting impression. - [Custom Confectionery for Product Launches](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-launch-confectionery/): Using Custom Confectionery for Product Launches just makes sense. A product launch is your chance to set the tone, make an impression, and show people what your brand is all about. While staging, lighting, and signage all matter, one surprisingly effective tool often gets overlooked. Custom product launch confectionery can lift the atmosphere, spark conversation, and help guests remember your launch more clearly. - [Sustainable Confectionery Packaging for Modern Brands](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/sustainable-confectionery-packaging/): Sustainability has shifted from a marketing trend to a genuine expectation. Customers are more aware of packaging waste than ever, and brands that show real commitment to eco friendly options stand out in a positive way. When it comes to promotional sweets, sustainable confectionery packaging lets you offer something fun without compromising your environmental values. - [Seasonal Confectionery for Corporate Gifting](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/seasonal-confectionery-for-corporate-gifting/): Seasonal confectionery can be packaged in creative ways such as gift boxes, branded jars, or themed pouches. These make the presentation feel more thoughtful. - [Personalised Confectionery for Staff Appreciation and Internal Culture](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/personalised-confectionery-for-staff-appreciation/): Using Personalised Confectionery for Staff Appreciation in the workplace does not always require grand gestures. Sometimes it is the small, thoughtful moments that shape how people feel about where they work. Personalised confectionery is one of the simplest ways to create those moments. It is fun, light hearted, and instantly makes people feel noticed. When staff feel valued in everyday ways, the culture becomes warmer, more connected, and more motivated. - [Confectionery for Trade Shows: Sweet Ways to Attract Visitors](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/maximise-engagement-confectionery-for-trade-shows/): Trade shows are packed with booths, displays, and competing messages. With so much happening at once, it takes something eye catching and genuinely enjoyable to draw visitors in. Confectionery for Trade Shows are one of the simplest ways to spark curiosity and encourage foot traffic. People naturally gravitate toward small treats, and when those treats are branded, they create instant awareness and a warm first impression. - [From Boardroom to BBQ: How Confectionery Works Across Every Aussie Event](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/promotional-confectionery-for-events/): Promotional confectionery for events works across all of them. It doesn’t matter if it’s chocolate gift boxes in the office or branded lolly bags at a community fundraiser, confectionery bridges gaps and creates shared moments. That’s why it has become one of the most versatile marketing tools in Australia. - [The History of Promotional Lollies: From Penny Sweets to Corporate Hampers](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/history-of-promotional-lollies/): Everyone remembers their favourite lolly from childhood. Whether it was musk sticks, sherbets, or jelly beans, sweets have always held a special place in Australian culture. But when we look at the history of promotional lollies, it’s clear they are more than just nostalgic. Over the years, they’ve also become a clever promotional tool for businesses. - [The Art of Taste Testing: How Sampling Confectionery Wins Customers](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/confectionery-sampling/): We all love a free taste, and confectionery sampling taps into that perfectly. A piece of chocolate at a reception or a lolly handed out at a local event rarely goes ignored. For organisations, these small moments are not about selling sweets, they are about creating a happy association with your brand. - [The Sweet Science of Branding: Why Promotional Confectionery Beats Business Cards](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/custom-confectionery/): First impressions matter in business. For decades, the go-to way of making that first connection has been the trusty business card. You meet someone at an event, shake hands, swap cards, and hope they’ll remember you later. The reality? Most cards end up buried at the bottom of a bag, shoved into a drawer, or worse, tossed into the bin before the day is done. Today, many brands are turning to custom confectionery as a smarter alternative. Unlike a business card, custom confectionery is both memorable and enjoyable, creating a positive connection the moment it’s handed over. - [Logo on a Lolly: Why Personalisation Matters in Marketing](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/personalised-confectionery-logo-on-a-lolly/): Promotional items are everywhere. Pens, tote bags, notebooks; you name it, someone has handed it out at an event or meeting. The problem is that most of those items end up at the back of a drawer, forgotten and unused. Confectionery is different. When you put your logo on a lolly, you create a brand moment that people enjoy instantly, remember fondly, and often share with others. - [Corporate Gifting with a Twist: Confectionery That Tells a Story](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/corporate-gifting-confectionery-story/): Corporate gifts have always been a way for businesses to say thank you, celebrate milestones, or build stronger connections. But in a world where branded pens and drink bottles are common, how do you make your gift stand out? The answer might be simpler than you think: promotional confectionery. In fact, every corporate gifting confectionery story shows how something as simple as a sweet treat can create lasting impact. - [Winter Corporate Confectionery: Smart Picks, Storage & Simple Labelling Tips](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/winter-corporate-confectionery-guide/): Winter is prime time for cosy conferences, client gifts and team events — and branded winter corporate confectionery is the little delight that gets remembered. Here’s a simple guide to choosing crowd-pleasers, keeping them in top condition in cooler weather, and briefing artwork so production is smooth and on brand. - [The Sweet History of Hard Candy Australia](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/the-sweet-history-of-hard-candy/): Australia's love affair with hard sweets is a tale as sweet as the treats themselves. From vibrant rock sweets to custom made delights, these sugary gems have captured hearts across the nation. - [How to Choose the Perfect Promotional Confectionery for Your Next Corporate Event](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/how-to-choose-promotional-confectionery/): Promotional Confectionery is a powerful way to create memorable brand moments at corporate events, tradeshows, conferences, and product launches. But with so many options available, how do you choose the right sweet treat that aligns with your brand, resonates with your audience, and fits your event style? - [Sweet Science: How Sensory Marketing Creates Stronger Brand Connections](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/sensory-marketing-brand-connection/): Humans experience the world through sight, sound, touch, taste, and smell—and the brands that tap into these channels are the ones that make the deepest, most lasting impressions. This is the realm of sensory marketing, where emotion, memory, and perception collide. - [Why Branded Chocolate Advent Calendars Are a Genius Marketing Tool](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/branded-chocolate-advent-calendars/): Who says countdown calendars are just for Christmas? Whether you’re building anticipation for a product launch, company anniversary, grand opening, EOFY campaign, or industry event, custom-branded advent chocolate calendars offer a creative and engaging way to connect with your audience—one square (and one treat) at a time. - [Top 10 Corporate Gift Ideas That Aren’t Boring (Spoiler: They’re Delicious)](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/10-corporate-gift-ideas/): Here are our Top 10 delicious corporate gift ideas that are far from boring—and 100% unforgettable. - [Sweeten Your Brand: Why Custom Branded Confectionery Works for Marketing](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/custom-branded-confectionery-works/): Looking for a promo product people actually enjoy receiving? Say goodbye to boring pens and stress balls—custom branded confectionery is the tasty, unforgettable way to get your brand into people’s hands (and mouths). Whether you’re planning an event, launching a product, or just want to boost brand recall, custom lollies and chocolates are the secret weapon in your marketing toolbox. - [Easter Confectionery: Sweeten the Season with Custom Treats](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/easter-confectionery/): Easter isn’t just about egg hunts and bunny ears—it’s also the perfect time to indulge in delicious confectionery! Whether you’re a business looking to spread holiday cheer, a sports club rewarding your members, or a corporate brand wanting to make a lasting impression, custom-branded Easter confectionery is a fantastic way to celebrate the season. - [Spread Festive Cheer with Promotional Christmas Confectionery](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/spread-festive-cheer-with-promotional-christmas-confectionery/): The holiday season is almost here, and there’s no better time to sweeten your brand’s message with our delicious range of Promotional Christmas Confectionery! Imagine the delight on your customers' faces when they receive a festive treat like Promotional Christmas Jelly Beans, Branded Christmas Toffees, or even a Custom Christmas Pudding. These tasty goodies aren’t just a treat for the taste buds—they’re a fantastic way to bring your brand into the holiday spirit while spreading joy among clients, customers, or team members. - [The Ultimate Guide To Promotional Jelly Beans in Australia](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/the-ultimate-guide-to-promotional-jelly-beans-in-australia/): Jelly beans are small candies that have a firm outer layer and an inner layer that are jelly-like and thick. The difference of jelly beans compared to other candies are the number of flavours and colours there are. Jelly beans also don’t get distorted or melt easily, making them perfect as corporate gifts. Here at Fast Confectionery, we personalise your promotional jelly beans by adding your brand’s logo on its packaging. We love to finesse them and make them ready for your next promotional event or marketing campaign. - [The Best Promotional Chocolates for the Holiday Season you can Buy Online](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/the-best-promotional-chocolates-for-the-holiday-season-you-can-buy-online/): From classic candy canes to melt-in your mouth chocolates, here are sweets that we want to receive this holiday season. Enjoying lavish amounts of chocolate is one of the best things about the upcoming festive season. Wherever you look, you will see many tasty chocolates, mints or lollies that you can’t resist. So, this makes chocolates the perfect promotional gift for the holiday season.  - [Top 3 Things to Consider Before Giving Corporate Chocolate Boxes and Gifts](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/top-3-things-to-consider-before-giving-corporate-chocolate-boxes-and-gifts/): Nowadays, corporate gifts have become an important principle in building relationships. Any business partnership is boosted by a sweet reminder of how much you care for them. Corporate Chocolate boxes are the kind of gifts that never fail. From holidays, promotional programs, corporate recognition, or any other events, a box filled sweet treats are a perfect gift.  - [Christmas Confectionery for Shopping Centres](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/christmas-confectionery-for-shopping-centres/): Christmas is the most wonderful time of the year. It is the season to be jolly and a great opportunity to thank everyone who made the year happier. Sometimes, searching for the perfect gift may be a little tricky. That’s why we are here. So, we will share with you some personalised Christmas Confectionery gift ideas. - [Thank You Chocolates](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/thank-you-chocolates/): There are times in our lives when saying “thank you” is enough. But, there are times when you want to express your gratitude in just a simple gift. So, your best option is to give them the thank you chocolates as a token of appreciation. - [Customised Candy: A Sweet Token of Appreciation](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/customised-candy-a-sweet-token-of-appreciation/): Handing out any type of promotional gift will benefit all kinds of businesses. It not only serves as a token of appreciation, but it also helps in promoting your brand. Additionally, giving away promotional items helps boost brand awareness and attract more customers. There are tons of products you can use, but customised candy is one of the sweet ways to show that you care. - [Top 5 Ideas for Promotional Confectionery](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/top-5-ideas-for-promotional-confectionery/): Giving Promotional Candy or Confectionery as a gift is perfect for every sweet tooth out there. So, add your personal touch to it and get your confectionery customised with your company brand, logo or special message. Promotional Confectionery perfect for any event including launch parties, trade shows, birthday parties, weddings, or any other personal or corporate event. Personalised candy can be an unforgettable, special and amusing gift. - [Be Sweet At Your Next Event With Bulk Lollies](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/be-sweet-at-your-next-event-with-bulk-lollies/): Are you organising an upcoming party or an event? Are you wondering what you can do to help your event stand out and add some flare? We highly recommend adding bulk lollies to your upcoming event or celebration. Firstly, they are a perfect addition to any type of event. Secondly, adding a lolly buffet or personalised lolly bags brings an additional pop of colour and sweetness. You just need to know what type of bulk lollies are suitable for your event. - [Bulk Lollies and Lolly Bags for Fundraising](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/bulk-lollies-and-lolly-bags-for-fundraising/): Fast Confectionery has worked with various organisations which raise money for a good cause. The best part is you can order your fundraising lollies online! Most orders placed with us have been customised with special messages and branding. Moreover, this helps with spreading your message and advertising your cause. - [Best Choices for Promotional Snacks](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/best-choices-for-promotional-snacks/): Promotional candy is perfect for giveaways to clients for events such as trade shows, expos, and conferences. At Fast Confectionery, there are various kinds of tasty and sweet Promotional Snacks that you can choose from. - [Important Tips for Using Promotional Lollies](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/important-tips-for-using-promotional-lollies/): As business events are continuously on the rise, creating a memorable brand image becomes more important. You need to create unique promotional items that create a sweet and long-lasting impression. Promotional Lollies can be your go-to advertising item if you fail with traditional marketing. ## Categories - [Creative](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/category/creative/): Get Creative with Your Corporate Confectionery Gift Giving - [Easter Ideas](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/category/easter-ideas/): Promotional Confectionery Easter Ideas - [Events](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/category/events/): How to Sweeten up Your Events with Custom Promotional Confectionery - [Fundraising](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/category/fundraising/): Fundraising Ideas Using Promotional Chocolates and Lollies - [How To Guides](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/category/how-to-guides/): How To Guides - All About Promotional Chocolates and Lollies - [Learn](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/category/learn/): Learn All About Promotional Chocolates, Lollies and Confectionery Everything You Need to Learn about Promotional Chocolates, Lollies and Confectionery but didn't Realise You Needed to Know It! - [Marketing](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/category/marketing/): How to Use Promotional Confectionery in Your Marketing - [Trends](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/category/trends/): Trends in Promotional Confectionery ## Product categories - [Branded Seasonal Confectionery](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/branded-seasonal-confectionery/): Why Promotional Seasonal Confectionery Works for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Seasonal Treats Seasonal confectionery carries a built-in emotional connection that standard promotional products simply cannot match. Christmas chocolates, Easter eggs, and Valentine's treats arrive at a time when people are already in a generous, celebratory mood. When customers receive custom branded seasonal confectionery, your logo becomes part of their holiday experience — creating a warm, memorable association with your brand. The holidays are peak gifting season, and branded seasonal confectionery offers a delicious, unique way to say thank you to clients and staff alike. It is a memorable, thoughtful gift that customers review positively year after year. Branded Seasonal Confectionery for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional seasonal confectionery is a popular promotional product for both internal and external campaigns during key dates throughout the year. Christmas end-of-year corporate gifts for clients Staff appreciation and employee thank-you packs Christmas party favours and table treats Advent calendar giveaways during December Easter client gifts and spring promotions Valentine's Day customer appreciation Shopping centre and retail activations Fundraising and charity events Practical and Cost-Effective Promotional Seasonal Confectionery Ordering seasonal confectionery in bulk delivers outstanding value. Small items like 30g bags of Christmas choc balls or foil-wrapped stars make cost-effective giveaways, while premium options like advent calendars and Lindt chocolate bags create a lasting impression for high-value clients. Customers purchase seasonal confectionery knowing it will be consumed and remembered — making it one of the most delicious and effective seasonal marketing tools available. Personalised Seasonal Confectionery With Your Logo Fast Confectionery offers full-colour branding on all seasonal confectionery products. Your logo appears vibrant and professional on every item, turning festive treats into unique corporate marketing tools. Bags and pillow packs feature a full-colour sticker on the front. Advent calendars are branded with a full-colour print on the outer panel and behind each door. Boxed sets and presentation packaging carry a full-colour sticker on the lid or body. Billboard cards and biz card treats integrate your logo directly into the card design. Corporate colour matching is available on select items such as Christmas choc beans, jelly beans, and sprinkle cookies, allowing customers to align the confectionery colours with their brand palette. Review the details on each product page to confirm branding options for your chosen item. Custom Seasonal Confectionery — Sizes, Products and Branding Options Branded Christmas Confectionery Sizes and Products The Christmas range includes a wide selection of treats in various sizes: 4g to 30g — mini candy canes, small chocolate stars, billboard cards 30g to 65g — bags of choc balls, foil stars, Christmas bells, toffees, and rock candy 80g to 100g — larger bags, pillow packs, and jelly bean tubes 850g to 950g — large advent calendars and premium gift packs Products include chocolate stars and bells, Christmas choc balls, branded advent calendars, candy canes, Christmas crackers, pudding chocolates, reindeer food packs, Kit Kat cases, and Lindt chocolate bags. Promotional Easter and Valentine's Day Confectionery The Easter range features chocolate Easter eggs, Easter bunnies, and hot cross bun chocolates in individually branded packaging. Valentine's Day confectionery includes heart-shaped chocolates and themed treats for customer appreciation campaigns. Custom Seasonal Confectionery Packaging Options Bags and Pillow Packs Cellophane bags and pillow packs are the most popular seasonal packaging, available in 30g, 50g, and 100g options. These are ideal for cost-effective bulk giveaways during the Christmas and Easter seasons. Cards and Presentation Items Billboard cards, biz card treats, and giant freckle cards offer a unique combination of product and marketing material. These items include your branding prominently on the card itself, with the confectionery attached or integrated. Bottles, Tubes and Containers No-neck bottles, test tubes, soda bottles, and promotional confectionery jars provide eye-catching presentation for seasonal jelly beans, choc balls, and lollies. Acrylic shapes like Christmas trees, hearts, and stars add a novelty element. Advent Calendars Branded advent calendars feature 24 doors with chocolates behind each one. The outer panel and door interiors carry full-colour printing, offering exceptional branding real estate across a product that customers showcase on their desk throughout December. Personalised Seasonal Confectionery Varieties Milk chocolate stars, bells, and hearts in gold and silver foil Choc balls in Christmas-themed colours Christmas toffees in assorted flavours Rock candy and chewy fruits in festive wraps Mini jelly beans in Christmas colour mixes Lindt Lindor balls and branded Lindt bags Candy canes — mini and full size Chocolate Easter eggs and bunnies Hot cross bun chocolates Corporate Seasonal Branding Methods Full-colour sticker — applied to bags, bottles, and containers Full-colour print outer — branded panel on advent calendars and cards Full-colour print behind doors — interior branding on advent calendars Unbranded options — available for select products where packaging alone is sufficient How to Order Bulk Branded Seasonal Confectionery Select your product — choose from the Christmas, Easter, or Valentine's Day ranges above Choose your quantity — minimum orders start from as few as 2 units for premium items, with bulk pricing tiers up to 10,000 units Upload your artwork — provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best results Approve your digital proof — review your personalised design before production begins Production and delivery — standard turnaround is 10–14 working days, with Australia-wide delivery Purchase online and order early for seasonal campaigns to ensure stock availability. Explore the top Christmas confectionery gift ideas online for inspiration. Need help with your order? Get a custom quote from the team. FAQ — Branded Seasonal Confectionery When should I order Christmas or Easter confectionery? Order seasonal confectionery as early as possible to ensure stock availability. Christmas orders should ideally be placed by October to allow for production and delivery before the holiday season. Easter orders should be placed by February for an April delivery. What is the minimum order quantity for seasonal confectionery? Minimums vary by product. Premium items like advent calendars start from as few as 2 units, while smaller items like 30g bags typically require a minimum of 50–100 units. Check the product page for specific details. Can I match confectionery colours to my corporate branding? Yes. Select products like Christmas choc beans and jelly beans offer corporate colour matching, so customers can choose a custom colour mix that aligns with their brand palette. What artwork format is needed for branded seasonal products? Provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format. Full-colour printing is standard across the seasonal range, ensuring your branding looks sharp and professional on every piece. Do you deliver seasonal confectionery Australia-wide? Yes. Fast Confectionery delivers custom branded seasonal confectionery to all Australian states and territories. Delivery details are confirmed at purchase. Are unbranded seasonal confectionery options available? Yes. Select products are available unbranded for customers who want festive confectionery without custom logo printing. - [Eco Friendly Confectionery Packaging](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/presentation-packaging/eco-friendly-confectionery-packaging/): Why Eco Friendly Promotional Confectionery Works for Marketing Campaigns Sustainability and Branded Confectionery That Sends the Right Message Handing out a branded lolly bag at an event is a proven marketing tactic. Handing out one in certified home compostable packaging adds a second message: that your organisation takes environmental responsibility seriously. For businesses with sustainability policies, government departments, councils, and brands targeting environmentally conscious consumers, eco friendly promotional confectionery delivers both brand exposure and values alignment in a single giveaway. Recipients notice when packaging is different from the usual plastic bag. A compostable bag or plastic-free cardboard box creates a conversation point and tells the person holding it that your company has chosen something better. That builds trust and positive sentiment, which is exactly what promotional products are designed to do. Perfect for Corporate Events and Green Campaigns Eco friendly confectionery packaging is particularly effective for sustainability-themed events, green expos, environmental awareness campaigns, and corporate social responsibility programs. Government and council events often require suppliers to meet environmental procurement standards, and compostable packaging helps you tick that box while still delivering a memorable branded treat. Practical and Cost-Effective Custom Eco Confectionery Eco packaging does not mean a compromise on quality, branding, or shelf life. Compostable bags maintain product freshness just like standard plastic, and the full colour digital label gives you the same vibrant branding canvas. Billboard card formats offer even more space with double-sided printing. Minimum orders start from 250 units for standard items and 500 for compostable bags, keeping this range accessible for campaigns of all sizes. Personalised Eco Confectionery With Your Logo Every product in this range is branded with your logo, message, and contact details using full colour digital print. Compostable bag options feature a custom digital label applied directly to the packaging, while billboard cards and cardboard boxes offer full-surface printing on both sides. Your branding looks sharp and professional on every format. The range includes compostable bags and plastic-free cardboard packaging, with more eco options being added regularly. For artwork guidance, visit our artwork guidelines page. Custom Eco Confectionery Packaging, Sizes, Fills and Branding Options Sizes and Weights for Branded Eco Lolly Bags Compostable bags are available in 30g and 50g sizes. The 30g bags measure approximately 90mm x 100mm, while the 50g bags measure 90mm x 120mm. Both sizes are flat-packed and lightweight, making them easy to transport in bulk to events. Billboard cards measure 90mm x 120mm with a 40mm flap, giving you a larger branded surface. Plastic-free cardboard options come in various sizes depending on the confectionery fill. Fill Options for Eco Promotional Confectionery Compostable bags are best suited to dry confectionery that does not require additional moisture barriers. Jelly beans, Aussie jelly mix, and mini M&Ms are the primary fills available in compostable packaging. Plastic-free cardboard packaging can hold a wider variety of fills including mints, chewy fruits, and individually wrapped sweets. Branding Methods for Corporate Eco Confectionery Compostable bags are branded with a full colour digital label. Billboard cards are printed in full colour on both sides. Cardboard boxes feature full colour printing on the lid and sides. All methods support logos, photographs, QR codes, and detailed messaging with no colour limitations. How to Order Custom Eco Friendly Confectionery Browse the products below, select the items that suit your campaign, and choose your quantities. You can request a quote online or call our team on 1300 008 300 to discuss your requirements. Turnaround times are typically two to three weeks from artwork approval. All products ship Australia-wide, and bulk orders benefit from competitive freight rates. Our blog post on choosing the right promotional confectionery for corporate events is a useful starting point for first-time buyers. FAQ — Eco Friendly Confectionery Packaging What does "home compostable" mean for branded confectionery bags? Home compostable means the bag is certified to break down in a standard backyard compost system, not just in an industrial facility. The compostable film breaks down into water, carbon dioxide, and biomass without leaving harmful microplastics. This certification is verified by independent third-party testing, so you can confidently communicate the eco credentials to your clients and stakeholders. What is the minimum order quantity for eco promotional lollies? Minimum orders for compostable bags start at 500 units. Plastic-free cardboard options start from 250 units depending on the product. These quantities make eco-friendly branded confectionery accessible for campaigns of all sizes, from small team events to large corporate rollouts. Contact our team on 1300 008 300 to confirm minimums for your chosen products. Can I match jelly bean colours to my brand in compostable bags? Yes. Mini jelly beans in compostable bags are available in corporate colour matching. You can choose a single colour, two or three brand colours, or the standard mixed assortment. Allens branded products and M&Ms come in their standard mixed colours only. Colour matching is confirmed during the quoting process. Do eco-friendly bags keep the lollies fresh? Yes. Certified home compostable film maintains product freshness with a comparable shelf life to standard plastic packaging. The bags do not begin to break down on the shelf because composting requires sustained heat, moisture, and microbial activity not present in normal storage. Store your personalised eco lolly bags in a cool, dry place and they will stay fresh for the stated shelf life. Are the compostable bags printed in full colour? Yes. Compostable bags feature a full colour digital label that supports logos, photographs, QR codes, and detailed messaging with no colour limitations. Billboard cards are printed in full colour on both sides. Your branding on eco packaging looks identical in quality to branding on standard plastic packaging. What types of confectionery are available in eco-friendly packaging? The compostable bag range includes mini jelly beans, Aussie jelly mix, and mini M&Ms in both 30g and 50g sizes. Billboard cards are available with the same fills. Plastic-free cardboard options include mints and chewy fruits. We are expanding this range regularly, so contact us if you have a specific confectionery request for eco packaging. Do you offer bulk discounts on eco promotional confectionery? Yes. All products have tiered pricing where the per-unit cost drops as your order quantity increases. Pricing tiers typically start at 250 or 500 units and go up to 5,000 units or more. Request a quote through our website or call 1300 008 300 for volume pricing on your specific requirements. Explore more branded lolly options across our full personalised lollies range. - [Promotional Christmas Chocolate Freckles](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/branded-seasonal-confectionery/promotional-christmas-confectionery/promotional-christmas-chocolate-freckles/): Why Promotional Christmas Chocolate Freckles Work for Marketing Campaigns Custom Branded Christmas Chocolate Freckles — An Australian Favourite with Festive Charm Freckles hold a special place in Australian confectionery culture. The combination of smooth chocolate and colourful sprinkles triggers childhood nostalgia that few treats can match. When customers receive custom branded Christmas chocolate freckles featuring festive red, green and white speckles alongside your logo, it creates an emotional connection beyond a standard corporate gift. This unique pairing of nostalgia and holiday cheer makes them a popular promotional product for special occasion celebrations, while Australian-made chocolate ensures a delicious product your recipients genuinely enjoy. Promotional Christmas Chocolate Freckles for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional Christmas chocolate freckles suit a wide range of festive corporate occasions. Their compact, individually packaged format makes distribution effortless. Consider using them for: End-of-year client thank-you gifts and desk drops Staff appreciation packs and employee reward hampers Corporate Christmas parties and office celebrations Shopping centre promotions and Christmas confectionery for shopping centres Trade shows and exhibitions during the holiday period Fundraising events and community Christmas drives Bulk Christmas Chocolate Freckles — Practical and Cost-Effective Ordering custom branded Christmas chocolate freckles in bulk delivers outstanding value. Unit pricing starts from as low as $1.16 at larger quantities, meaning even modest budgets can stretch across thousands of recipients. The individually packaged format keeps each piece fresh, while the compact size makes handout straightforward. These treats leave a lasting impression well beyond the holiday period — a smart investment for any organisation. Personalised Christmas Chocolate Freckles With Your Logo Fast Confectionery offers multiple ways to showcase your brand on personalised Christmas chocolate freckles. Every product features full-colour printing that transforms a festive treat into a unique corporate marketing tool. The branded cello bag option features a full-colour sticker applied to the front of the bag. Customers can choose from seven sticker shapes — 50x40mm, 50x30mm, 38mm round, 45mm round, 33mm square, 50mm square and 60x40mm oval — ensuring your branded design suits your identity. The giant freckle card uses a full-colour backer card behind the heat-sealed bag, with a card size of 120mm x 60mm for your logo or holiday greeting. The gift card option offers a full-colour double-sided card at 174mm x 110mm — ideal for premium corporate gifting. The custom billboard card provides a 130mm x 70mm double-sided printed card with a 25mm header fold. Review product pages online to compare formats and find the details that best suit your brand. Custom Christmas Chocolate Freckles — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Christmas Chocolate Freckle Sizes and Weights Fast Confectionery stocks promotional Christmas chocolate freckles in two size options: 20g Christmas chocolate freckle — a generous individual serve supplied in a cello bag, gift card or billboard card format Giant Christmas chocolate freckle card — a larger piece measuring 60mm x 20mm, presented on a full-colour header card for standout shelf appeal Promotional Christmas Chocolate Freckle Packaging Options Cello Bag with Sticker The 20g branded cello bag option delivers excellent value from just $1.16 per unit at 5,000 units. The clear bag showcases the festive confectionery inside, while your custom sticker — available in seven shape options — provides a personalised finish. Header Card and Billboard Card Two card-based packaging options suit customers seeking a more premium presentation. The giant freckle card pairs a heat-sealed bag with a full-colour printed backer card. The custom billboard card features a 130mm x 70mm double-sided card with a 25mm header fold. Both use 250gsm paper stock. Gift Card Presentation For the most memorable corporate gifting experience, the promotional gift card attaches a 20g piece to a full-colour double-sided gift card measuring 174mm x 110mm. This premium format is perfect for special occasion gifts and VIP client packs. Branded Christmas Chocolate Freckle Variety Options All promotional Christmas chocolate freckles in this range feature the classic festive colour palette of red, green and white sprinkles and speckles. This iconic combination delivers instant seasonal recognition. The giant freckle card offers a choice between Australian-made milk or white chocolate, allowing you to tailor your selection to audience preferences. The 20g products feature delicious chocolate topped with red, white and green 100s and 1000s for a traditional finish. Corporate Christmas Chocolate Freckle Branding Methods Four distinct branding methods are available across the range, each supporting full-colour artwork reproduction: Full-colour sticker — applied to the cello bag, available in 7 shape options (rectangular, round, square and oval) Full-colour printed backer card — 120mm x 60mm header card behind the heat-sealed bag Full-colour double-sided gift card — 174mm x 110mm card stapled to the bag, printed on 250gsm stock Full-colour double-sided billboard card — 130mm x 70mm card with 25mm header fold, printed on 250gsm stock How to Order Bulk Promotional Christmas Chocolate Freckles Select your product — review the range above and choose from the cello bag, giant freckle card, gift card or billboard card Choose your quantity — minimum orders start from 100 units (Confectionery Corner) or 250 units (Wallies Lollies), with pricing tiers at 500, 1,000, 2,500 and 5,000 units Upload your artwork — provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best print quality Approve your digital proof — review your personalised design before production begins Production and delivery — standard turnaround is 10 to 14 working days from artwork approval, with Australia-wide delivery included Bulk purchase pricing improves at every tier — the 20g cello bag starts at $2.37 per unit for 100 and drops to just $1.16 at 5,000 units. Browse online for full pricing details, or get a custom quote for tailored requirements. FAQ — Custom Branded Christmas Chocolate Freckles What is the minimum order for promotional Christmas chocolate freckles? Minimum orders vary by product. The cello bag, gift card and billboard card options start from just 100 units, making them accessible for smaller campaigns. The giant freckle card requires a minimum of 250 units. Customers can purchase a manageable batch to review before committing to a larger order. What artwork format is required for custom Christmas chocolate freckle labels? Provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best results. Full-colour printing is standard on all branded stickers, backer cards, gift cards and billboard cards. Our team will review your file and send a digital proof for approval before production begins. Can I choose between milk and white chocolate for corporate Christmas gifts? The giant freckle card offers a choice of Australian-made milk or white chocolate — both topped with festive red, green and white sprinkles. The 20g products feature delicious chocolate with red, white and green 100s and 1000s, letting you tailor your branded order to your audience. How early should I order custom Christmas chocolate freckles? Order as early as possible to avoid disappointment during the busy holiday season. With a standard turnaround of 10 to 14 working days, placing your order in advance ensures your personalised items arrive on time. Do you deliver promotional Christmas chocolate freckles Australia-wide? Yes. Fast Confectionery delivers to every state and territory across Australia. Order online and our team handles the rest — each product is carefully packaged to arrive in perfect condition, ready to make a memorable impact at your festive event. Can I combine Christmas chocolate freckles with other promotional confectionery? Many customers combine custom branded Christmas chocolate freckles with other festive products such as personalised chocolate freckles to build curated hampers and gift packs. Mixing different product types creates a unique and memorable gifting experience, and each item is ordered separately. - [Promotional Christmas Cookies](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/branded-seasonal-confectionery/promotional-christmas-confectionery/promotional-christmas-cookies/): Why Promotional Christmas Cookies Work for Marketing Campaigns Custom Branded Christmas Cookies — A Freshly Baked Festive Gift Freshly baked cookies are one of the most universally enjoyed treats in Australia, and festive shapes like gingerbread men, reindeer, shortbread stars and ginger stars add seasonal charm that generic giveaways cannot match. When customers receive custom branded Christmas cookies — whether as an individually wrapped biscuit or attached to a printed billboard card — your brand becomes associated with the warmth of the holiday season. The festive shapes create a unique visual impact. A gingerbread reindeer or shortbread star immediately signals Christmas celebration, making these promotional cookies a memorable addition to any end-of-year campaign. Recipients enjoy a delicious treat while your branding stays visible. Promotional Christmas Cookies for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional Christmas cookies suit a wide range of seasonal occasions. Their individual wrapping keeps them fresh and hygienic for easy distribution, while the festive shapes add memorable visual appeal to any event setting. End-of-year client thank-you gifts Corporate Christmas party favours Staff appreciation and employee rewards Holiday trade show handouts Conference refreshment stations Direct mail campaigns (billboard card format) Office reception desk displays during December Practical and Cost-Effective Bulk Christmas Cookies Bulk Christmas cookies deliver excellent value for seasonal campaigns. The Branded Shortbread Star Biscuit and Promotional Ginger Star Biscuit both start from just $3.86 per unit at 100 units and drop to $2.47 at 2,500 — making them highly cost-effective for large-scale distribution. The gingerbread billboard cards range from $7.29 to $5.17 per unit, offering a premium format with generous branding space for a special occasion. Every cookie in the range is individually wrapped for freshness. The billboard card options are flat-packed for easy inclusion in direct mail campaigns or event packs. This combination of affordable pricing and practical packaging makes a bulk purchase of promotional Christmas cookies a smart investment that leaves a lasting impression. Personalised Christmas Cookies With Your Logo Fast Confectionery offers two distinct approaches to showcase your logo on personalised Christmas cookies, so you can choose the method that best suits your campaign. Billboard card branding is available on the Custom Gingerbread Man Cookie Billboard and the Promotional Gingerbread Reindeer Cookie Billboard. Your artwork is printed in full colour across the entire card face (approximately 90mm x 55mm), providing generous space for your logo, messaging, images, QR codes and promotional details. The gingerbread cookie is attached to the printed card, creating a unique premium presentation that doubles as a marketing piece. Wrapper branding is available on the individually wrapped options. The Branded Gingerbread Man Cookie Sticker and Custom Gingerbread Reindeer Cookie Sticker feature a full-colour sticker on the wrapper, while the Branded Shortbread Star Biscuit and Promotional Ginger Star Biscuit feature full-colour print directly on the wrapper. Both methods deliver clean, professional custom branded Christmas cookies. Review the details on each product page online, or visit our artwork guidelines for logo file specifications. Custom Christmas Cookies — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Christmas Cookie Shapes and Varieties The range includes four festive shapes across six products, giving customers flexibility to match their campaign theme: Gingerbread Man — a classic festive shape, available as a billboard card or individually wrapped with sticker branding Gingerbread Reindeer — a unique Christmas shape, available as a billboard card or individually wrapped with sticker branding Shortbread Star — traditional buttery shortbread in a star shape, individually wrapped with printed branding Ginger Star — a spiced gingerbread star, individually wrapped with printed branding Promotional Christmas Cookie Packaging Options Billboard Cards The gingerbread man and gingerbread reindeer billboard cards feature a generous-sized gingerbread cookie attached to a full-colour printed card (approximately 90mm x 55mm). The billboard format provides maximum branding space — room for your logo, seasonal messaging, contact details and QR codes. These cards are flat-packed for easy inclusion in direct mail campaigns, event packs and hampers. Individually Wrapped Biscuits The sticker-branded gingerbread cookies and the printed star biscuits are each individually wrapped for freshness. The clear wrapping keeps the product visible while your branded sticker or printed design identifies the treat as a corporate gift. Individually wrapped biscuits are ideal for reception desk displays, conference refreshment stations and bulk event handouts. Branded Christmas Cookie Flavour Options Two delicious biscuit flavours are available across the range: Traditional gingerbread — a classic spiced biscuit with a festive aroma, available in man, reindeer and star shapes Buttery shortbread — a rich, crumbly biscuit in a star shape, offering a premium taste experience Customers can select one shape or purchase across multiple products to create a varied, memorable festive offering that showcases your brand in different ways. Corporate Christmas Cookie Branding Methods Three branding methods are available across the custom branded Christmas cookies range: Full-colour print on billboard card — your artwork covers the entire card face (~90mm x 55mm), ideal for detailed messaging and premium presentation Full-colour sticker on wrapper — a branded sticker applied to the individually wrapped gingerbread cookies Full-colour print on wrapper — your design printed directly on the star biscuit wrappers for a seamless branded look How to Order Bulk Promotional Christmas Cookies Review the range — browse the custom branded Christmas cookies above and select the shape and branding style that suits your campaign Choose your quantity — minimum orders start from 100 units across all products Upload your artwork — provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best print quality Approve your digital proof — review your personalised design before production begins Production and delivery — standard turnaround is 10–14 working days, with Australia-wide delivery Pricing improves at higher quantities — the shortbread and ginger star biscuits drop from $3.86 at 100 to just $2.47 at 2,500 units. Christmas cookies are a seasonal product, so purchase early to ensure timely delivery. Browse the wider range of promotional cookies for year-round options. FAQ — Personalised Christmas Cookies What is the minimum order quantity for promotional Christmas cookies? The minimum order quantity is 100 units across all six products in the range. Pricing per unit decreases at higher quantity tiers, with the best rates available at 2,500 units. Review the individual product pages online for full pricing details at each tier. What cookie shapes are available for custom branded Christmas cookies? Four festive shapes are available: gingerbread man, gingerbread reindeer, shortbread star and ginger star. The gingerbread man and reindeer come in both billboard card and individually wrapped sticker formats, while the star shapes are individually wrapped biscuits with printed branding. What is the difference between billboard cards and individually wrapped cookies? Billboard cards feature a gingerbread cookie attached to a full-colour printed card (approximately 90mm x 55mm), providing generous branding space for logos and messaging. Individually wrapped cookies have your branding applied via a sticker or print on the wrapper — ideal for cost-effective distribution at events. What artwork format is required for branded Christmas cookies? Provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best print quality. Full-colour printing is standard across all products. You will receive a digital proof to review and approve before production begins. Do you deliver corporate Christmas cookies Australia-wide? Yes. Fast Confectionery delivers promotional Christmas cookies to every state and territory across Australia. As these are seasonal products, order well in advance to ensure delivery before your end-of-year events. Explore our guide to seasonal gifting for more festive campaign ideas. Are the cookies individually wrapped? Yes. Every cookie and biscuit in the range is individually wrapped for freshness and hygiene, making them a popular promotional product for events, meeting rooms and reception desks. Each delicious treat arrives in perfect condition. - [Promotional Christmas Pudding](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/branded-seasonal-confectionery/promotional-christmas-confectionery/promotional-christmas-pudding/): Why Promotional Christmas Puddings Work for Marketing Campaigns Custom Branded Christmas Puddings — A Traditional Festive Gift Christmas pudding is one of Australia's most cherished holiday traditions. A rich, fruited dessert steeped in seasonal nostalgia, it symbolises celebration, sharing and the warmth of the festive table. When customers receive a custom branded Christmas pudding featuring your logo, your company becomes part of their Christmas celebration — a uniquely personal connection that few other promotional products can achieve. The premium nature of a Christmas pudding sets it apart from standard confectionery giveaways. Recipients perceive a branded pudding as a thoughtful, high-quality gift rather than a generic handout. This perceived value creates a lasting impression and positions your business as one that invests in meaningful relationships with clients and staff. Promotional Christmas Puddings for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional Christmas puddings are ideally suited to premium end-of-year gifting occasions. Their traditional appeal and generous presentation make them a memorable choice for a wide range of seasonal campaigns. End-of-year client thank-you gifts Corporate Christmas hampers and gift baskets Staff appreciation and employee rewards Executive gifts for key stakeholders Real estate settlement gifts and special occasion celebrations Festive supplier and partner acknowledgements Practical and Cost-Effective Bulk Christmas Puddings Bulk Christmas puddings offer strong value for premium seasonal gifting. The standard Branded Christmas Pudding starts from $21.88 per unit at 25 units and drops to just $14.34 per unit at 1,000 — making it a cost-effective choice for large-scale corporate campaigns. The Promotional Christmas Pudding Big starts from $102.72 at 25 units and falls to $86.30 at 250, positioning it as a premium option for high-value clients and executive gifting. With minimum orders starting at just 25 units, even small businesses can purchase branded Christmas puddings for their most valued clients. The tiered pricing rewards larger orders, so customers managing company-wide gifting programs can review the quantity tiers online and select the option that best fits their budget. Personalised Christmas Puddings With Your Logo Fast Confectionery offers personalised Christmas puddings with full-colour sticker or tag branding, ensuring your logo appears professionally on every pudding. Your company logo, brand colours and seasonal messaging are reproduced in vibrant detail, transforming a traditional Christmas pudding into a unique corporate gift that showcases your business identity. The standard Branded Christmas Pudding and the larger Promotional Christmas Pudding Big both support the same branding method, so you can maintain a consistent brand presence across both size options. Whether you choose the standard size for broad distribution or the premium big pudding for executive gifting, each product delivers a professional, custom branded presentation. Review the details on each product page online for full branding specifications, or get a custom quote for your specific requirements. Custom Christmas Puddings — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Christmas Pudding Sizes Two size options are available, catering to different gifting occasions and budgets: Branded Christmas Pudding — the standard-sized option, ideal for broad corporate gifting, hamper inclusions and client thank-you gifts. Available in quantities from 25 to 1,000 units, with pricing from $21.88 down to $14.34 per unit. Promotional Christmas Pudding Big — a large, premium pudding designed for executive gifts, high-value client appreciation and special occasion presentation. Available in quantities from 25 to 250 units, with pricing from $102.72 down to $86.30 per unit. Promotional Christmas Pudding Packaging Options Both products arrive in festive packaging designed for the holiday season. Each pudding is presentation-ready — no additional wrapping required. Your branded sticker or tag is applied to the packaging, ensuring your logo is prominently displayed when customers receive their gift. The presentation-ready packaging makes these promotional puddings an effortless addition to corporate hampers and gift boxes. Simply add your branded pudding alongside other festive items to create a delicious, memorable gift that recipients will enjoy sharing with family on Christmas day. Branded Christmas Pudding Flavour Details Both products feature a traditional Christmas pudding recipe — a rich, fruited dessert that is a festive staple on Australian Christmas tables. The classic flavour profile is universally enjoyed and appeals to customers across all demographics, making it a safe and delicious choice for corporate gifting where diverse tastes must be catered for. Corporate Christmas Pudding Branding Methods A single branding method is available across both custom branded Christmas pudding products: Full-colour sticker or tag — your logo and design are printed in full colour on a sticker or tag attached to the pudding packaging This straightforward approach ensures your branding is prominent and professional, allowing customers to focus on selecting the right size for their campaign while confident that every pudding will showcase their logo clearly. How to Order Bulk Promotional Christmas Puddings Review the range — browse the custom branded Christmas puddings above and select the size that suits your campaign Choose your quantity — minimum orders start from just 25 units for both sizes Upload your artwork — provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best print quality Approve your digital proof — review your personalised design before production begins Production and delivery — standard turnaround is 10–14 working days, with Australia-wide delivery Christmas puddings are a seasonal product, so purchase early to ensure delivery before your end-of-year celebrations. Pricing improves at higher quantities — the standard pudding drops from $21.88 at 25 units to $14.34 at 1,000. Browse our wider promotional Christmas confectionery range for more festive options. FAQ — Personalised Christmas Puddings What is the minimum order quantity for promotional Christmas puddings? The minimum order quantity is 25 units for both the standard Branded Christmas Pudding and the Promotional Christmas Pudding Big. This low minimum makes it accessible for businesses of all sizes to purchase custom branded Christmas puddings for their festive campaigns. What is the difference between the standard and big Christmas pudding? The standard Branded Christmas Pudding is designed for broad corporate gifting and is priced from $21.88 per unit at 25 units. The Promotional Christmas Pudding Big is a larger, premium option priced from $102.72 per unit — ideal for executive gifts and high-value client appreciation. Review the product pages for full details online. What artwork format is required for custom branded Christmas puddings? Provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best print quality. Full-colour sticker or tag branding is standard on both products. You will receive a digital proof to approve before production begins. How long does production take for corporate Christmas pudding orders? Standard production is 10–14 working days from artwork approval. As these are seasonal products, order well ahead of the festive period to ensure timely delivery. Explore our 10 corporate gift ideas for more seasonal campaign inspiration. Do you deliver promotional Christmas puddings Australia-wide? Yes. Fast Confectionery delivers corporate Christmas puddings to every state and territory across Australia. Delivery details are confirmed at checkout, and customers placing bulk orders can be confident their seasonal gifts will arrive on schedule. Can I include branded Christmas puddings in a corporate hamper? Absolutely. Both products are presentation-ready and make a delicious centrepiece for corporate Christmas hampers. The standard pudding is a popular hamper inclusion, while the big pudding can serve as the hero item in a premium gift basket. Customers ordering for hampers can review the full range online and select the size that fits their gifting budget. - [Personalised Chocolate](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/): Why Personalised Chocolate Works for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Chocolate Chocolate triggers a genuine emotional response that few promotional products can match. When customers receive a piece of personalised chocolate featuring your logo, they associate your brand with quality and generosity. This positive connection makes custom branded chocolate one of the most memorable giveaway items available to Australian businesses. From rich, delicious Belgian truffles to classic milk chocolate bars and hand-painted ganache, the variety available means you can match your chocolate selection to your brand personality. Premium options like Lindt Lindor balls and Toblerone bars carry built-in brand recognition, adding extra prestige to your corporate gifting. Promotional Chocolate for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional chocolate suits virtually every corporate occasion. The versatility of chocolate as a gift makes it a popular promotional product for year-round campaigns and special occasions alike. Trade shows and exhibitions Corporate conferences and seminars Product launches and brand activations Christmas and end-of-year client gifts Easter promotions and seasonal campaigns Staff appreciation and employee rewards Wedding and event favours Fundraising initiatives Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Chocolate Branded chocolate offers outstanding value for money when purchased in bulk. Compact packaging makes distribution effortless at events, while the shelf life of individually wrapped chocolate ensures your branding stays visible for weeks. Even small items like 6g Napolitain squares deliver a lasting impression, and customers review these treats as a memorable touch that elevates their experience with your brand. Personalised Chocolate With Your Logo Fast Confectionery offers multiple ways to showcase your logo on personalised chocolate products. Full-colour printing ensures your branding appears vibrant and professional across every piece, making each chocolate a unique marketing tool. For chocolate bars, your logo is applied via a full-colour wrapper that covers the entire bar — transforming a standard chocolate into a custom branded showpiece. Boxed chocolates and truffle gift sets feature branded lids and sleeve designs. Napolitain chocolate squares can be personalised with a full-colour foil wrapper or a digital label on the outer packaging. Novelty shapes like chocolate lollipops and coins feature edible full-colour prints directly on the chocolate surface. Customers who purchase presentation packaging options such as tins, jars, and plastic containers receive a full-colour sticker or digital label on the container itself. Corporate colour matching is available on select products — you can choose chocolate types (milk, dark, or white) and foil colours to align with your brand palette. Browse the full range online or get a custom quote for your next project. Custom Chocolate — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Chocolate Sizes and Weights Fast Confectionery stocks personalised chocolate in a wide range of sizes to suit every campaign budget and purpose: 6g Napolitain chocolate squares — perfect for bulk handouts and conference bags 15g to 50g chocolate bars (small, medium, and large formats) 42g to 50g chocolate lollipops and novelty shapes 100g to 200g premium gift bars and boxed sets 400g to 875g large gift boxes and presentation tins Promotional Chocolate Packaging Options Bars and Wraps Chocolate bars come in full-colour printed wrappers, available in small (15g), medium (40g), large (80g), and mega (100g+) sizes. Foil-wrapped options are available in gold, silver, or custom-colour foil for an elegant finish. Boxes and Gift Sets Truffle gift boxes and chocolate squares gift boxes offer premium presentation. Options include clear plastic boxes with lids, white boxes with clear lids, gold boxes with ribbon, and CD-case-style presentation boxes. These are ideal for high-end corporate gifts. Novelty and Custom Shapes Custom moulded chocolates, portrait frames, bullion bars, and branded poker chips showcase your creativity. Chocolate coins come in gold or silver foil with edible printing on the chocolate surface. Branded Chocolate Types and Varieties The personalised chocolate range includes options to suit every palate and budget: Milk chocolate — the classic crowd-pleaser for broad appeal Dark chocolate and dark Belgian chocolate — a sophisticated option for premium campaigns White chocolate and white Belgian chocolate — a unique alternative that stands out Belgian chocolate truffles — hand-finished for a luxury gifting experience Lindt Lindor balls — an internationally recognised premium brand M&M's — fun, colourful, and universally loved Customers can choose specific chocolate types to match their campaign, and many products offer mixed selections for variety packs. Review the details on each personalised chocolate truffle product page for the full list of available options. Corporate Chocolate Branding Methods Full-colour wrapper — complete wrap-around print on chocolate bars Full-colour sticker — applied to boxes, tins, jars, and containers Digital label — high-quality printed label on packaging Die-cut digital label — custom-shaped labels for unique packaging Edible full-colour print — printed directly onto the chocolate surface Embossed chocolate — your logo pressed into custom moulded chocolate Pad print and laser engraving — available on select presentation packaging How to Order Bulk Personalised Chocolate Select your product — browse the range above and choose the chocolate type and packaging that suits your campaign Choose your quantity — minimum orders start from as few as 2 units for premium items, with bulk pricing tiers available up to 15,000+ units Upload your artwork — provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best print quality Approve your digital proof — review your personalised design before production begins Production and delivery — standard turnaround is 10–14 working days, with Australia-wide delivery included Bulk purchase pricing improves as quantities increase. Browse online and order with confidence. Learn how to sweeten your brand with the right confectionery strategy for your next event. FAQ — Personalised Chocolate What is the minimum order quantity for personalised chocolate? Minimum order quantities vary by product. Premium items like Belgian truffle gift boxes start from as few as 2 units, while smaller items like Napolitain chocolate squares and chocolate coins typically require a minimum of 50–100 units. Check the individual product page for specific details on each item. What artwork format do I need for custom chocolate branding? For the best results, provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format. Full-colour printing is standard across most products, ensuring your branding appears sharp and vibrant. Your artwork is reviewed during the digital proof stage before production begins. How long does production take for branded chocolate orders? Standard production time is 10–14 working days from artwork approval. Larger orders or custom moulded chocolates may require additional time. Contact the team for specific timelines on your order. Do you deliver personalised chocolate Australia-wide? Yes. Fast Confectionery delivers custom branded chocolate to all Australian states and territories. Delivery details and estimated timeframes are provided at checkout. Are there bulk discounts for large promotional chocolate orders? Yes. Pricing per unit decreases as order quantities increase. Bulk pricing tiers are displayed on each product page — customers ordering 500 or more units receive the most competitive rates. Can I choose specific chocolate types to match my brand colours? Many products offer a choice of milk, dark, or white chocolate. Select items also allow corporate colour matching on foil wraps, sprinkles, and chocolate bean colours, making it easy to align your promotional chocolate with your brand identity. - [Promotional Bonbons](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/promotional-bonbons/): Why Promotional Bonbons Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Bonbons Christmas crackers hold a special place in Australian festive traditions. When customers receive custom branded bonbons filled with delicious chocolate, the experience creates an immediate emotional connection with your organisation. The simple act of pulling a cracker open and discovering individually foil-wrapped chocolates inside leaves a lasting impression that outlasts any standard promotional item. Unlike disposable marketing materials, promotional bonbons are shared at tables and events, generating conversation around your company. This word-of-mouth exposure is organic and memorable, making every unit a miniature ambassador for your organisation. Promotional Bonbons for Events and Corporate Gifting Custom branded bonbons suit a wide range of occasions, including: Christmas parties and end-of-year functions — the most popular use for festive crackers Corporate client gifts — a unique way to thank customers for their loyalty Product launches and trade shows — a special occasion centrepiece that draws attention Staff appreciation events — reward teams with a branded festive treat Wedding and celebration favours — add a personalised touch to any gathering Charity galas and fundraising dinners — custom table bonbons that support your cause Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Bonbons Promotional bonbons offer genuine value at every price point. With per-unit pricing starting from approximately $3.43 at higher quantities, they are a cost-effective way to place your brand directly into recipients' hands. Each 27g cracker contains three chocolates, providing a substantial and delicious gift that feels far more premium than the price suggests. Bulk ordering also means better unit pricing. Those who purchase larger quantities benefit from significant savings, making these ideal for organisations running large-scale festive campaigns. Personalised Bonbons With Your Logo Your logo and artwork deserve to be displayed with precision. Fast Confectionery offers two distinct approaches to personalised bonbons, each designed to showcase your brand effectively. The first option is a full colour custom print applied directly to the entire cracker surface. This method uses PMS colour matching to ensure your corporate colours are reproduced accurately. The result is a fully customised bonbon where every detail of your design wraps around the cracker-shaped box. This option is ideal for customers who want maximum visual impact and complete creative control. The second option uses a full colour printed sticker measuring 40mm x 15mm, applied to a pre-coloured cracker in red, white, or gold. This approach suits organisations that want a clean, elegant presentation with their logo featured prominently. Optional add-ons include custom colour ribbon or red twist-tie ribbon bows on both ends for an extra special occasion touch. Both methods produce vibrant, professional results. Review the details of each product to decide which branding approach best fits your campaign. Whether you choose a fully printed cracker or a sticker-branded design, your personalised bonbons will create a lasting impression on every recipient. Custom Bonbons — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Bonbons Sizes and Weights Both products in our promotional bonbons range share the same compact dimensions. Each cracker-shaped box measures 160mm x 40mm and weighs 27 grams. This size is perfect for table settings, gift bags, and hampers. The crackers contain three individually wrapped chocolates, ensuring a satisfying treat inside every unit. Promotional Bonbons Packaging Options All promotional bonbons arrive in a cracker-shaped box that mirrors the look of a traditional Christmas cracker. Custom Printed Christmas Crackers feature a fully printable exterior. The entire surface becomes your canvas, with no fixed base colour — your design dictates the final appearance. Custom Sticker Christmas Crackers come in three base colours — red, white, or gold — with your branded sticker applied. Customers can also add custom colour ribbon or red twist-tie ribbon bows at additional cost for a premium finish. Branded Bonbons Varieties and Flavours Each cracker is filled with three chocolates. Choose from the following options when you order: Chocolate Baubles — classic foil-wrapped chocolate balls Christmas Stars (Xmas mix) — festive star-shaped chocolates Christmas Hearts — heart-shaped chocolates for a unique twist All fillings are individually foil-wrapped, keeping the chocolates fresh and presentable once the cracker is opened. Corporate Bonbons Branding Methods Two branding methods are available across the range: Full Colour Custom Print (PMS Colour Matched): Applied directly onto the cracker surface. The decoration area covers the full template, giving you complete design freedom. Available on Custom Printed Christmas Crackers with a minimum order of 250 units. Full Colour Printed Sticker (40mm x 15mm): A rectangular sticker featuring your logo or message, applied to the cracker exterior. Available on Custom Sticker Christmas Crackers with a minimum order of just 100 units. How to Order Bulk Promotional Bonbons Choose your product — review the Custom Printed or Custom Sticker Christmas Crackers and select the option that suits your campaign. Select your quantity — order tiers range from 100 to 5,000 units depending on the product, with better per-unit pricing at higher volumes. Pick your filling — choose from Chocolate Baubles, Christmas Stars, or Christmas Hearts. Submit your artwork — provide your logo and design details so our team can prepare a proof for your approval. Confirm and purchase — once you are happy with the proof, confirm your order online and we will handle production and Australia-wide delivery. FAQ — Promotional Bonbons What are promotional bonbons and how can they be branded? Promotional bonbons are cracker-shaped boxes filled with chocolates, designed to carry your organisation's branding. You can choose a full colour custom print across the entire cracker surface or a printed sticker applied to a coloured cracker. Both methods produce vibrant, professional results. For more festive gifting ideas, review our guide to top ideas for promotional Christmas confectionery gifts. What is the minimum order quantity for custom branded bonbons? The minimum order depends on the product. Custom Sticker Christmas Crackers start at just 100 units, making them accessible for smaller events. Custom Printed Christmas Crackers require a minimum of 250 units. Both products offer tiered pricing up to 5,000 units, with significant savings at higher volumes. What chocolate fillings are available inside the bonbons? Each bonbon contains three individually foil-wrapped chocolates. You can choose from Chocolate Baubles, Christmas Stars (Xmas mix), or Christmas Hearts. The filling is consistent across all crackers in your order, ensuring every recipient enjoys the same delicious treat. Can I use promotional bonbons for events other than Christmas? Absolutely. While these crackers are traditionally associated with Christmas celebrations, they work beautifully at corporate dinners, product launches, weddings, and other memorable occasions. The custom printing or sticker branding can feature any design, not just festive themes, making them versatile for year-round events. How do promotional bonbons compare to other branded confectionery? Promotional bonbons offer a unique interactive element that standard chocolates cannot match. The act of pulling a cracker creates engagement and excitement, making your brand part of a shared experience. For a broader view of seasonal options, browse our full range of promotional Christmas confectionery. What customisation options are available beyond the print? For Custom Sticker Christmas Crackers, you can select a base cracker colour of red, white, or gold. You can also add custom colour ribbon or red twist-tie ribbon bows on both ends at additional cost. These add-ons give your bonbons a premium, memorable finish that customers will appreciate. - [Personalised Chocolate Balls](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/personalised-chocolate-balls/): Why Personalised Chocolate Balls Work for Marketing Campaigns Few promotional products are genuinely welcomed by customers. Custom branded chocolate balls sit in that rare category — a delicious gift tied directly to your brand that creates a positive association outlasting any brochure or business card. Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Chocolate Balls Custom branded chocolate balls pair the pleasure of premium confectionery with your company's visual identity. When a customer unwraps Orange Choc Drops and sees your logo, that enjoyment becomes linked to your brand. Customers remember how you made them feel, and a well-chosen chocolate gift delivers exactly that. If you are looking to sweeten your brand, chocolate balls are one of the most reliable options available. Promotional Chocolate Balls for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional chocolate balls suit a wide range of occasions, including: Trade shows and expos — hand out 25g or 50g bags for high-volume, cost-effective exposure Corporate gifting — choose a 400g or 800g PVC bucket in a white gift box for a unique, premium presentation Staff rewards and internal events — noodle boxes and coffee cups make memorable desk treats Product launches — use Biz Card blister packs so customers walk away with your contact details and a delicious snack Client thank-you gifts — a branded coffee cup filled with Chocolate Coated Coffee Beans adds a thoughtful, personal touch Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Chocolate Balls Branded chocolate balls deliver strong return on investment. Minimum orders start at 50 units for medium and large PVC buckets, and 100 units for all other products. With pricing tiers up to 5,000 units, you can scale your purchase to match your campaign budget. Every product features full-colour sticker branding with no compromises on visual quality. Personalised Chocolate Balls With Your Logo Your logo is the centrepiece of every purchase. All custom branded chocolate balls from Fast Confectionery feature full-colour sticker printing, ensuring your artwork appears vibrant, sharp, and professional. Branding can appear on bags, bucket bodies, bucket lids, noodle boxes, or coffee cups. Coffee cups offer the most flexibility — choose from Moon, Lid, Moon & Lid, Wrap Around, or Wrap Around & Lid placements. For Biz Card blister packs, you supply your own business card, which sits alongside the Orange Choc Drops — a unique format that doubles as a contact card and a treat. Before placing your order, review our artwork guidelines to ensure your files are print-ready and meet our specifications. Custom Chocolate Balls — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Chocolate Balls Sizes and Weights We stock custom branded chocolate balls in six weight options: 25g — compact bags of Orange Choc Drops or Chocolate Coated Coffee Beans, ideal for high-volume giveaways 50g — available in bags or decorative coffee cups, a balanced size for events and direct mail 100g — offered in bags, white cardboard noodle boxes, frosted noodle boxes, or coloured noodle boxes 160g — Small PVC Bucket, a reusable desktop container customers keep long after the contents are gone 400g — Medium PVC Bucket presented in a white gift box, suited to corporate gifting 800g — Big PVC Bucket in a white gift box, a showcase piece for premium clients and VIP gifts Promotional Chocolate Balls Packaging Options Bags — Available in 25g, 50g, and 100g with a full-colour logo sticker. Lightweight and easy to distribute at events or include in mailouts. Noodle Boxes — Three styles at 100g each (base 62 x 46mm, height 66mm): White Cardboard for a clean look, Frosted for a premium finish, and Coloured in seven options (White, Blue, Red, Yellow, Orange, Pink, Black/White stripes) — a unique way to match your brand colours. PVC Buckets — Food-safe, durable, and reusable. Small (70mm H x 70mm, 160g) with body and lid sticker. Medium (90mm H x 100mm, 400g) and Big (125mm H x 110mm, 800g) come in a white gift box with full-colour branding. Coffee Cups and Biz Card Packs — Decorative coffee cups (62mm H x 69mm) in Brown with Milk Spill or Plain White, filled with 50g of Chocolate Coated Coffee Beans. Biz Card blister packs (90 x 55 x 45mm) hold Orange Choc Drops alongside your business card. Branded Chocolate Balls Types and Varieties Our branded chocolate balls range includes two delicious confectionery types. Orange Choc Drops — vibrant Jaffa-style treats — feature across 13 of our 17 products in bags, noodle boxes, PVC buckets, and Biz Card packs. Milk Chocolate Coated Coffee Beans fill the remaining products in bags and decorative coffee cups. Both varieties offer broad appeal for customers across corporate and consumer audiences. Orange Choc Drops — colourful, fun, and universally enjoyed Milk Chocolate Coated Coffee Beans — a sophisticated option perfect for coffee-themed promotions For more chocolate options, review our personalised chocolate beans range. Corporate Chocolate Balls Branding Methods Full-colour sticker on bag — standard across all bagged products Full-colour sticker on bucket body and/or lid — available on Small, Medium, and Big PVC Buckets Full-colour sticker on noodle box — applied to all three noodle box styles Full-colour sticker on coffee cup — five placement options: Moon, Lid, Moon & Lid, Wrap Around, Wrap Around & Lid Customer-supplied business card — inserted into Biz Card blister packs for a unique dual-purpose promotional item How to Order Bulk Personalised Chocolate Balls Browse the range above — select the packaging style, size, and confectionery type that suits your campaign. Check minimum quantities — most products require 100 units; Medium and Big PVC Buckets start at 50 units. Prepare your artwork — visit our artwork guidelines page for print specifications and details. Request a quote online — add your chosen products to your enquiry and submit for pricing and delivery details. Approve your proof and confirm — once approved, production begins and your order ships Australia-wide. FAQ — Personalised Chocolate Balls What types of chocolate are available for personalised chocolate balls? We offer two varieties: Orange Choc Drops (Jaffa-style treats) and Milk Chocolate Coated Coffee Beans. Orange Choc Drops feature across bags, noodle boxes, PVC buckets, and Biz Card packs, while Coffee Beans are available in bags and decorative coffee cups. Both are delicious options that customers consistently enjoy. What is the minimum order for custom branded chocolate balls? Minimum orders start at 50 units for Medium and Big PVC Buckets, and 100 units for all other products. Bulk pricing tiers are available up to 5,000 units so you can scale your purchase to match your budget. How is my logo printed on branded chocolate balls? All products feature full-colour sticker branding applied to the bag, bucket, noodle box, or coffee cup. Coffee cups offer five placement options including Moon, Lid, Wrap Around, and combinations. Biz Card packs use your own business card inserted into the blister pack. What packaging options are available for promotional chocolate balls? We offer bags, Small/Medium/Big PVC Buckets, three noodle box styles (including seven colour options), decorative coffee cups, and Biz Card blister packs. Medium and Big PVC Buckets come in a white gift box for a memorable corporate presentation. Can I choose the colour of the noodle box for my branded chocolate balls? Yes. The Coloured Noodle Box comes in White, Blue, Red, Yellow, Orange, Pink, and Black/White stripes, letting you match packaging to your brand for a unique, cohesive look. Each box holds 100g of Orange Choc Drops with a full-colour logo sticker. Do you deliver personalised chocolate balls Australia-wide? Yes. Once you approve your proof and confirm your order online, Fast Confectionery handles production and shipping across Australia. Contact our team for delivery timeframes based on your location and order size. - [Personalised Chocolate Beans](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/personalised-chocolate-beans/): Why Personalised Chocolate Beans Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Chocolate Beans Chocolate creates an immediate, positive emotional response — which is why custom branded chocolate beans are such an effective promotional tool. Combining a universally loved treat with your company's visual identity, a jar or tin of delicious choc beans in brand colours feels personal and memorable. That emotional connection transforms a simple giveaway into a meaningful brand interaction. Unlike flyers that get discarded, a well-presented package of chocolate beans invites people to engage, share and remember the details of your business. Promotional Chocolate Beans for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional chocolate beans suit virtually any occasion: Trade shows and expos — eye-catching packaging draws visitors and keeps your logo on their desk Corporate gift hampers — pair with other treats for a premium corporate gift clients remember Product launches — colour-matched beans reinforce your visual identity throughout the event Staff rewards and onboarding — a unique, delicious welcome gift for new employees Christmas and seasonal campaigns — festive choc bean products in PET tubes, plastic jars and PVC buckets Conferences and seminars — small packs at each seat for a branded touchpoint Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Chocolate Beans Branded chocolate beans are a practical choice for marketing budgets of all sizes. With minimum orders from just 50 units for select packaging and 100 units for most options, businesses can purchase quantities that match their needs without excess waste. Reusable packaging such as glass jars, tins and PVC buckets become desk fixtures that showcase your logo for weeks or months after the chocolate is consumed. That ongoing visibility makes personalised chocolate beans one of the highest-value promotional products available. Personalised Chocolate Beans With Your Logo Your logo is the centrepiece of any branded promotional product, and personalised chocolate beans offer multiple ways to showcase it. Most packaging features a full-colour sticker for complete creative freedom. Card-based products like biz cards, billboard cards and gift cards allow full-colour printing across the entire card face. For a tactile finish, candle tins and hinge tins offer one-colour pad printing on the metal surface. Tubes, pull cans and soda bottles carry a wrap-around sticker for 360-degree branding customers notice from every angle. Before you purchase, our team can help you review the best branding method — simply get a custom quote with your details. Custom Chocolate Beans — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options With 68 products spanning over 25 unique packaging types, this is our largest confectionery category. Below is an overview to help customers review what is available. Custom Branded Chocolate Beans Sizes and Weights Custom branded chocolate beans come in sizes from compact giveaways to premium gifts: Pocket-sized (14g–30g) — biz card treats, small tins and screw cap jars for high-volume handouts Standard (40g–65g) — pillow packs, flip lid boxes, cubes, candle tins and hinge tins Mid-range (80g–130g) — resealable tubs, glass jars, pill jars, soda bottles, PET tubes and pull cans Premium (150g–220g) — round window tins, square and tall glass jars, champagne bottles and large pull cans Bulk and specialty (400g–1kg) — PVC buckets and the 1kg paint tin for high-impact gifts Promotional Chocolate Beans Packaging Options With over 25 packaging types, we offer an unmatched selection: Bags and pouches — zip lock bags, kraft paper bags, compostable bags and pillow packs (25g–100g). Lightweight and cost-effective for large-volume campaigns. Jars and bottles — glass clip lock jars, square glass jars, apothecary jars, pill jars, soda bottles and champagne bottles (20g–220g). Memorable desk accessories that keep your brand visible. Tins and canisters — candle tins, hinge tins, round window tins, paint tins, canisters and pull cans (30g–1kg). Durable, reusable and premium in feel. Cards, boxes and flat packs — biz card treats, bizcard boxes, flip lid boxes, gift cards, billboard cards and noodle boxes in seven colours for easy matching. Buckets, tubs and novelty shapes — PVC buckets (170g, 400g, 875g), resealable tubs, cubes, PET tubes, syringes and acrylic shapes. PVC buckets are designed for long-term reuse. Branded Chocolate Beans Colours and Varieties A unique advantage of custom branded chocolate beans is the ability to match your corporate colour scheme. Customers can choose from Black, White, Blue, Green, Red, Yellow, Purple and Pink — or select a custom mix to align with their brand palette. We also stock Smarties — candy-coated chocolate buttons available in gift cards, billboard cards and bags. Smarties offer a nostalgic alternative that appeals to a broad audience. Corporate Chocolate Beans Branding Methods Full-colour sticker — the most common method, used on jars, tins, tubes, cubes, buckets, bottles and novelty items Full-colour print on card or packaging — applied to biz cards, billboard cards, gift cards and bags Full-colour digital print — available on gift cards with the entire card face customisable Full-colour wrap-around sticker — provides 360-degree branding on tubes, pull cans and soda bottles One-colour pad print — available on candle tins and rectangle hinge tins for a clean, tactile finish How to Order Bulk Personalised Chocolate Beans Browse the range above — select the packaging style, size and weight that suits your campaign. Choose your choc bean colours — pick from eight colours or request a custom mix. Upload your artwork — provide your logo so our team can prepare a mock-up for review. Confirm quantities and receive a quote — minimums start from 50–100 units with tiered pricing up to 5,000. Get a custom quote for exact pricing. Approve and purchase — confirm your order for Australia-wide delivery direct to your door. FAQ — Personalised Chocolate Beans What is the minimum order for personalised chocolate beans? Most personalised chocolate beans have a minimum order of 100 units, while select packaging such as PVC buckets and paint tins start from just 50 units. This makes it easy to purchase custom branded chocolate beans without over-committing. Review individual product pages for specific details. Can I choose the colour of the chocolate beans? Yes. Customers can choose from eight colours — Black, White, Blue, Green, Red, Yellow, Purple and Pink. You can request a single colour or a custom mix to match your corporate palette, making every pack a unique and on-brand giveaway. How is my logo printed on the packaging? Most products use a full-colour sticker, while card-based items feature full-colour printing on the card face. Tins can be pad printed, and tubes and bottles carry wrap-around stickers for 360-degree visibility. Our team will recommend the best method when you submit your details. Do you offer Christmas or seasonal chocolate beans? Yes. We stock dedicated Christmas choc bean products, including an 875g PVC bucket, a 100g PET tube and a 170g plastic jar with festive-themed packaging. These are ideal for end-of-year corporate gifting. Can I order a sample before committing to a bulk order? We encourage customers to get in touch to discuss samples. Seeing and tasting the product helps you make a confident purchase decision. Contact us with your requirements and we will provide all the details you need, including pricing and delivery options. You might also consider pairing chocolate beans with branded jelly beans for a varied promotional package. - [Personalised Chocolate Coins](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/personalised-chocolate-coins/): Why Personalised Chocolate Coins Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal & Brand Connection There’s something undeniably fun about receiving a chocolate coin. The gold foil catches the eye, the satisfying snap of quality chocolate creates a sensory experience, and the taste leaves recipients in a great mood—all while your brand takes centre stage. Custom chocolate coins tap into nostalgia and positive associations with prosperity and success. Gold coins symbolise achievement and reward, making them an effective way to position your business favourably in customers’ minds. When staff or clients enjoy your branded chocolates, they’re forming connections that outlast the treat itself. Perfect for Events & Corporate Gifting Personalised chocolate coins suit virtually any occasion where you want your brand remembered: Trade shows and exhibition giveaways that draw visitors to your stand Business conferences and networking events Product launches and grand openings Christmas and end-of-year celebrations Australia Day promotional campaigns Fundraising activities and charity events The compact size makes them ideal for adding to event bags, scattering on conference tables, or handing out as people pass your booth. Every recipient becomes a walking advertisement when they unwrap your branded coin. Practical & Cost-Effective From a practical standpoint, chocolate coins offer several advantages that appeal to budget-conscious marketers: Compact design for easy storage and distribution Lightweight for cost-effective shipping Excellent value for money when ordered in bulk quantities High perceived value despite affordable pricing Extended shelf life of up to 12 months when stored correctly The prices shown for bulk orders make personalised chocolate coins one of the most cost-effective promotional products available. You get premium Belgian-style chocolate with professional branding at a price point that works for campaigns of any scale. Personalised Chocolate Coins With Your Logo Your logo deserves to be presented beautifully, and our custom chocolate coins deliver exactly that. Full-colour digital sticker printing allows for vibrant reproduction of complex designs, photographs, and multi-colour logos directly on the gold foil surface. Logo placement options give you creative control over how your brand appears. Whether you want your company name front and centre, an event design that captures attention, or a clever message that gets people talking, we can accommodate your vision. Corporate bulk supply is our specialty. We understand that business buyers need reliability, consistent quality, and timely delivery. Our chocolate coins arrive ready for your event, professionally packaged and quality-checked. Why does branded confectionery remain so popular? The answer is simple: it works. Chocolate creates genuine joy, and attaching your brand to that emotion builds positive associations no flyer or business card can replicate. When customers find your chocolate coin in their conference bag, they remember your business warmly. Australia-wide delivery means your order reaches you wherever your business operates, from Brisbane to Adelaide and everywhere between. Custom Chocolate Coins – Sizes, Packaging & Branding Options Sizes & Weights We have $1, 20c & 10c sized chocolate coins. Each coin weighs around 6 grams of premium milk chocolate, providing a satisfying piece that recipients can enjoy in one or two bites. The thickness allows for quality embossing while maintaining structural integrity during shipping and handling. Packaging Options Choose the pack style that suits your campaign: Biz Card Treats Coins in a mesh bag Premium gift boxes for VIP client presentations Event-ready display containers for trade show stands Custom branded packaging inserts for cohesive presentation   Branding Methods Multiple branding methods allow you to achieve your desired look: Full-colour digital stickers with photographic quality Custom foil stamping for elegant, tactile designs Embossed logo impressions pressed into the foil Pad printing on outer packaging Custom wrapper designs for complete brand control Contact our team to discuss which branding method works best for your artwork and budget. How to Order Custom Chocolate Coins Ordering personalised chocolate coins follows a straightforward process: Select your product – Choose chocolate coin style, foil colours, and branding method Choose quantity – Minimum order of 100 pieces; larger quantities attract better pricing Send your artwork – Upload AI or EPS files via our artwork portal. Vector files ensure crisp reproduction Approve your proof – Review and approve digital proof within 1-2 business days Production begins – Our team produces your order with careful quality control Australia-wide delivery – Receive your branded coins ready for your event Typical production time runs 2-3 weeks from artwork approval. Setup fees apply for new designs—request a quote with your specific requirements for accurate pricing. GST applies to all prices shown. Free freight thresholds apply to qualifying orders. Email us for information on current shipping offers. FAQ – Personalised Chocolate Coins What is the minimum order quantity for custom chocolate coins? Our minimum order is 100 pieces per design. This quantity works well for small business events while keeping setup costs per unit reasonable. Bulk discounts apply for larger orders, so let us know your requirements. What artwork file formats do you accept for logo printing? We accept AI and EPS vector files for best results. These formats ensure your logo prints crisply at any size. If you only have JPG or PNG files, contact us—we may be able to assist with artwork preparation for an additional fee. How long does production take for personalised chocolate coins? Standard production time is 2-3 weeks from artwork approval. Rush orders may be possible depending on current production schedules. Add time for delivery to your location when planning your campaign. Are there setup fees for custom chocolate coin orders? Yes, setup fees apply for new designs. These cover the preparation of your artwork for production. Repeat orders using existing designs typically avoid additional setup costs. Do you deliver personalised chocolate coins Australia-wide? Absolutely. We ship to all Australian states and territories. Delivery times vary by location, and we offer temperature-controlled shipping options during warmer months to protect chocolate quality. Are bulk discounts available for larger chocolate coin orders? Yes, pricing improves as quantity increases. Our team can provide tiered quotes for large orders. Mind the lead time when ordering substantial quantities—early planning ensures on-time delivery. Looking to add variety to your promotional confectionery order? You may also like to explore our custom chocolate bars for a complementary branded treat. Both products work brilliantly together for comprehensive event coverage. - [Personalised Chocolate Freckles](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/personalised-chocolate-freckles/): Why Personalised Chocolate Freckles Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Chocolate Freckles Chocolate freckles hold a unique place in Australian culture. Most customers grew up with these sprinkle-topped treats at birthday parties and school fetes, and that nostalgic connection creates an emotional response when they receive one branded with your logo. Custom branded chocolate freckles tap into those warm memories and attach your business to a positive moment. A freckle triggers recognition before the recipient even takes a bite — and that familiarity translates into stronger brand recall and a memorable gift people talk about long after the chocolate is gone. Promotional Chocolate Freckles for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional chocolate freckles suit a wide variety of marketing scenarios. Popular uses include: Trade shows and expos — hand out personalised freckles to draw visitors to your stand Corporate gifting — thank clients, partners, and staff with a delicious, uniquely Australian treat Product launches — attach a freckle to a printed billboard card announcing your new release Conferences and seminars — place personalised freckle packs at each delegate seat Retail promotions — include a custom freckle with every purchase to encourage repeat customers Seasonal campaigns — switch to Christmas or Easter freckles for festive events and end-of-year gifts Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Chocolate Freckles Branded chocolate freckles are also among the most cost-effective promotional confectionery options. Per-unit pricing starts from approximately $1.16 at quantities of 5,000, and minimum orders begin at just 100 units. Each freckle is individually packaged, lightweight, and easy to distribute — practical details that matter when you need a promotional item customers will actually enjoy. Personalised Chocolate Freckles With Your Logo Adding your logo to personalised chocolate freckles is straightforward. Every packaging format supports full-colour branding, giving you the freedom to showcase your logo and campaign artwork. Billboard cards and gift cards offer double-sided printing on 250gsm cardboard, while cello bag formats use full-colour stickers in multiple shapes — round, square, oval, and rectangular. Header cards feature full-colour printing above the clear bag, framing your freckle with custom artwork. Before you purchase, review our guide on how to choose promotional confectionery for advice on selecting the right format. You can also explore our personalised chocolate beans for complementary promotional treats that pair well with freckles in gift packs. Custom Chocolate Freckles — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Chocolate Freckles Sizes and Weights Every product in our personalised chocolate freckles range features a single 20g chocolate freckle — a generous disc measuring approximately 60mm across and 20mm deep. This consistent size means recipients receive the same delicious treat regardless of packaging format, and the 20g weight balances a substantial gift with cost-efficient bulk ordering. Promotional Chocolate Freckles Packaging Options Our promotional chocolate freckles come in several distinct packaging styles suited to different campaign needs. Cello Bag with Branded Sticker The freckle is sealed in a clear cello bag with a full-colour custom sticker. This is the most cost-effective option, starting from approximately $1.16 per unit at higher quantities. The transparent bag puts the colourful freckle on display while your logo sticker provides a clean, professional finish. Sticker sizes: 50x40mm, 50x30mm, 38mm round, 45mm round, 33mm square, 50mm square, and 60x40mm oval. Billboard Card with Attached Bag The freckle bag is stapled to a full-colour printed billboard card (130mm high including 25mm fold, 70mm wide, 250gsm) with double-sided printing. This unique card-like format stands out at trade shows and in direct mail. Gift Card with Attached Bag A premium format where the freckle bag is attached to a larger gift card (174mm wide x 110mm high when open, 250gsm, double-sided). Ideal for corporate gifting and VIP customers who expect something memorable. Header Card with Clear Bag The freckle sits in a clear heat-sealed bag topped with a full-colour printed header card (120mm x 60mm total). This compact Australian Made format is perfect for promotional giveaways and event handouts. Branded Chocolate Freckles Colours and Varieties Custom branded chocolate freckles are available in three seasonal varieties to match your campaign timing: Year-round — classic multicoloured 100s and 1000s sprinkles on milk or white chocolate, suited to ongoing promotions and corporate gifts. Christmas — red, green, and white sprinkles creating a festive look for end-of-year client gifts and Christmas hampers. Available across cello bag, billboard card, and gift card formats. Easter — seasonal Easter-themed freckles on billboard cards, ideal for spring promotions. Switching between varieties lets you run a consistent freckle-based branding strategy all year, updating the sprinkle colours and artwork to suit each occasion. Corporate Chocolate Freckles Branding Methods Every product in our custom branded chocolate freckles range can be personalised using one of the following methods: Full-colour sticker — applied to cello bags in seven sizes and shapes Full-colour printed billboard card — double-sided on 250gsm card Full-colour printed gift card — double-sided on 250gsm card in a larger premium format Full-colour printed header card — sits above the clear bag, framing the freckle with your design All methods deliver vibrant, photographic-quality output that will showcase your logo and colours. How to Order Bulk Personalised Chocolate Freckles Browse and select — review the products above and choose the packaging format and seasonal variety that suit your campaign. Check minimum quantities — most custom branded chocolate freckles start at 100 units or 250 units depending on the product. Prepare your artwork — supply your logo in high-resolution format (AI or EPS preferred). We provide a digital proof for you to review before production. Request a quote online — submit your details, quantities, and artwork through our quote page for accurate pricing. Approve and receive — confirm your proof and we handle production with Australia-wide delivery so your personalised chocolate freckles arrive ready for your event. FAQ — Personalised Chocolate Freckles What is the minimum order quantity for personalised chocolate freckles? Most custom branded chocolate freckles start at 100 units (cello bags, billboard cards, gift cards). Header card products from Wallies Lollies have a minimum of 250 units. How much do personalised chocolate freckles cost per unit? Per-unit costs range from approximately $1.16 for cello bags at 5,000 units to around $3.17 for gift cards at 100 units. Larger orders attract lower pricing, so include your desired quantity when you request a quote for accurate details. Can I choose between milk and white chocolate? Yes. Year-round products are available in both milk and white chocolate. Seasonal Christmas and Easter freckles feature festive-coloured sprinkles. Confirm your preference when you place your order online. What is the difference between year-round and Christmas freckles? The chocolate base is the same delicious 20g disc. Year-round freckles have classic multicoloured sprinkles, while Christmas freckles use red, green, and white for a festive look. Easter freckles offer a separate seasonal variation. How long does production and delivery take? Lead times vary by product and quantity. Contact us online with your requirements for a detailed timeline. Delivery is available Australia-wide. Can I order a mix of year-round and seasonal freckles? Each product is ordered separately with its own minimum quantity. You can purchase multiple formats in the same order, but each must meet its minimum of 100 or 250 units. Are personalised chocolate freckles suitable for corporate events? Absolutely. Corporate chocolate freckles are popular for conferences, trade shows, and client appreciation campaigns. The combination of a universally loved treat with unique branded packaging makes them a memorable, cost-effective gift customers genuinely appreciate. - [Personalised Chocolate Gift Boxes](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/personalised-chocolate-gift-boxes/): Why Personalised Chocolate Gift Boxes Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Chocolate Gift Boxes There is something uniquely powerful about chocolate as a gifting medium. It taps into comfort, celebration, and indulgence all at once. Custom branded chocolate gift boxes elevate that emotional appeal by weaving your brand identity directly into the experience. From edible full-colour prints on individual chocolates to bespoke packaging with your corporate colours, every detail reinforces positive brand association. Customers remember how a gift made them feel, and a memorable box of handcrafted Belgian truffles creates the kind of warmth that no email campaign can replicate. Promotional Chocolate Gift Boxes for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional chocolate gift boxes are a versatile asset across the marketing calendar. Hand them out at trade shows, include them in welcome packs for new staff, or send them as end-of-year thank-you gifts to your top accounts. Conference organisers regularly review their giveaway options and find that branded chocolate consistently outperforms other items on engagement metrics. For seasonal campaigns — think countdown calendars with premium Belgian chocolates behind each door — the anticipation builds brand exposure over weeks rather than a single moment. The details matter: a well-chosen gift box signals that your company values quality and puts genuine thought into its relationships. Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Chocolate Gift Boxes Budget flexibility is another reason marketers choose branded chocolate gift boxes. With minimum order quantities starting from as few as five units for deluxe options and scaling up to 10,000 for compact packs, there is a solution for every campaign size. Unit pricing drops significantly at volume — a four-piece Belgian truffle box, for instance, can cost under $9.00 per unit at higher quantities. That makes it practical to purchase personalised chocolate gift boxes in bulk without compromising on quality or presentation. Compared with other promotional channels, chocolate gift boxes offer a memorable return on investment. Personalised Chocolate Gift Boxes With Your Logo Your logo deserves more than a sticker on a generic box. Our range of personalised chocolate gift boxes lets you showcase your brand across multiple touchpoints — on the packaging exterior, on printed cardboard sleeves, and even directly onto the chocolate itself using edible full-colour printing technology. Customers notice these details, and the result is a unique, premium impression that sets your business apart. Whether you choose a sleek black box with a custom sleeve, a gold-stamped clear presentation box with satin ribbon, or a fully customisable countdown calendar, your branding takes centre stage. Every product in this range is designed to make your logo look exceptional while delivering a delicious tasting experience. If you are unsure which format best suits your campaign, get a custom quote and our team will walk you through the options. Custom Chocolate Gift Boxes — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Chocolate Gift Box Sizes and Weights The range spans from compact 58-gram four-piece truffle boxes right through to a show-stopping 1.75-kilogram deluxe gift box containing 34 assorted truffles. In between, you will find six-piece praline boxes (ideal for desk drops and mail-outs), nine-piece chocolate square collections, twelve-piece praline assortments, and seventeen-piece premium truffle selections. Each size has been developed with specific use cases in mind — smaller packs for high-volume events and larger boxes for memorable VIP presentations. This variety makes it straightforward to match the right custom branded chocolate gift boxes to your budget and occasion. Promotional Chocolate Gift Box Packaging Options Packaging quality matters — it is the first thing recipients see. Options across this category include gold-stamped clear boxes with ribbon, clear plastic boxes with gold insert trays, elegant white or black bases with clear lids, and fully printed countdown calendars in landscape or portrait orientation. Several products also offer optional satin ribbon or corporate-coloured ribbon upgrades. Every promotional chocolate gift box is designed to look impressive on arrival, whether it is hand-delivered at an event or shipped directly to a recipient's door. Branded Chocolate Gift Box Varieties and Flavours Flavour selection is where these gifts truly shine. The assorted praline range alone offers 22 unique varieties — from Salted Caramel and Macadamia to Pistachio, Ginger, Brandy Diamond, and Strawberry Heart. Premium truffle boxes feature flavours such as Champagne Orange ganache, Hazelnut ganache, Mint, Coffee, and Gianduiya. All chocolates are crafted from Belgian chocolate, with several products proudly Australian made. When customers review the flavour list, they quickly appreciate the quality behind every branded chocolate gift box. Corporate Chocolate Gift Box Branding Methods Multiple branding methods ensure your corporate chocolate gift boxes deliver maximum visual impact. Edible printing places your logo, message, or artwork directly onto the chocolate surface in full colour — print areas range from 30mm x 32mm on individual truffles up to 150mm x 100mm on centrepiece chocolates. External branding options include full-colour printed cardboard sleeves, full-colour stickers on packaging lids, and fully customisable calendar exteriors. These combined methods let you showcase your brand inside and out. For inspiration on selecting the right approach, review our guide on the top 3 things to consider before giving corporate chocolate. How to Order Bulk Personalised Chocolate Gift Boxes Ordering bulk personalised chocolate gift boxes online is simple. Start by selecting a product that matches your campaign goals — a compact truffle pack for high-volume giveaways or a deluxe box for VIP clients. Next, review the minimum order quantities (as low as 5 units for premium selections and 25 for most standard options). Upload your artwork or logo, confirm your flavour preferences, and our team handles production and quality checks from there. Lead times typically sit around two to three weeks, though larger or seasonal orders (such as countdown calendars near Christmas) may require four to six weeks. We recommend placing your purchase early to lock in availability, especially during peak gifting periods. Every order includes setup where applicable, so there are no hidden fees to review at checkout. You can also browse and compare products online before committing, giving you full visibility over pricing details and specifications. If you are looking for individual truffle varieties rather than curated gift boxes, browse our personalised chocolate truffles range for even more delicious options to complement your order. FAQ — Personalised Chocolate Gift Boxes What is the minimum order for personalised chocolate gift boxes? Minimum order quantities vary by product. The Deluxe Truffle Gift Box starts at just 5 units, most standard boxes begin at 25 units, and the Premium Truffle Gift Box and Countdown Calendar start at 50 units. This flexibility makes it easy for customers to purchase the right quantity for any campaign. Can I print my logo directly onto the chocolates? Yes. Edible full-colour printing is available across most products in this range. Your logo, artwork, or custom message is printed directly onto the chocolate surface, creating a memorable and unique branded centrepiece inside every box. What flavours are available in custom branded chocolate gift boxes? Flavour options are extensive. Praline boxes offer 22 varieties including Salted Caramel, Macadamia, Coffee Diamond, and Pistachio. Truffle boxes feature Champagne Orange ganache, Hazelnut ganache, Mint, and more. All chocolates use premium Belgian chocolate, ensuring a consistently delicious result. How long does delivery take? Standard lead times are two to three weeks from artwork approval. Seasonal products such as countdown calendars may require four to six weeks, particularly during the Christmas period. We recommend ordering online early to ensure your custom branded chocolate gift boxes arrive on schedule. Are these chocolates Australian made? Several products in this category are proudly Australian made using Belgian chocolate. The six-pack and twelve-pack praline boxes, for example, are produced locally by specialist chocolatiers, giving you a unique selling point for campaigns that value local provenance and artisan quality. - [Personalised Chocolate Lollipops](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/personalised-chocolate-lollipops/): Why Personalised Chocolate Lollipops Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Chocolate Lollipops Marketing works best when it triggers a positive emotional response, and few things achieve that as reliably as delicious chocolate. Custom branded chocolate lollipops tap into a sense of nostalgia and delight — the lollipop format instantly recalls childhood treats, while the Belgian chocolate base ensures the taste is unmistakably premium. When customers receive a lollipop featuring your logo printed in vibrant, full-colour edible icing, they associate your brand with that moment of enjoyment. A round chocolate lollipop with a crisp logo printed directly on its surface is a unique conversation starter. Recipients pause to admire the print before eating, which extends the time your branding stays front of mind. Promotional Chocolate Lollipops for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional chocolate lollipops suit an impressive range of occasions: Trade shows and expos — draw foot traffic to your stand with a delicious Belgian chocolate treat Corporate conferences — elegant table favours that showcase your attention to details Product launches and store openings — a playful yet professional branded giveaway Client hampers and gift sets — include them alongside other treats for a curated package Employee welcome packs — a memorable first impression for new team members Seasonal campaigns — ideal for Christmas, Easter, and end-of-year celebrations For a varied promotional package, pair personalised chocolate lollipops with personalised novelty chocolates to create a unique chocolate gift set that leaves a lasting impression. Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Chocolate Lollipops Beyond the emotional appeal, branded chocolate lollipops are a practical choice for budget-conscious marketing teams. With pricing starting at around $6.44 per unit for 100 pieces and dropping to approximately $3.82 at 5,000 units, the cost per impression is remarkably low. That represents a roughly 41 per cent reduction in unit cost as customers scale up — making larger orders significantly more economical. Each lollipop is individually wrapped in clear cello packaging, which keeps the chocolate fresh and hygienic while allowing your printed design to remain fully visible. They are ready to hand out straight from the box, with no additional assembly required. For businesses that purchase in bulk for multiple events throughout the year, this convenience saves considerable time and effort. Personalised Chocolate Lollipops With Your Logo Your logo is the centrepiece of these personalised chocolate lollipops. The 45mm print area covers nearly the entire face of the 50mm chocolate round, giving your artwork maximum visibility. The edible icing print reproduces full-colour designs with impressive clarity — logos, photographic images, gradients, and fine text all transfer beautifully onto the chocolate surface. Either side of the lollipop can be printed, so you can choose the presentation that best suits your design. This is not a simple one-colour stamp. The printing technology delivers rich, vibrant colours that make your branding look professional and polished. Customers often review the lollipop closely before unwrapping it, which means your design gets genuine attention. Trademarks, illustrations, event-specific artwork, and seasonal designs are all welcome — as highlighted in our guide to customised candy as a sweet token of appreciation, branded sweets create a lasting positive association that keeps customers coming back. For businesses wanting to showcase a campaign message, you could feature a QR code, hashtag, or promotional tagline alongside your logo, turning each lollipop into a miniature marketing tool. Custom Chocolate Lollipops — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Chocolate Lollipops Size and Weight Each custom branded chocolate lollipop weighs 22 grams and measures 50mm in diameter. This is a satisfying size — large enough to display your branding clearly, yet compact enough to slip into a gift bag, event lanyard pouch, or mailer box. The lollipop stick adds a playful element that distinguishes these from standard flat chocolate pieces and makes them easy to distribute at events. Promotional Chocolate Lollipops Packaging Every promotional chocolate lollipop arrives individually wrapped in a clear cello bag secured with a twist tie. This packaging protects the chocolate during transport and storage, maintains freshness, and keeps the printed face visible at all times. When displayed in a bowl at a reception desk or arranged on a conference table, the branded design shows through the transparent wrapping, delivering passive brand exposure before anyone picks one up. Branded Chocolate Lollipops Flavour Options Customers can choose between two delicious Belgian chocolate options: Milk chocolate — a smooth, creamy flavour that appeals to the widest audience and is the crowd-pleasing choice for large-scale giveaways Dark chocolate — a bold, rich taste that suits a more sophisticated audience or pairs well with premium event themes Both options use genuine Belgian chocolate, recognised worldwide for its superior quality. Review your event details and audience profile to select the flavour that fits best. Corporate Chocolate Lollipops Branding Method The branding method is a 100 per cent edible, full-colour icing print applied directly to the chocolate surface. There are no paper inserts or non-edible labels — the entire lollipop, print included, is completely edible. The print area spans 45mm in diameter, and artwork can be placed on either side. This unique detail matters to customers who review ingredients and appreciate a clean, thoughtful product. How to Order Bulk Personalised Chocolate Lollipops Browse the product above — review the Chocolate Round Lollipop details, including size, chocolate type, and branding options. Select your quantity — the minimum order is 100 units, with tiered pricing available up to 5,000. Prepare your artwork — supply your logo in high-resolution format for the best edible icing print results. Request a quote — get a custom quote with your details, quantities, and artwork for exact pricing. Approve and receive — review your digital proof, confirm your order, and receive Australia-wide delivery direct to your door. FAQ — Personalised Chocolate Lollipops What is the minimum order quantity for personalised chocolate lollipops? The minimum order quantity is 100 units. Pricing becomes more economical at higher volumes, with per-unit costs decreasing by up to 41 per cent when you purchase 5,000 units. Can I print a full-colour logo on the chocolate? Yes. The edible icing print supports full-colour artwork, including logos, photographs, gradients, and fine details. The print area is 45mm in diameter, and you can choose to print on either side of the lollipop. What chocolate options are available? You can choose between milk chocolate, which has a smooth and creamy taste, or dark chocolate, which offers a bold and rich flavour. Both are made from premium Belgian chocolate. How are the promotional chocolate lollipops packaged? Each lollipop is individually wrapped in a clear cello bag with a twist tie. The transparent packaging keeps the branded design visible while protecting the chocolate during transport and storage. Is the printed design edible? Yes, the print is 100 per cent edible. There are no non-edible labels or stickers — the entire lollipop can be enjoyed as a delicious treat. Are personalised chocolate lollipops suitable for corporate events? Absolutely. They are a memorable and unique choice for trade shows, conferences, product launches, client gifting, and employee appreciation events. The premium Belgian chocolate and professional-quality print make them suitable for any corporate setting. How do I submit my artwork online? When you request a quote online, you can upload your artwork for the team to review. They will confirm suitability and advise on adjustments to ensure the best result on the chocolate surface. - [Personalised Chocolate Truffles](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/personalised-chocolate-truffles/): Why Personalised Chocolate Truffles Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Chocolate Truffles Custom branded chocolate truffles tap into something deeper than standard promotional merchandise. A delicious handcrafted truffle triggers genuine pleasure, and when your logo is printed directly onto the chocolate, that enjoyment becomes inseparable from your message. Customers remember how a gift made them feel, and few products match the warmth of unwrapping Belgian truffles bearing a familiar logo. That emotional connection makes personalised chocolate truffles one of the most effective tools for lasting loyalty. Promotional Chocolate Truffles for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional chocolate truffles suit a wide range of occasions: Trade shows and expos — hand out individually wrapped ganache truffles for high-volume exposure Corporate gifting — present a 12-piece or 17-piece truffle gift box to clients for a memorable touch Christmas and end-of-year gifts — the Deluxe Truffle Gift Box with 34 pieces makes a stunning seasonal gift Conferences and seminars — place a 4-pack gold box at each seat as a delegate welcome Hospitality and hotel turndown — printed ganache truffles add a unique detail to the guest experience Staff recognition — reward employees with a curated box of delicious assorted flavours Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Chocolate Truffles Branded chocolate truffles are also a practical choice for campaigns of all sizes. Minimum orders start at 5 units for the Deluxe Gift Box and 25 units for standard truffle boxes. Bulk ordering brings per-unit costs down significantly — individually printed ganache truffles drop below $4.00 each at volume. These factors matter when you need a promotional product that delivers impact without stretching your budget. Personalised Chocolate Truffles With Your Logo Adding your logo to chocolate truffles is what sets this range apart. Every product features full-colour edible icing printed directly onto a white chocolate centrepiece or truffle surface. The result is a vibrant reproduction of your artwork that customers can see, admire, and eat — a showcase moment that no printed wrapper alone can match. Custom branded chocolate truffles offer multiple surfaces for your logo. Gift boxes include a full-colour sticker on the lid or a printed cardboard sleeve, while the centrepiece chocolate carries your edible print. The Belgian Truffle 4 Pack lets you choose from heart, frame, hexagon, or round shapes, each featuring your design. For guidance on preparing your files, visit our artwork guidelines page. Custom Chocolate Truffles — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Chocolate Truffles Sizes and Weights We stock personalised chocolate truffles across a broad range of sizes: Individual (13g) — single printed ganache truffle in a cello bag, ideal for high-volume giveaways 4-piece (58g) — compact gold gift box with one custom printed truffle and three flavoured chocolates 12-piece (420g) — Belgian Truffle Box or Australian Made assorted truffle box for mid-range corporate gifting 17-piece (420g) — Premium Truffle Gift Box with assorted dark and milk chocolate truffles 34-piece (1,750g) — Deluxe Truffle Gift Box, a showcase piece for VIP customers and premium presentations Smaller sizes work well as high-volume promotional items, while larger boxes deliver a unique, memorable gift experience. Promotional Chocolate Truffles Packaging Options Packaging plays a key role in how people perceive your promotional chocolate truffles. Our range comes in several distinct styles: Gold Gift Boxes The Belgian Truffle 4 Pack features a gold-stamped clear box with gold stretch ribbon. The Deluxe Truffle Gift Box uses a full gold box with insert tray and ribbon, plus an optional custom printed sleeve. Clear Lid Gift Boxes The Belgian Truffle Box and Premium Truffle Gift Box feature a white or black base with a clear lid and gold insert tray, with an optional satin ribbon in your corporate colours. Black Choc Box with Printed Sleeve The Promotional 12 Pack uses a black box wrapped with a full-colour printed cardboard sleeve (220gsm) — a large surface for your artwork. Cello Bag The Printed Ganache Truffle comes in a clear cello bag — lightweight and ideal for high-volume distribution or inclusion in a personalised chocolate gift boxes hamper. Branded Chocolate Truffles Flavours and Varieties Our branded chocolate truffles offer an impressive selection of flavours to review before you purchase: Ganache varieties — Hazelnut ganache, Champagne Orange ganache, chocolate ganache Classic flavours — Salted Caramel, Mint, Coffee, Coconut, Pistachio, Gianduja Liqueur-inspired — Rum, Sparkling Wine, Cointreau, Tia Maria, Grand-Marnier Praline — Milk Praline, Dark Praline, Strawberry, Honey The Belgian Truffle Box lets you select any three flavours, while the Promotional 12 Pack includes 11 delicious assorted options. Corporate Chocolate Truffles Branding Methods Every product in our range can be branded using one or more of these methods: Full-colour edible icing print on chocolate — applied to a white chocolate centrepiece (up to 150mm x 100mm) or directly onto individual truffles (30mm x 32mm) Full-colour sticker on lid — available on clear-lid gift boxes for external branding Full-colour printed cardboard sleeve — wraps around the Promotional 12 Pack and available as an option on the Deluxe Gift Box Optional satin ribbon — in your corporate colours to complete the presentation Custom branded chocolate truffles with edible printing are 100% food-safe and visually striking — your logo is reproduced in sharp detail on the chocolate. How to Order Bulk Personalised Chocolate Truffles Browse and select — review the range above and choose the truffle product, size, and packaging that suits your campaign. Check minimum quantities — most products start at 25 units; the Deluxe Gift Box starts at 5 units, while Printed Ganache Truffles require 100. Prepare your artwork — supply your logo in high-resolution format (AI or EPS preferred) for the sharpest edible print results. Request a quote online — submit your details, quantities, and artwork for pricing. For inspiration, read our guide to 10 corporate gift ideas. Approve and purchase — we provide a digital proof for your review before production begins, with delivery available Australia-wide. FAQ — Personalised Chocolate Truffles What is the minimum order for personalised chocolate truffles? Minimum orders vary by product. The Deluxe Truffle Gift Box starts at 5 units, truffle gift boxes and 4-packs start at 25 units, and Printed Ganache Truffles require a minimum purchase of 100 units. Review individual product pages for details. How is my logo printed on custom branded chocolate truffles? Your logo is printed using full-colour edible icing directly onto a white chocolate centrepiece or truffle surface. The print is 100% food-safe and produces vibrant, detailed results. Lid stickers and printed sleeves are also available on select products. What flavours are available for promotional chocolate truffles? We offer over 15 flavours, from Salted Caramel, Mint, and Coffee to liqueur-inspired varieties such as Cointreau, Grand-Marnier, and Sparkling Wine. The Belgian Truffle Box allows you to select any three flavours, while other products feature curated assortments. How long does production take for corporate chocolate truffles? Standard production takes 10-14 working days from artwork approval. The Deluxe Truffle Gift Box may require 4-6 weeks during peak Christmas periods. Contact us with your event date to confirm delivery details. Can I choose different truffle shapes for custom branded chocolate truffles? Yes. The Belgian Truffle 4 Pack offers heart, frame, hexagon, and round shapes, each carrying your full-colour edible print — a unique way to complement your campaign. Do you offer bulk discounts on personalised chocolate truffles? Yes. All products feature tiered pricing so larger orders attract a lower per-unit cost. Custom branded chocolate truffles in the 4-pack format drop from around $16.92 at 25 units to under $9.00 at 5,000 units. Include your desired quantity when you request a quote online for exact pricing. - [Personalised Custom Moulded Chocolates](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/personalised-custom-moulded-chocolates/): Why Personalised Custom Moulded Chocolates Work for Marketing Campaigns Promotional products need to do more than carry a logo. They need to create a moment where someone connects your brand with something genuinely enjoyable. Personalised custom moulded chocolates achieve this because they combine sensory pleasure with visual branding in a single item. When customers receive a chocolate shaped for your campaign, they remember the details long after the last bite. Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Moulded Chocolates Chocolate triggers positive emotional responses. Gifting food — particularly something as universally loved as chocolate — builds goodwill and trust between a brand and its audience. Custom branded moulded chocolates take this further by shaping that emotional moment around your identity. A football-shaped chocolate handed out at a sporting event or a jersey moulded in your team colours creates a memorable touchpoint. Customers don't just eat the chocolate; they notice the shape, review the branding, and associate the delicious experience with your organisation. That is the kind of lasting impression money cannot easily replicate. Promotional Custom Moulded Chocolates for Events and Corporate Gifting The versatility of promotional custom moulded chocolates makes them suitable for a wide range of occasions: Trade shows and expos — draw visitors to your stand with unique custom giveaways Corporate meetings and investor visits — an Australia Map chocolate makes a thoughtful icebreaker for international guests Product launches — reinforce your campaign theme with a chocolate shape that matches your messaging Staff recognition and internal events — reward teams with something personal and delicious Sporting sponsorships — football and jersey shapes let you showcase club partnerships Holiday and seasonal gifting — end-of-year hampers and client thank-you packages Conference welcome packs — add a custom chocolate to delegate bags for an instant positive first impression Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Custom Moulded Chocolates Budget matters in any marketing campaign. Branded custom moulded chocolates start from as low as $1.40 per unit at higher quantities, making them accessible for large-scale distributions. Even premium Belgian chocolate options with edible full-colour printing drop below $6.00 per unit when you purchase 2,500 or more — delivering high-perceived-value without stretching your promotional budget. Personalised Custom Moulded Chocolates With Your Logo Your logo is the centrepiece of your brand identity, and personalised custom moulded chocolates give you two distinct ways to feature it. The first is edible image printing, where your artwork is printed in full colour directly onto premium white Belgian chocolate. This method produces a vivid result across a 30mm x 30mm print area — perfect for intricate logos and multi-colour designs. The second option is a professionally printed sticker applied to the clear cello bag packaging. This approach works well for simpler branding requirements and is available on shapes like the Australia Map chocolate, where the moulded form itself is the hero. Customers review your logo on the packaging while enjoying the chocolate inside. Both methods ensure your artwork is reproduced accurately. Our team will review your files and confirm all details before production begins. If you need help preparing your files, simply upload your artwork here and our design team will handle the rest. Whether you choose edible printing or sticker branding, the goal is the same: give customers a unique, delicious branded item they will remember. Corporate custom moulded chocolates with your logo turn an ordinary giveaway into a genuine brand experience. Custom Moulded Chocolates — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Moulded Chocolates Sizes and Weights Our personalised custom moulded chocolates come in a range of sizes. The 7g Australia Map chocolate is ideal for high-volume distributions where you want to reach as many customers as possible. The 20g Chocolate Football (80mm x 40mm) and 25g Chocolate Jersey (80mm x 60mm x 8mm) offer a more substantial personalised gift. Promotional Custom Moulded Chocolates Packaging Options All custom moulded chocolates are individually wrapped in clear cello bags. This packaging keeps each piece hygienic and fresh while allowing the chocolate shape and any edible branding to remain fully visible. The transparent presentation means your branding is on display the moment customers pick up the product. Branded Moulded Chocolates Varieties and Flavours Depending on the product, you can select from premium white Belgian chocolate or choose between milk, dark, and white standard chocolate. The Chocolate Football and Jersey use white Belgian chocolate as the base, which provides an ideal canvas for vibrant edible colour printing. The Australia Map is available in milk, dark, or white — letting you match the flavour to your audience's preferences. Corporate Custom Moulded Chocolates Branding Methods Two branding approaches are available. Edible image printing delivers full-colour artwork directly onto the chocolate surface, creating a striking food-safe result. Hand-painted custom colours are also available on selected shapes like the Jersey, where one, two, or three colours can be applied for a truly unique finish. Printed sticker branding on packaging offers a clean, professional look at a lower price point. Review each product page online for specific branding details and pricing. How to Order Bulk Personalised Custom Moulded Chocolates Browse the range online — review our personalised novelty chocolates to find the shape and style that suits your campaign. Select your quantity — all products have a minimum order of 100 units, with volume pricing available up to 5,000 units. The more you purchase, the lower the per-unit cost. Submit your artwork — upload your logo and any design details. Our team will review your files and prepare a digital proof for approval. Approve your proof — once you are satisfied with the design, confirm your order and we will move into production. Receive your order — allow 4-6 weeks for production and delivery. Your custom branded moulded chocolates will arrive individually packaged and ready to distribute. FAQ — Personalised Custom Moulded Chocolates What is the minimum order for bulk custom moulded chocolates? The minimum order quantity across all custom branded moulded chocolates is 100 units. This makes it easy to trial a small batch before committing to a larger order. How long does production take for branded custom moulded chocolates? Please allow a minimum of 4-6 weeks from artwork approval to delivery. We recommend ordering early, particularly for seasonal campaigns or large corporate events. Can I choose the chocolate type for my promotional custom moulded chocolates? It depends on the product. Some shapes use premium white Belgian chocolate exclusively to support edible colour printing. Others, like the Australia Map, are available in milk, dark, or white — giving you flexibility to match customer preferences. Are the printed images on personalised custom moulded chocolates food-safe? Yes. All edible printing uses 100% food-safe inks and processes. The printed image is completely edible and meets Australian food safety standards. What branding options are available for corporate custom moulded chocolates? You can choose between edible full-colour image printing directly on the chocolate or a printed sticker applied to the packaging. Selected shapes also offer hand-painted colour customisation for a unique, memorable finish. How do I get the best price on bulk personalised custom moulded chocolates? Volume discounts apply automatically at each quantity tier — 100, 250, 500, 1,000, 2,500, and 5,000 units. For the best per-unit rate, order at the highest tier that suits your campaign. Where can I learn more about using branded confectionery for marketing? Our guide on custom confectionery covers strategy and inspiration for your next promotional campaign. - [Branded Hot Chocolate](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/branded-hot-chocolate/): Why Branded Hot Chocolate Works for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal & Brand Connection Personalised Hot chocolate taps into powerful emotional associations—comfort, warmth, and nostalgia. When customers or employees receive a branded cup of cocoa, they experience your brand through multiple senses: the rich aroma, the creamy texture, the satisfying warmth spreading through their hands. This sensory experience creates positive brand associations that outlast traditional promotional materials. Recipients don’t just see your logo; they feel the comforting benefits your brand provides. Seasonal nostalgia amplifies this effect, particularly during winter months when drinking chocolate becomes a workplace ritual that naturally elevates mood and morale. Perfect for Events & Corporate Gifting Branded hot chocolate suits virtually any business occasion: Trade shows and conferences (easy to distribute, memorable to receive) Product launches and client welcome gifts Winter events and Christmas campaigns Staff appreciation and employee recognition programs Fundraisers, school events, and community gatherings Office pantry stocking and guest hospitality The versatility makes it ideal for businesses seeking one promotional product that works across multiple touchpoints throughout the year. Practical & Cost-Effective Custom hot chocolate delivers exceptional value for marketing budgets: Compact packaging allows easy distribution at events Bulk pricing reduces per-unit costs significantly High perceived value creates positive impressions without premium spend Extended shelf life (typically 12+ months) means no waste from unused stock Lightweight products reduce shipping costs across Australia Unlike perishable gifts, branded cocoa powder and chocolate products remain ready to use whenever recipients prefer. Personalised Hot Chocolate With Your Logo Full-colour logo placement transforms standard hot chocolate into powerful branded merchandise. Your design appears prominently on packaging, ensuring maximum visibility each time customers reach for a warming drink. Custom label designs accommodate everything from simple logo placement to complete packaging redesigns featuring your brand colours, special message, and contact details. Whether you prefer subtle elegance or bold promotional messaging, our printing options deliver professional results. Corporate bulk supply simplifies large orders for businesses needing consistent branded products throughout the year. We advise quantities based on your anticipated events and gifting schedule, helping you maintain stock without over-ordering. Personalised confectionery remains popular in corporate gifting because it combines consumable practicality with genuine thoughtfulness and recipients appreciate gifts they’ll actually enjoy rather than items destined for desk drawers. Custom Hot Chocolate – Formats, Packaging & Branding Options Product Formats & Sizes Our hot chocolate range includes multiple formats to suit different promotional needs: Hot chocolate spoons – Belgian chocolate on a wooden stirrer; simply stir into warm milk Complete kits – Kit includes cocoa shavings, marshmallows, and mixing instructions Premium drinking chocolate – Lindt chocolate flakes for a superior tasting experience   Weight and serving sizes vary by format, with options ranging from single-serve sachets to multi-cup pouches. Packaging Options Bulk bags for corporate pantries and office kitchens Individual chocolate spoons wrapped for event giveaways Premium gift tubes with presentation-ready packaging Branding Methods Custom printed labels and stickers Full-colour digital printing on packaging How to Order Custom Branded Hot Chocolate Select format – Choose from spoons, tubes, or kits based on your promotional goals Choose quantity – Minimum orders typically start at 50 units for custom branding; contact us for specific products Upload artwork – Send your logo files (AI, EPS, or high-resolution PDF) via our online portal Review proof – Approve your digital design before production begins Production & delivery – Standard time frame is 7-10 business days; Australia-wide shipping included Rush orders: Need products sooner? Enquire about expedited processing for urgent campaigns. Free freight: Orders over $1000 qualify for complimentary delivery across Australia. Leave your requirements at checkout or send a note with specific requests. Our team will contact you to confirm details before production. FAQ – Personalised Hot Chocolate What are minimum order quantities for custom branding? Most orders start at 50 units for full custom branding. Larger quantities unlock better per-unit pricing. Contact us for specific product minimums. What artwork file types do you accept for logo printing? We prefer vector files (AI, EPS) for best results. High-resolution PDF and PNG files (300dpi minimum) also work for most printing methods. Our design team can advise if adjustments are needed. How long does production take for branded hot chocolate? Standard production takes 7-10 business days after artwork approval. Expect additional transit time for delivery. Rush processing available - enquire for urgent orders. Are there setup fees for custom packaging designs? Setup fees vary by product and branding method. We’ll provide complete pricing at the quote stage with no hidden costs. Do you deliver branded hot chocolate Australia-wide? Absolutely. We ship to all Australian states and territories via Australia Post and courier networks. Remote areas may require additional transit time. What bulk discount pricing is available for large orders? Volume discounts apply to most products. The larger your quantity, the lower your per-unit cost. Request a quote for specific pricing based on your requirements. Ready to create branded hot chocolate that warms up your marketing? Contact us to discuss your custom requirements, or browse our promotional confectionery range to discover more options. - [Personalised Lindt Chocolates](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/personalised-lindt-chocolates/): Why Personalised Lindt Chocolates Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Lindt Chocolates Handing someone a Lindt Lindor ball needs no explanation — customers already know the name and expect a delicious, melt-in-the-mouth experience. Custom branded Lindt chocolates harness that trust and attach your logo to a genuinely premium moment. Lindt carries a unique prestige that makes recipients feel valued, and that emotional response turns a simple giveaway into a memorable touchpoint your customers will talk about long after the chocolate is gone. Promotional Lindt Chocolates for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional Lindt chocolates suit a broad range of marketing scenarios. Popular uses include: Trade shows and expos — draw foot traffic to your stand with Lindt giveaways Corporate gifting — reward clients, partners, and staff with a premium treat Product launches — create excitement with a unique Lindt gift tied to your new release Conferences and seminars — place personalised Lindt cubes or choc boxes on delegate tables Staff onboarding and milestones — welcome new team members or celebrate work anniversaries Festive and seasonal campaigns — Christmas hampers, Easter gifts, and end-of-year thank-you packs Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Lindt Chocolates Personalised Lindt chocolates are also a cost-effective promotional choice. Per-unit pricing starts from approximately $3.44 at higher quantities, making large-scale campaigns affordable. Minimum orders begin at just 100 units, so smaller campaigns are equally achievable. Lindt Lindor balls are lightweight, individually wrapped, and universally appreciated — details that matter when you need a product customers will actually enjoy rather than discard. Personalised Lindt Chocolates With Your Logo Adding your logo to personalised Lindt chocolates is straightforward. We offer several methods to showcase your artwork across different packaging formats. Full-colour printed cardboard — including cubes, noodle boxes, and choc box sleeves — lets you cover every visible surface with your design and messaging. Full-colour stickers are applied to round window tins and kraft paper bags for a clean, vibrant presence. For PET tubes, a printed label wraps around the cylinder for maximum visibility. Every method produces sharp results that put your logo front and centre. Before you purchase, review our guide on how to sweeten your brand for practical tips on artwork and campaign planning. You can also explore our personalised chocolate truffles range for premium options that complement Lindt products in gift packs. Custom Lindt Chocolates — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Lindt Chocolates Sizes and Weights Our personalised Lindt chocolate range includes several configurations based on Lindor ball count: 2-ball options — Carry-On Case, 2-Pack Choc Box — compact and ideal for high-volume giveaways 3-ball options — Custom Cube, PET Tube — a popular mid-range choice for events and delegate bags 4-ball options — 4-Pack Choc Box — a generous portion suited to corporate gifts and VIP customers 5-ball options — White Noodle Box, Frosted Noodle Box — the largest Lindor count, perfect for premium gifting Smaller 2-ball packs work well as high-volume handouts, while 4- and 5-ball options deliver a unique, memorable gift for special recipients. Promotional Lindt Chocolates Packaging Options Packaging shapes how customers perceive your gift. Our promotional Lindt chocolates come in several distinct packaging styles, grouped below. Boxes and Cubes Custom cubes and choc boxes (2-pack and 4-pack) feature full-colour printed cardboard sleeves. The cube is compact and stackable, making it easy to transport. Choc boxes open to reveal neatly arranged Lindor balls, adding a touch of theatre to the unboxing experience. Noodle Boxes White and frosted noodle boxes hold five Lindt Lindor balls each. The white version accepts full-colour print across its surface, while the frosted option offers a translucent, modern look. Both are unique formats that stand out from standard chocolate packaging. Tubes and Tins PET tubes present three Lindor balls in a clear, stackable cylinder with a printed label. The small round window tin features a transparent lid so recipients can see the delicious Lindt balls inside, paired with a full-colour sticker on the lid. Specialty Formats The miniature carry-on case holds two Lindt balls and doubles as a novelty keepsake — a unique conversation starter at trade shows. Kraft paper bags with printed stickers offer an eco-friendly feel for Lindt hot chocolate flakes and marshmallow packs. Branded Lindt Chocolates Varieties and Flavours All products in this category feature Lindt Lindor milk chocolate balls — the signature smooth-melting truffle that has made Lindt a household name worldwide. The Lindor range is known for its irresistibly smooth chocolate shell and delicious melting filling. For hot-drink promotions, we also stock Lindt hot chocolate flakes paired with marshmallows in a kraft paper bag — a distinctive winter or festive campaign option. Corporate Lindt Chocolates Branding Methods Every product in our personalised Lindt range can be customised using one or more of the following methods: Full-colour printed cardboard — cubes, noodle boxes, and choc box sleeves printed edge to edge Full-colour printed label — wrapped around PET tubes for 360-degree visibility Full-colour sticker — applied to round window tins and kraft paper bags Full-colour printed carry-on case — the miniature suitcase itself becomes the packaging All methods deliver vibrant output that will showcase your logo and campaign artwork with precision. How to Order Bulk Personalised Lindt Chocolates Browse and select — review the products above and choose the packaging format that suits your campaign. Check minimum quantities — most custom branded Lindt chocolates require a minimum of 100 units. Prepare your artwork — supply your logo in high-resolution format (AI or EPS preferred) and we will provide a digital proof to review. Request a quote online — submit your details, quantities, and artwork through our custom quote page for accurate pricing. Approve and receive — approve your proof, then production begins with Australia-wide delivery so your personalised Lindt chocolates arrive ready for your event. FAQ — Personalised Lindt Chocolates What is the minimum order quantity for personalised Lindt chocolates? Most custom branded Lindt chocolates start at 100 units. This applies across cubes, tubes, noodle boxes, tins, carry-on cases, and choc boxes. How much do personalised Lindt chocolates cost per unit? Per-unit costs range from approximately $3.44 for carry-on cases at 5,000 units to around $9.43 for noodle boxes at 100 units. Larger orders attract lower pricing, so include your desired quantity when you request a quote for accurate details. What artwork formats do you accept? We recommend vector formats — AI or EPS — for the sharpest print quality. High-resolution PDF and PNG files may also be accepted. Our team will review your files and confirm suitability. How long does production and delivery take? Standard lead times are 10–14 working days from artwork approval, with delivery Australia-wide. Contact us online for expedited options on urgent orders. Can I mix different packaging formats in one order? Each packaging format has its own minimum order quantity. You can purchase multiple formats in one order, but each must meet its minimum of 100 units. Are the Lindt Lindor balls individually wrapped inside the packaging? Yes. Each Lindor ball comes in its own signature twist-wrap foil inside the outer packaging, keeping the chocolate fresh and easy to share. Can I order personalised Lindt chocolates for a one-off event? Absolutely. With a minimum of just 100 units, one-off event orders are straightforward. Choose a smaller-count option like the 2-ball carry-on case or 3-ball cube to keep your purchase cost manageable while still delivering a premium gift. - [Custom M&Ms](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/custom-mms/): Why Custom M&Ms Work for Marketing Campaigns M&Ms are one of the most recognisable confectionery names on the planet. The colourful candy shells and delicious chocolate centre create familiarity. When you add your own logo to the packaging, you harness that global recognition and direct it toward your organisation — leaving a lasting impression that a generic giveaway cannot match. Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded M&Ms Few sweets generate the same immediate smile as a handful of M&Ms. The bright colours and satisfying crunch trigger a positive emotional response in almost every recipient. Custom branded M&Ms channel that goodwill toward your brand, creating a memorable connection that outlasts the moment. Because M&Ms carry a sense of nostalgia, placing your logo on the packaging tells customers you understand what they enjoy — building trust and reinforcing loyalty. Promotional M&Ms for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional M&Ms suit a wide variety of occasions: Trade shows and expos — colourful packaging draws visitors to your stand Corporate conferences and seminars — compact packs placed at each seat Client appreciation gifts — premium tins and jars show genuine gratitude Employee onboarding kits and staff rewards — a delicious welcome gesture Product launches — novelty shapes create memorable talking points Real estate settlements and welcome hampers Wedding favours, milestone celebrations and fundraising events Practical and Cost-Effective Branded M&Ms Budget flexibility is a key advantage. The 7 g promotional bag starts from just $0.29 per unit at volume, making it one of the most affordable branded confectionery options in Australia. At the other end, the 1 kg custom paint tin delivers a high-impact premium gift. Corporate M&Ms start from just 100 units for most products, and volume pricing means customers who purchase in bulk enjoy significant per-unit savings. Custom M&Ms With Your Logo Your logo takes centre stage on every custom M&Ms product. The most common method is a full-colour sticker, giving you creative freedom over colours, imagery and messaging. Several products offer alternative options — the rectangle tin can be pad printed, laser engraved or digitally printed, while the biz card treats and gift card showcase your details on full-colour printed inserts. Fast Confectionery handles production and assembly, so you simply supply your artwork and review a digital proof before manufacturing begins. This makes it easy to order personalised M&Ms online, even if it is your first purchase. Personalised M&Ms — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options With 29 products spanning more than 17 packaging types, this is one of our largest categories. Below is an overview to help customers review what is available. Custom Branded M&Ms Sizes and Weights Custom branded M&Ms come in sizes to suit every occasion: Compact (7 g–25 g) — small bags and screw cap jars for high-volume handouts Standard (50 g) — cubes, coffee cups, carry-on cases, acrylic shapes, tins and kraft paper bags Mid-range (80 g–120 g) — glass jars, tubs, soda bottles, pill jars and pull cans Large (140 g–170 g) — round window tins and PVC buckets Premium (550 g–1 kg) — the acrylic dispenser with scoop and the 1 kg paint tin for high-impact corporate gifting Promotional M&Ms Packaging Options The range groups into four main families: Bags and Pouches — Six options from a 7 g thermal-printed bag to a 100 g pillow pack. The kraft paper bag is plastic free and recyclable for eco-conscious campaigns. Tins, Jars and Containers — Eight options including rectangle tins, candle tins, round window tins and glass clip lock jars. Durable and reusable, these keep your logo visible long after the M&Ms are finished. Bottles, Cubes and Novelty Shapes — Eight formats including soda bottles, coffee cups, carry-on cases, acrylic hearts and houses. These unique shapes leave a lasting impression at events. Buckets, Dispensers and Premium Options — Five products for maximum impact, from the PVC bucket to the 1 kg paint tin with a full-colour wrapper. Ideal for reception desks where you want to showcase your organisation. Branded M&Ms Varieties All custom M&Ms products are filled with the classic assorted colour mix — Green, Red, Orange, Yellow, Brown and Blue. Most products use Mini M&Ms, the smaller candy-coated pieces ideal for filling jars, tins and novelty containers. The 7 g promotional bag contains normal-sized M&Ms. For other formats, regular M&Ms can be substituted on request at the same price. Corporate M&Ms Branding Methods Full-colour sticker — the most common method, used across jars, tins, cubes, bottles and buckets Full-colour wrapper — available on the paint tin and pull can for 360-degree coverage Pad print — offered on the rectangle tin and screw cap jar Laser engraving — an option on the rectangle tin for a premium tactile effect Thermal print — used on the 7 g promotional bag for high-volume production Printed card insert — the biz card treats and gift card feature your artwork on a full-colour card How to Order Bulk Custom M&Ms Follow these five steps to place your bulk custom M&Ms order online: Browse the range above — review the products and select the packaging style and size that suits your campaign. Prepare your artwork — supply your logo and any additional information such as taglines or event messaging. Request a quote — submit your requirements through the Fast Confectionery website with your chosen product and quantity. Review and approve your proof — the team will send a digital mock-up for you to check before production begins. Receive and distribute — your corporate M&Ms are produced, assembled and shipped Australia-wide. Summer orders include insulated packaging. FAQ — Custom M&Ms What is the minimum order for custom branded M&Ms? Most products start at 100 units. The 1 kg paint tin starts from 50, while the 7 g promotional bag requires 2,000 units. Review individual product pages for specific details. What is the difference between Mini M&Ms and regular M&Ms? Mini M&Ms are roughly half the size of regular M&Ms and fill containers neatly. The 7 g bag uses normal-sized M&Ms. If you prefer regular M&Ms in other products, contact the team — they can accommodate the swap at no extra cost. How is my logo applied to the packaging? Most items use a full-colour sticker. Tins can be pad printed, laser engraved or digitally printed. The paint tin and pull can use a full-colour wrapper, and the 7 g bag uses thermal printing. Are there eco-friendly promotional M&Ms options? Yes. The kraft paper bag is plastic free and recyclable, available in brown or white. The biodegradable tub is another eco-conscious choice. Both are excellent options when you choose promotional confectionery for your next campaign. Can I order personalised M&Ms for a corporate event? Absolutely. Corporate M&Ms are one of our most popular event giveaways. The delicious chocolate and unique shapes — coffee cups, carry-on cases, acrylic hearts — add a memorable talking point at any function. Do you offer bulk discounts on promotional M&Ms? Yes. Every product features tiered pricing that decreases as quantity increases. The 7 g bag drops from $0.38 at 2,000 pieces to $0.29 at 50,000. Submit a quote request for a personalised price breakdown. Can I see a sample before making a bulk purchase? Contact Fast Confectionery to discuss sample availability. Reviewing a physical sample helps confirm print quality before committing, and it is a great way to explore our wider range of custom chocolate beans. - [Personalised Novelty Chocolates](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/personalised-novelty-chocolates/): Why Personalised Novelty Chocolates Work for Marketing Campaigns Promotional novelty chocolates succeed because they combine a universally loved treat with a distinctive shape that sparks conversation. Customers remember a branded chocolate star or a hand-painted jersey long after a standard flyer has been discarded. That emotional connection between your brand and a delicious moment of indulgence drives repeat engagement and positive word-of-mouth. Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Novelty Chocolates Custom branded novelty chocolates tap into the power of surprise. When a customer unwraps a 3D hollow chocolate football bearing your logo, the experience feels personal and thoughtful. This emotional response builds affinity far more effectively than conventional advertising, and each unique piece becomes a talking point that extends your reach. Promotional Novelty Chocolates for Events and Corporate Gifting Branded novelty chocolates suit a wide variety of occasions. Consider them for: Trade shows and expos — hand out chocolate medals or stars at your booth to draw foot traffic Corporate end-of-year gifts — bulk Christmas chocolate stars make a festive, memorable gesture Sporting events and club nights — chocolate footballs and jerseys tie directly into the theme Product launches — embossed chocolates with your logo create a premium unboxing moment Wedding and party favours — heart-shaped chocolates add a personal, delicious touch Staff recognition programmes — gold medallions reward achievement in a unique way Conferences and seminars — neopolitan chocolates on each seat provide a welcome treat Each occasion benefits from a quality chocolate paired with a shape that reinforces the theme. Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Novelty Chocolates Budget flexibility is a major advantage of promotional novelty chocolates. With unit prices ranging from under a dollar for foil-wrapped hearts and stars to around ten dollars for premium Belgian chocolate spoons, there is an option for every campaign budget. Bulk ordering keeps costs down, and smaller quantities of 50 to 100 units are available for targeted promotions, making it straightforward to purchase the right volume. Personalised Novelty Chocolates With Your Logo Your logo is the centrepiece of every personalised novelty chocolate order. Fast Confectionery offers multiple ways to showcase your brand, ensuring it looks sharp and professional on every piece. Edible full-colour printing places your artwork directly onto the chocolate surface using 100% edible inks, which means customers enjoy your branding right down to the last bite. For packaged options, printed stickers and full-colour cards deliver vibrant logo reproduction on the outside of each unit. Embossed chocolates go a step further by moulding your logo into the chocolate itself, creating a tactile, premium feel. Hand-painting, available on select Belgian chocolate pieces like the jersey, adds up to three colours for a bespoke finish combined with an edible print. Provide your logo files and our team will review the details, prepare a digital proof, and confirm placement before production begins. The result is a polished product that represents your organisation. Custom Novelty Chocolates — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Novelty Chocolates Sizes and Weights Lightweight 7g chocolates, such as the Australia Map shape, work well as high-volume handouts. Mid-range 15g options include embossed squares and customised squares in cello bags or PVC boxes. The 20g and 25g pieces — chocolate footballs, jerseys, and medals — deliver a more substantial gift that feels premium. At the top end, 50g chocolate spoons provide a generous item ideal for VIP gifting. Promotional Novelty Chocolates Packaging Options Clear Cello Bags — The most popular choice, cello bags present the chocolate shape clearly while keeping it hygienic. Used for footballs, jerseys, maps, and squares, they let the novelty shape do the visual work. Foil Wrapping — Available in gold, silver, and bronze finishes, foil wrapping suits medals and medallions perfectly. It adds prestige, making these pieces ideal for award nights and recognition events. PVC Stand-Up Boxes — A premium display option for 15g chocolate squares, these transparent boxes stand upright on desks or counters, keeping your personalised chocolate visible. Attached Branded Cards — Neopolitan chocolates can be paired with a full-colour printed card, turning a simple chocolate into a mini marketing piece that carries your message and logo. Branded Novelty Chocolates Shapes and Varieties Customers can choose from footballs, jerseys, hearts, stars, medals, medallions, squares, spoons, and the distinctive Australia Map outline. Chocolate types include premium white Belgian chocolate for the sculpted football and jersey pieces, along with standard milk, dark, and white chocolate for the broader range. This lets you match the shape and flavour to your audience, ensuring every purchase feels considered. Corporate Novelty Chocolates Branding Methods Corporate novelty chocolates can be branded through six methods available across the range: Edible full-colour print — artwork printed directly onto chocolate, completely edible Printed sticker — applied to packaging for clear, vibrant logo display Full-colour card — attached to the product for extended messaging Custom embossing — logo moulded into the chocolate via a bespoke mould Hand-painting — one to three colours applied by hand for an artisan finish Foil colour selection — choose foil colours that align with your brand palette Each method has different minimum order quantities and lead times, so review each product online or speak with our team to find the best fit. How to Order Bulk Personalised Novelty Chocolates Browse the range — Review the personalised novelty chocolates above and explore our custom moulded chocolates for additional unique shapes. Check quantities and pricing — Each product lists its minimum order quantity and tiered pricing, so you can match your budget before you purchase. Submit your artwork — Upload your logo and brand assets when placing your order. Our team will review your files to ensure they meet print requirements. Approve your proof — Receive a digital proof showing how your branding will appear. Confirm or request adjustments before production begins. Receive and distribute — Your custom branded novelty chocolates are produced, packed, and dispatched Australia-wide. Turnaround details are confirmed at the proofing stage. FAQ — Personalised Novelty Chocolates What is the minimum order for custom branded novelty chocolates? Minimum order quantities vary by product. The lowest MOQ is 50 units for chocolate medals and spoons. Embossed chocolates require 1,000 units due to custom mould creation. Can I order promotional novelty chocolates with my logo in full colour? Yes. Edible full-colour printing reproduces your logo directly on the chocolate surface using food-safe inks. Packaging options such as printed stickers and attached cards also support full-colour artwork. What chocolate types are available for corporate novelty chocolates? You can choose from milk, dark, or white standard chocolate across most products. Select items, including the chocolate football and jersey, are made from premium white Belgian chocolate for a smoother, more delicious finish. How should I store bulk personalised novelty chocolates? Store them in a cool, dry place between 15 and 18 degrees Celsius, away from direct sunlight. Properly stored chocolate maintains its quality for the shelf life indicated on each product. Are the edible prints on branded novelty chocolates safe to consume? Absolutely. All edible inks and printing materials are food-grade and completely safe. Customers can enjoy the entire chocolate, including the printed area. Can I order a sample before committing to a bulk purchase? Contact our team online to discuss sample availability and review quality before confirming a larger order. Do you offer seasonal or themed personalised novelty chocolates? Yes. Bulk Christmas chocolate stars and other seasonal options are available year-round. Visit our guide to personalised confectionery for inspiration on seasonal and themed campaigns. - [Personalised Chocolate Bars](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/personalised-chocolate-bars/): Why Personalised Chocolate Bars Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Chocolate Bars Chocolate remains one of the most popular promotional gifts worldwide because it triggers a genuine emotional response — customers associate the delicious taste with the brand on the wrapper. Custom branded chocolate bars tap into this reaction in a way that pens, keyrings, and stubby holders simply cannot. That unique moment of surprise and indulgence creates a lasting positive association, making personalised chocolate bars a powerful tool for brand recall. Promotional Chocolate Bars for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional chocolate bars are versatile enough to suit almost any marketing scenario. Common uses include: Trade shows and expos — draw visitors with branded chocolate giveaways Corporate gifting — reward clients, partners, and staff with a memorable, delicious treat Product launches — create buzz with a unique custom wrapper design Conferences and seminars — place branded bars on seats or in delegate bags Wedding and event favours — personalise wrappers with names, dates, and artwork Retail promotions — add a branded sleeve to bars like Cadbury Dairy Milk or Kit Kat Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Chocolate Bars Beyond the emotional appeal, branded chocolate bars are a cost-effective choice for businesses of all sizes. Minimum orders start as low as 10 units for select products, so even small campaigns are achievable. Bulk ordering brings the per-unit cost down further, making large-scale promotions highly affordable. Chocolate is lightweight, easy to distribute, and universally appreciated — details that matter when you need a promotional product that actually gets used rather than discarded. Personalised Chocolate Bars With Your Logo Adding your logo to a chocolate bar is straightforward with Fast Confectionery. We offer multiple branding methods to showcase your artwork, from full-colour printed wrappers and custom cardboard sleeves to edible icing prints applied directly onto premium Belgian chocolate. Each method produces vibrant, high-quality results that make your brand the centrepiece. Full-colour printed wrappers are the most popular option — your design wraps around a foil layer in gold, silver, or a custom colour. Our Signature Chocolate range features edible prints on Belgian chocolate squares, circles, and business-card-sized pieces, all presented in clear cello bags. We can also add a custom branded sleeve around Kit Kat, Snickers, Mars, Cadbury Dairy Milk, and Tony's Chocolonely bars — customers receive a trusted product with your branding front and centre. Before you purchase, review our guide on things to consider before giving corporate chocolate for helpful tips. Custom Chocolate Bars — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Chocolate Bar Sizes and Weights We stock personalised chocolate bars and squares across a wide range of sizes to suit every campaign: Small — 6g napolitain squares, 7g signature circles, 13g signature squares, 14g mini branded bars Medium — 23g signature business cards, 26g small bars, 27g Belgian truffle packs, 35g bullion box bars, 42g–50g mid-range bars and branded sleeves Large — 65g–100g full-size bars, 130g mega bars, 135g gift boxes Premium and oversized — 180g Cadbury Dairy Milk bars, 420g chocolate portrait frames This range lets you match the product to your budget — smaller sizes work well as high-volume giveaways, while larger options deliver a unique, memorable gift for VIP customers or corporate presentations. Promotional Chocolate Bar Packaging Options Packaging plays a key role in how customers perceive your brand. Our promotional chocolate bars come in several distinct packaging styles: Foil and Wrapper Gold, silver, or custom-colour foil paired with a full-colour printed wrapper. Available on all bar sizes — the classic, cost-effective option for bulk campaigns. Presentation Boxes Gold and silver bullion boxes, clear gift boxes, and white boxes with printed lids. Ideal for corporate gifting and personalised chocolate gift boxes for special occasions. Cello Bags Clear cello bags showcase the edible print on our Signature Chocolate range — circles, squares, and business cards in Belgian milk, dark, or white chocolate. Custom Cardboard Sleeves A full-colour 210–220gsm sleeve wraps around well-known branded bars, combining household-name trust with your own branding — a unique alternative to custom branded chocolate bars with printed wrappers. Branded Chocolate Bar Types and Varieties Our range covers standard Australian-made milk chocolate through to premium Belgian couverture. Customers can choose from milk, dark, and white chocolate in both standard and Belgian varieties. The Belgian couverture options offer a noticeably richer, smoother flavour that elevates any corporate gift. For businesses wanting instant brand recognition, we also supply branded commercial bars with custom sleeves: Kit Kat (14g and 42g) Snickers (44g) Cadbury Dairy Milk (50g, 100g, and 180g) Mars Bar (14g and 47g) Tony's Chocolonely (50g) Australian Made couverture milk chocolate bar (80g) Corporate Chocolate Bar Branding Methods Every product in our range can be branded using one or more of the following methods: Full-colour custom printed wrapper — wraps around foil; ideal for bars from 6g to 130g Full-colour edible icing print — printed directly onto chocolate; 100% edible and visually striking Full-colour cardboard sleeve — slides over commercial branded bars; 210–220gsm stock Full-colour printed sticker — applied to bullion boxes and presentation packaging Branded box with printed lid — used for premium portrait frames and gift boxes How to Order Bulk Personalised Chocolate Bars Browse and select — choose the size, chocolate type, and packaging that suit your campaign. Check minimum quantities — most products start at 25–100 units; napolitain squares require a minimum of 600 pieces. Prepare your artwork — supply your logo in high-resolution format (AI or EPS preferred) and we will provide a digital proof. Request a quote online — get a custom quote with your details, quantities, and artwork. Approve and receive — production takes 10–14 working days, with Australia-wide delivery so your custom branded chocolate bars arrive ready for your event. FAQ — Personalised Chocolate Bars What is the minimum order quantity for personalised chocolate bars? Most custom branded chocolate bars start at 25–100 units, while the Mega Chocolate Bar has a minimum of just 10 units. Personalised napolitain squares require a minimum purchase of 600 pieces. What artwork formats do you accept? We recommend vector formats — AI or EPS — for sharp, high-quality printing. High-resolution PDF and PNG files may also be accepted. How long does production and delivery take? Standard lead times are 10–14 working days from artwork approval, with delivery available Australia-wide. Contact us for expedited options on urgent orders. Do you offer bulk discounts on large orders? Yes. Pricing is tiered by quantity, so larger orders attract a lower per-unit cost. Include your desired quantity when you request a quote for detailed pricing. What types of chocolate are available? Our range includes standard milk, dark, and white chocolate as well as premium Belgian couverture. We also supply branded commercial bars — including Cadbury Dairy Milk, Kit Kat, Snickers, Mars, and Tony's Chocolonely — with custom branded sleeves. Can I add a custom sleeve to popular chocolate bar brands? Yes. We offer full-colour custom cardboard sleeves for Kit Kat, Snickers, Cadbury Dairy Milk, Mars, and Tony's Chocolonely bars. Minimum order is 100 units for sleeved branded bars. Can I choose the foil colour on wrapped chocolate bars? Standard foil options are gold and silver. For medium and large bars, you can select a custom foil colour — popular choices include red, green, and bronze. - [Promotional Poker Chips and Cards](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/promotional-poker-chips-cards/): Why Promotional Poker Chips and Cards Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Poker Chips There is something undeniably exciting about receiving a chocolate poker chip stamped with a logo. Custom branded poker chips tap into the thrill of the casino floor, creating an instant emotional connection between your customers and your brand. The novelty factor alone makes recipients pause, smile and remember who gave it to them. This surprise element is what sets promotional confectionery apart from standard merchandise. When customers unwrap a foil-covered chocolate chip featuring your logo, the experience feels playful and generous — a combination that leaves a lasting impression far beyond the moment itself. Promotional Poker Chips for Events and Corporate Gifting Custom branded poker chips suit a wide range of occasions, including: Casino nights and poker tournaments Gaming-themed product launches Vegas-themed corporate functions Trade shows and exhibition giveaways End-of-year staff gifts and team celebrations Client thank-you gifts and loyalty rewards Special occasion milestones and company anniversaries Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Poker Chips Branded poker chips are compact, lightweight and easy to distribute in any setting. Individual chips start from approximately $0.65 per unit at higher quantities, making them a cost-effective choice for large-scale campaigns. The mesh bag option, starting from around $3.81 per bag at volume, offers a more premium presentation without a steep price increase. Their small size means customers can slip them into a pocket or bag, extending your promotional visibility well beyond the event itself. For marketers who need to review their budget carefully, these promotional items deliver strong return on investment. Personalised Poker Chips and Cards With Your Logo Fast Confectionery offers two distinct ways to add your logo to our chocolate poker chip range, so you can choose the option that best suits your campaign. For the Branded Chocolate Poker Chips, your artwork is printed as a full colour sticker measuring 38mm in diameter. This sticker is applied directly to each individual chocolate chip, meaning every single unit your customers receive prominently displays your logo or design. This method is ideal when you want maximum exposure on a per-piece basis. For the Promotional Chocolate Poker Chips in Mesh Bag, customisation is achieved through a full colour tag measuring 45mm wide by 35mm high. This tag is attached to the mesh bag with a gold elastic ribbon, and ingredient details are printed on the reverse side. The tag approach gives your design a polished, gift-ready appearance that works well for corporate gifting and special occasion events. Both options use full colour printing, allowing you to showcase your logo, tagline or campaign artwork exactly as intended. Simply provide your design files and our team handles the rest. If you enjoy creating unique personalised novelty chocolates for your marketing, these poker chips sit perfectly alongside other custom confectionery products. Custom Poker Chips — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Poker Chips Sizes and Weights Each chocolate poker chip measures 38mm in diameter and weighs 6g. The individual chips are a convenient, bite-sized format. The mesh bag option contains six chips for a total weight of 36g per bag, offering a more substantial gift while remaining compact enough for easy distribution. Promotional Poker Chips Packaging Options There are two packaging formats available. The individually wrapped Branded Chocolate Poker Chips come in mixed colour foil wrapping, with your branded sticker applied to each piece. These are perfect for scattering across tables at events or handing out one by one. The Promotional Chocolate Poker Chips in Mesh Bag present six unbranded chips inside a coloured mesh bag, tied with gold elastic ribbon. Mesh bag colours are available in blue, red or yellow. This format creates a more memorable, gift-style presentation that recipients appreciate at corporate functions. Branded Poker Chips Varieties and Chocolate Types All poker chips are made from delicious chocolate wrapped in assorted colour foil. The foil colours arrive in a mixed assortment and cannot be individually selected. This variety adds visual appeal when multiple chips are displayed together, mimicking the look of a real casino chip stack. Our catalogue also includes two additional products in this category — Bulk Chocolate Poker Chips and Chocolate Poker Chip Playing Cards Set — for customers seeking further variety. Corporate Poker Chips Branding Methods Two customisation methods are available across the range. The individual chips feature a 38mm full colour sticker applied directly to the chocolate. The mesh bag sets feature a full colour printed tag (45mm x 35mm) attached externally. Both methods ensure your logo is clearly visible to every recipient. How to Order Bulk Promotional Poker Chips and Cards Review the range — Browse our promotional poker chips and cards online to select the product that suits your campaign. Review the details for each option, including minimum order quantities and pricing tiers. Choose your quantity — Individual branded chips are available from 500 to 15,000 units. Mesh bags are available from 100 to 2,500 bags. Larger quantities unlock better per-unit pricing. Prepare your artwork — Design your logo or artwork to the required dimensions (38mm circle for chip stickers or 45mm x 35mm for mesh bag tags). Our team can review your files before production. Submit your order — Purchase online through the product page and upload your artwork. Our team will confirm all details and provide a proof for your approval. Receive your delivery — Orders ship Australia-wide. Summer orders automatically include insulated packaging to keep your chocolate in perfect condition during transit. FAQ — Promotional Poker Chips and Cards What is the minimum order for custom branded poker chips? The minimum order for individually branded chocolate poker chips is 500 units. For the mesh bag option, the minimum purchase is 100 bags. These quantities make it easy for businesses of all sizes to access unique promotional items without overcommitting on stock. Can I choose the foil colour for my promotional poker chips? The foil wrapping arrives in an assorted colour mix and individual colours cannot be selected. This assortment gives your display a vibrant, authentic casino feel. If colour coordination is important for your event, the mesh bag option lets you choose between blue, red or yellow bags to match your branding. How does branding work on each product? For individual chips, a 38mm full colour sticker is applied directly to each chocolate poker chip, putting your logo front and centre. For the mesh bag sets, a full colour tag (45mm x 35mm) is attached to the bag. Ingredient information appears on the tag reverse. Both methods use full colour printing for accurate logo reproduction. Are promotional poker chips suitable for summer events? Yes. While chocolate ships best in cooler months, all summer orders include insulated packaging to protect the product during transit. We recommend planning ahead where possible so your customers receive their order in optimal condition. Research into sensory marketing confirms that taste-based promotions create memorable, positive associations regardless of the season. How much do bulk promotional poker chips cost? Pricing varies by quantity. Individual chips range from approximately $0.93 per unit at 500 pieces down to approximately $0.65 per unit at 15,000 pieces. Mesh bag sets range from approximately $5.43 per bag at 100 bags down to approximately $3.81 per bag at 2,500 bags. Higher volumes deliver better value per unit. What occasions are custom branded poker chips best suited for? Custom branded poker chips are ideal for casino nights, Vegas-themed events, gaming tournaments, trade shows, product launches and corporate gifting. Their unique format makes them a conversation starter at any gathering, creating a lasting impression that ordinary promotional items simply cannot match. - [Personalised Toblerone](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-chocolate/personalised-toblerone/): Why Personalised Toblerone Work for Marketing Campaigns Toblerone has been crafted in Switzerland since 1908. Its distinctive triangular peaks and crunchy honey-almond nougat have earned it a loyal following worldwide. When you place your brand alongside that legacy, you borrow decades of trust. That is what makes custom branded Toblerone one of the most effective confectionery promotions available in Australia. Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Toblerone Few chocolates trigger the same emotional response as Toblerone. Recipients instantly recognise the unique packaging shape and associate it with quality, travel, and celebration. By wrapping a custom branded Toblerone in your personalised sleeve, you redirect those positive feelings toward your organisation. The delicious combination of Swiss milk chocolate with honey and almond nougat is comforting and familiar. Customers who receive one at an event or in a gift box remember the gesture long after the chocolate is gone, creating a memorable connection with your brand. Promotional Toblerone for Events and Corporate Gifting Branded Toblerone bars suit a wide range of occasions. Consider using them at: Trade shows and expos, where a premium giveaway draws visitors to your stand Corporate conferences and seminars, placed at each seat or during registration Client appreciation packages sent at the end of a successful project Employee onboarding kits or end-of-year staff rewards Real estate settlements or welcome hampers for new clients Wedding favours, milestone birthdays, and fundraising events Product launches where attendees leave with a memorable keepsake In every scenario, promotional Toblerone bars do double duty: they delight the recipient and showcase your details to anyone who spots the custom sleeve. Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Toblerone Budget matters. The 50 g branded Toblerone starts from $3.90 per unit at higher quantities, making it affordable for large-scale events. The 100 g custom branded Toblerone offers a more substantial gift from $6.79 per unit at volume. Both sizes carry a minimum order of just 100 units. The original Toblerone packaging stays intact beneath your sleeve, so there is no risk to food safety or shelf life. Personalised Toblerone With Your Logo Your logo is the centrepiece of every personalised Toblerone sleeve. The full-colour printing process reproduces fine details, gradients, and photography with sharp clarity. Add a tagline, QR code, or event information to maximise the promotional value of each bar. The sleeve wraps around the original Toblerone box, leaving the well-known Toblerone name partially visible beneath. This dual-label effect is a deliberate advantage: customers see your organisation front and centre while recognising the premium chocolate inside. It is a unique way to build credibility by association. Fast Confectionery handles printing and assembly, so you simply supply your artwork and review a digital proof before production begins. Even first-time buyers can place an order online with confidence. Personalised Toblerone with your logo work equally well as standalone gifts or as part of a larger branded chocolate bars hamper. Pair them with other custom confectionery to create a memorable gift set that leaves a lasting impression. Custom Toblerone — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Toblerone Sizes and Weights Two sizes are available to suit different budgets and occasions: 50 g Toblerone — Compact and ideal for high-volume giveaways, event bags, and desk drops. Priced from $5.24 (100 units) to $3.90 (5,000 units). 100 g Toblerone — A premium bar suited to corporate gifting, VIP hampers, and client thank-you packages. Priced from $8.80 (100 units) to $6.79 (5,000 units). Both carry a minimum order of 100 units. Volume discounts apply, so the more you purchase, the lower your per-unit cost. Promotional Toblerone Packaging Options Each promotional Toblerone arrives in its original factory-sealed packaging with a custom-printed cardboard sleeve wrapped around the box. Sleeve specifications differ by size: 50 g sleeve: 210 gsm cardboard, 160 mm W x 112 mm H, full-colour print 100 g sleeve: Paper or cardboard (specify at order), 195 mm W x 130 mm H, full-colour print The sleeve provides a sturdy, professional finish that holds up during transport and is easy to slide off to reveal the classic Toblerone packaging underneath. Branded Toblerone Varieties and Flavours Both sizes feature the classic Toblerone recipe: Swiss milk chocolate blended with honey and almond nougat. This is the original and most popular flavour — delicious, universally enjoyed, and instantly recognisable. These are genuine Toblerone products sourced through authorised channels, so customers can be confident they are receiving authentic Swiss chocolate. Corporate Toblerone Branding Methods The branding method for corporate Toblerone is a full-colour printed cardboard sleeve. This approach offers several advantages: No direct contact with food — the sleeve sits over sealed packaging, preserving hygiene and shelf life. Unlimited colour and detail — logos, photographs, and text all reproduce crisply. Easy artwork updates — change the sleeve design each campaign without altering the product itself. Professional presentation — the rigid sleeve adds polish that makes the gift feel considered and unique. This method lets you showcase your brand while the Toblerone name provides built-in credibility and appeal. How to Order Bulk Personalised Toblerone Follow these five steps to place your bulk personalised Toblerone order online: Choose your size — Decide between the 50 g or 100 g bar based on your budget and occasion. Review pricing tiers to estimate your total cost. Prepare your artwork — Supply your logo and messaging. Ensure images are high resolution for the best print quality. Request a quote — Submit your size, quantity, and any special instructions such as preferred sleeve material for the 100 g option. Approve your proof — The team will send a digital proof of your custom sleeve for you to review. Check colours, text, and layout before giving the go-ahead. Receive and distribute — Once approved, production begins. Your corporate Toblerone bars are assembled with custom sleeves and shipped to your address. Chocolate products ship best in cooler months; summer orders include insulated packaging. Need help getting started? Learn how premium confectionery can sweeten your brand and drive customer engagement. FAQ — Personalised Toblerone What is the minimum order for custom branded Toblerone? The minimum order is 100 units for both sizes, making it accessible for smaller campaigns and large-scale corporate events alike. Can I include my logo and a custom message on the branded sleeve? Yes. The full-colour printed sleeve accommodates your logo, message, and contact details. There is plenty of space to showcase your brand and create a unique presentation. How long does production take for promotional Toblerone orders? Timelines vary depending on quantity and demand. After you review and approve your digital proof, turnaround is typically prompt. Contact Fast Confectionery for a lead-time estimate. Is the chocolate inside the same as store-bought Toblerone? Absolutely. Every bar is genuine Toblerone Swiss milk chocolate with honey and almond nougat — the same delicious recipe customers purchase in shops and airports worldwide. The sleeve is added over the original sealed packaging. Can I order personalised Toblerone during summer? Yes. Chocolate products are best shipped in cooler weather, but summer orders are accommodated with insulated packaging to keep bars in perfect condition. Discuss delivery timing with the team to ensure a memorable unboxing experience. Do you offer bulk discounts on corporate Toblerone? Yes. Both sizes feature tiered pricing that decreases as quantity increases. The 50 g bar drops from $5.24 at 100 pieces to $3.90 at 5,000 pieces. Request a quote for a personalised price breakdown. Can I order a sample before committing to a bulk purchase? Contact Fast Confectionery to discuss sample availability. Reviewing a physical sample is a great way to confirm print quality before committing. - [Personalised Lollies](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/): Why Promotional Lollies Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Lollies There is something irresistible about receiving a bag of colourful lollies. Personalised lollies tap into nostalgia and create an immediate positive association with your brand. When customers unwrap a branded pack of jelly beans, chewy fruits, or humbugs, the experience is memorable — and your logo stays front of mind long after the last lolly is gone. Custom branded lollies are available in a huge variety of types, allowing you to match the product to your audience. Choose from classic favourites like jelly beans and mixed lollies, or stand out with unique options like rock candy, Jelly Belly, Skittles, and Chupa Chups. Branded Lollies for Events and Corporate Gifting Branded lollies are a versatile promotional product that suits almost any occasion. Their lightweight, compact packaging makes them easy to distribute in high volumes. Trade shows and exhibitions Corporate conferences and seminars Product launches and sampling events Real estate open homes and inspections Retail counter giveaways Christmas and Easter promotions Staff appreciation and team rewards Fundraisers and charity events Practical and Cost-Effective Promotional Lollies Promotional lollies deliver exceptional value per impression. Small packs like 14g biz card treats and 25g pillow packs cost only a few dollars each in bulk, yet they create a lasting impression that customers remember. Lollies have a long shelf life, meaning your branding remains visible for months. The delicious variety of flavours and colours available ensures there is something for everyone, making personalised lollies a popular promotional product for campaigns of any size. Personalised Lollies With Your Logo Fast Confectionery makes it simple to showcase your brand on every pack of personalised lollies. Full-colour printing is standard across the range, ensuring your logo appears vibrant and professional on every item. Branding placement depends on the packaging type. Pillow packs and cellophane bags feature a full-colour sticker on the front of the pack. Tins and paint tins are branded with a full-colour digital label on the lid. Soda bottles and champagne bottles receive a die-cut digital label wrapped around the bottle. Jars and PVC buckets feature a full-colour sticker on the container body. Noodle boxes have a branded flag label, and biz card treats carry a full-colour business card design that doubles as packaging. Corporate colour matching is available on select products — customers can choose specific lolly colours to align with their brand palette. This is especially popular with branded jelly beans and chocolate beans, where you can select a custom mix of corporate colours. Custom Lollies — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Lolly Sizes and Weights Fast Confectionery stocks personalised lollies across a wide range of weights, from bite-sized giveaways to generous gift-sized portions: 3g to 14g — individually wrapped treats and small biz card packs 20g to 50g — pillow packs, bags, and small containers 60g to 100g — medium bags, tubes, and bottles 110g to 250g — large bags, jars, tins, and buckets 350g to 900g — large jars, PET jars, and presentation dispensers Promotional Lollies Packaging Options Bags and Pillow Packs Pillow packs and cellophane bags are the most popular and cost-effective packaging for promotional lollies. Available in weights from 14g to 100g, they are perfect for high-volume giveaways. Zip lock bags provide a resealable option for larger fills. Tins, Jars and Buckets For a more premium presentation, choose rectangle tins, paint tins, PET jars (1L and 2L), or PVC buckets (small and medium). These reusable containers keep your branding on desks and in kitchens long after the lollies are finished — a unique way to extend your brand visibility. Bottles and Novelty Containers Soda bottles, champagne bottles, and canister ranges offer eye-catching shelf presence. Novelty containers including acrylic hearts, stars, dollar signs, light bulbs, syringes, and cubes create memorable conversation starters at events. Boxes, Tubes and Dispensers Noodle boxes, cardboard boxes, and clear tubes provide versatile presentation options. Acrylic dispensers with scoops are ideal for self-serve displays at conferences and offices. Branded Lolly Flavour and Colour Options The personalised lollies range includes a delicious selection of flavours and colours: Jelly beans — available in mixed colours or corporate colour selections Chewy fruits — assorted fruit flavours in bright colours Rock candy — traditional boiled sweets in a variety of flavours Mints — sugar-free options available in soft packs and tins Humbugs — classic striped sweets Mixed lollies — an assortment of favourites including Allen's branded options Jelly snakes and jelly babies — fun, chewy options Skittles, Chupa Chups, and Jelly Belly — name-brand options for added appeal Customers can review the details on each product page to see the full list of available colours and flavours. Corporate Lolly Branding Methods Full-colour sticker — applied to bags, bottles, jars, tins, and buckets Digital label — high-quality printed label on packaging Die-cut digital label — custom-shaped labels for bottles and novelty containers Full-colour flag label — branded tags on noodle boxes Full-colour business card — integrated card design for biz card treats Pad print — single-colour print on select containers Laser engraving — permanent branding on metal tins and premium items How to Order Bulk Personalised Lollies Select your product — browse the range above and choose your lolly type and packaging Choose your quantity — minimum orders start from 10 units for some products, with bulk pricing tiers up to 100,000 units Upload your artwork — provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best print quality Approve your digital proof — review your personalised design before production begins Production and delivery — standard turnaround is 10–14 working days, with Australia-wide delivery Purchase online in larger quantities for better per-unit pricing. Discover the top promotional confectionery ideas to help plan your next campaign online. For artwork preparation, review the artwork guidelines before submitting your files. FAQ — Promotional Lollies What is the minimum order quantity for personalised lollies? Minimum order quantities vary by product. Some items like dispensers and premium tins start from as few as 10 units, while pillow packs and bags typically start from 50–100 units. Check the individual product page for specific minimums. Can I choose lolly colours to match my corporate branding? Yes. Many products — particularly jelly beans and chocolate beans — offer corporate colour selection. You can choose a custom mix of colours to align with your brand palette, creating a unique and memorable promotional product. What artwork format is required for branded lollies? Provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best results. Full-colour printing is standard, ensuring your branding appears sharp and vibrant on every pack. How long does production take? Standard production time is 10–14 working days from artwork approval. Review your proof carefully to avoid delays, as changes after approval may extend the timeline. Do you offer sugar-free promotional lollies? Yes. Sugar-free mints are available in silver tins and soft packs, providing a health-conscious option for your promotional campaigns. Is delivery available Australia-wide? Yes. Fast Confectionery delivers custom branded lollies to all states and territories across Australia. Delivery details and timeframes are confirmed at checkout. - [Personalised Chupa Chups](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/personalised-chupa-chups/): Why Custom Branded Chupa Chups Work for Marketing Campaigns Branded Chupa Chups and Emotional Appeal Few confectionery names carry the same level of instant recognition as Chupa Chups. That built-in familiarity means your custom branded Chupa Chups tap into childhood nostalgia the moment they are handed out, creating a positive emotional connection between your company and the recipient. This association is what makes personalised Chupa Chups such a memorable promotional tool. When customers receive a lollipop they already trust and enjoy, they naturally transfer that goodwill to the company behind the gift. It is a uniquely simple, delicious way to build positive associations without a hard sell. Promotional Chupa Chups for Events and Corporate Gifting Custom branded Chupa Chups suit a wide range of marketing occasions. Their compact size and individual wrapping make them ideal for high-traffic distribution at conferences, expos and product launches, while the premium bucket options work beautifully as corporate desk gifts. Consider these popular use cases: Trade shows and exhibition giveaways Corporate welcome packs and onboarding kits Retail counter promotions and point-of-sale displays Staff appreciation and end-of-year thank-you gifts Fundraisers and community events Christmas hampers and seasonal campaigns Cost-Effective Bulk Chupa Chups for Lasting Impressions Personalised Chupa Chups deliver strong perceived value at a competitive price point. Individual tagged lollipops start from as low as $0.90 per unit at higher volumes, making them one of the most affordable promotional confectionery options you can purchase. Even the premium bucket formats offer excellent value when ordered in bulk. Because every Chupa Chup is individually wrapped, your stock has a long shelf life and remains hygienic for distribution over extended periods. Personalised Chupa Chups With Your Logo Adding your logo to personalised Chupa Chups is straightforward and effective. Every product in the range features full-colour printing, so your artwork, corporate colours and messaging come through with vivid detail. For the PVC bucket options, a full-colour sticker is applied to the bucket body or lid. The medium bucket accepts a sticker measuring 50mm x 40mm on the body, or a 45mm diameter sticker on the lid. Both sizes arrive in a White Gift Box, giving your corporate gift a polished finish. For the individual lollipop option, a full-colour tag (45mm wide by 35mm high) is printed on both sides and attached to the stick. This unique format turns every Chupa Chup into a miniature billboard for your company. Showcase your logo on one side and include a call to action, event details or promotional message on the other. All printing is produced in full colour, so there are no limits on gradients, imagery or the number of colours used. This flexibility makes it easy for businesses to match their corporate identity exactly. Custom Chupa Chups — Packaging and Branding Options Promotional Individual Chupa Chups With Tag The Promotional Chupa Chups with Tag (FCCC034G) is the ideal choice for large-scale giveaways. Each Chupa Chup comes with a full-colour printed tag attached to the stick, printed on both sides. With a minimum order of 250 units and pricing from $0.90 per unit at 5,000 pieces, this format lets you reach customers without stretching your budget. Branded Medium PVC Bucket — Corporate Desk Gift The Branded Medium PVC Bucket with Chupa Chups x20 (FCCC004M) contains 20 assorted Chupa Chups in a reusable PVC bucket, presented in a White Gift Box. A full-colour sticker on the body or lid keeps your logo front and centre. Starting at $17.14 per unit for 50, this is a unique option for corporate desk gifts, client welcome packages or staff reward programs. The reusable bucket adds ongoing visibility long after the lollipops are enjoyed. Promotional Big PVC Bucket — Premium Statement Gift For a truly memorable impact, the Promotional Big PVC Bucket with Chupa Chups x32 (FCCC005I) delivers 32 assorted Chupa Chups in a large reusable bucket, also in a White Gift Box. Priced from $23.60 per unit at 50, this premium option suits VIP client gifts, executive thank-you packages or milestone celebrations. The generous quantity and gift-ready packaging make it a delicious centrepiece. Branded Chupa Chups Flavour Selection All custom branded Chupa Chups come in assorted flavours. The classic Chupa Chups mix includes a unique variety of fruit and creamy flavours that appeal to a broad audience. Because flavours are assorted rather than single-selection, every bucket or tagged lollipop offers a fun element of surprise that customers genuinely enjoy. Custom Branded Chupa Chups Branding Methods Logo application across the personalised Chupa Chups range uses two methods: Full-colour sticker: Applied to PVC buckets (body or lid placement). Suitable for logos, imagery and detailed artwork. Full-colour printed tag: Attached to the stick of individual Chupa Chups. Printed on both sides for maximum exposure. Both methods support unlimited colours and photographic-quality printing, ensuring your promotional details are reproduced with precision. How to Order Corporate Chupa Chups Ordering custom branded Chupa Chups from Fast Confectionery is a simple five-step process: Review the range — Browse the three products online and select the format that suits your campaign goals. Choose your quantity — Minimum order quantities start at 50 units for buckets and 250 units for tagged lollipops. Larger quantities unlock better per-unit pricing. Upload your artwork — Submit your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best print results. Approve your digital proof — Review a digital mockup of your personalised product before production begins. Production and delivery — Once approved, your order is produced and shipped Australia-wide within approximately 10 to 14 working days. Need help choosing the right product or quantity? Get a custom quote and our team will review your requirements and provide tailored pricing. FAQ — Personalised Chupa Chups What is the minimum order quantity for personalised Chupa Chups? Minimum order quantities depend on the product. The individual tagged Chupa Chups require a minimum purchase of 250 units, while both PVC bucket options have a minimum of 50 units. Higher quantity tiers are available up to 2,500 for buckets and 5,000 for tagged lollipops, with per-unit pricing decreasing at each tier. What customisation options are available for custom Chupa Chups? All products feature full-colour printing designed to showcase your company. The PVC buckets include a full-colour sticker on the body or lid, while the individual lollipop option includes a double-sided printed tag attached to the stick. Both methods support detailed logos, photographic imagery and unlimited colours. Can I choose specific Chupa Chups flavours? All personalised Chupa Chups come in assorted flavours only. The classic assortment includes a mix of popular fruit and creamy varieties that appeal to a wide audience. Single-flavour selection is not available for these products. Do the PVC buckets come gift-ready? Yes. Both the medium bucket (20 Chupa Chups) and the big bucket (32 Chupa Chups) arrive in a White Gift Box, ready to present without additional wrapping. The reusable PVC bucket provides ongoing exposure as customers keep it on their desk. How long does delivery take for branded Chupa Chups? Standard production and delivery takes approximately 10 to 14 working days from artwork approval. Orders are shipped Australia-wide. If you have a tight deadline, contact our team early to review options and ensure your personalised Chupa Chups arrive on time. What artwork format is required for promotional Chupa Chups? For the best results, submit your artwork in AI or EPS vector format. These formats ensure your logo and details are reproduced sharply at the required print size. If you only have raster files such as PNG or JPEG, our team can review them and advise whether they are suitable. Also explore our broader range of personalised lollipops to complement your campaign with additional options. - [Promotional Jelly Belly](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/promotional-jelly-belly/): Why Promotional Jelly Belly Jelly Beans Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal & Brand Connection Jelly Belly beans create positive brand associations through their premium reputation and exceptional taste. Unlike ordinary jelly beans, each Jelly Belly bean delivers intense flavour—from classic Very Cherry to the iconic Buttered Popcorn—that surprises and delights recipients. This quality perception transfers directly to your company. When clients receive branded jelly beans featuring the authentic Jelly Belly assortment, they recognise you’ve chosen a premium product rather than generic alternatives. The nostalgic appeal spans generations, creating emotional connections that standard promotional merchandise simply cannot match. Perfect for Events & Corporate Gifting Promotional jelly beans excel across diverse corporate applications: Trade shows and exhibitions—drive booth traffic with interactive sampling Corporate conferences and meetings—add sweetness to networking sessions Product launches and grand openings—create a lasting impression with premium giveaways Christmas and holiday campaigns—festive colour combinations for seasonal gifting Client appreciation gifts—demonstrate thoughtfulness with recognisable quality Fundraising events and charity drives—popular appeal maximises participation   Practical & Cost-Effective Corporate jelly beans offer significant logistical advantages for Australian businesses: Compact packaging fits easily into event bags, mailings, and desk displays Extended shelf life supports lengthy campaign timelines Bulk pricing delivers excellent cost-per-impression value High perceived value from Jelly Belly brand recognition elevates modest budgets Universal appeal across demographics—from executives to frontline staff   Personalised Jelly Belly Jelly Beans With Your Logo Your logo deserves premium presentation, and personalised Jelly Belly packaging delivers exactly that. Full colour sticker printing reproduces intricate designs, photographs, and corporate colour schemes with precision across every container. Logo placement options include prominent positioning on jar lids, wraparound labels on cello bags, and custom sleeves for soda bottles. Whether your branding features bold graphics or subtle elegance, our printing methods accommodate diverse aesthetic requirements. Custom label designs transform standard Jelly Belly packaging into powerful branded jelly beans that reinforce corporate identity with every interaction. Corporate bulk supply arrangements accommodate large-scale campaigns while maintaining consistent quality throughout your order. Australia-wide delivery ensures your branded promotional jelly beans arrive on schedule, whether destined for Sydney headquarters, Perth branch offices, or remote event venues. Authentic Jelly Belly products guarantee the flavour quality recipients expect, protecting your brand’s reputation with every bean. Custom Jelly Belly Jelly Beans – Sizes, Packaging & Branding Options Sizes & Weights Our promotional jelly belly jelly beans are available in practical weight configurations: 25g portions—ideal for high-volume events and mail campaigns 50g bags—perfect balance of impact and affordability 100g containers—substantial gifts for valued clients 180g jars—premium presentation for executive gifting Bulk bags—supplied for large events requiring custom portioning   Packaging Options Select from diverse container styles to match your promotional strategy: Plastic jars with branded lids Acrylic cubes for desktop display Cello bags with printed headers Soda bottles filled with coloured jelly beans Rectangle hinge tins filled with mixed or corporate colours Acrylic test tubes filled for modern aesthetics Noodle boxes for creative presentation Silver zip lock bag options Pillow packs for mail-friendly distribution Candle tins and pull cans PVC buckets for bulk display Small biz card holder combinations   Jelly Belly Flavour Varieties Customise your assortment to reinforce brand messaging: Mixed assorted flavours—classic combinations featuring grape, lemon, strawberry, apple, and raspberry Corporate coloured jelly beans—mixed colours matching your brand palette (blue, green, orange, yellow, purple, pink) Corporate coloured Australian themes—patriotic green and gold selections Seasonal flavour selections—themed combinations for holiday campaigns   Branding Methods Professional branding options ensure your promotional jelly beans make maximum impact: Custom printed labels with full colour reproduction Digital stickers for photographic-quality graphics Branded packaging inserts for additional messaging Logo embossing on select containers Full-colour promotional sleeves   How to Order Custom Jelly Belly Jelly Beans Select your product—Choose Jelly Belly packaging type from jars, bottles filled, tins, cubes, or bags Choose quantity—Minimum order of 100 units; bulk pricing available for larger orders Upload artwork—Submit AI or EPS files featuring your logo and design Approve digital proof—Review your branded jelly beans design before production Production & delivery—Standard production time of 7-10 working days Australia-wide shipping ensures your corporate jelly beans arrive on schedule. Orders over $1000 qualify for free freight, making bulk promotional campaigns even more cost-effective. Contact our confectionery corner team for expedited delivery services when timelines require faster turnaround. FAQ – Promotional Jelly Belly Jelly Beans What is the minimum order quantity for branded Jelly Belly beans? Our minimum order is 100 units across most packaging options. This quantity suits smaller corporate marketing events while maintaining competitive per-unit pricing. Larger quantities receive bulk discount pricing. What artwork formats do you accept for logo printing? We accept AI and EPS vector files for optimal print quality. High-resolution PDF files work for simpler designs. Our team provides proof approval before production begins, ensuring your branded jelly beans meet expectations. How long is the lead time for custom Jelly Belly orders? Standard production requires 7-10 working days from proof approval. Express services are available for urgent requirements. Note that delivery timeframes vary by Australian destination. Are there setup fees for branding Jelly Belly packaging? Setup fees apply for custom printing and vary by branding method. Contact us for detailed pricing on your specific project. Larger orders typically achieve better per-unit economics. Do you deliver Jelly Belly promotional products Australia-wide? Yes, we ship to all Australian states and territories. Orders over $1000 include free freight. Regional and remote locations may require additional delivery time. Are bulk discounts available for large Jelly Belly orders? Absolutely. Volume pricing tiers reward larger orders with significant per-unit savings. Contact us for a custom quote on quantities exceeding 500 units. Can I match Jelly Belly bean colours to my corporate branding? Yes, corporate coloured Australian options are available. We offer mixed coloured jelly beans selections to approximate brand colours using available Jelly Belly shades. Complete colour matching depends on Jelly Belly’s flavour range—blue, green, orange, yellow, purple, and pink selections are popular choices. - [Personalised Skittles](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/personalised-skittles/): Why Custom Branded Skittles Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Personalised Skittles When customers receive a pack of personalised Skittles carrying your logo, they connect your business with something delicious and fun. The five fruity flavours — Grape, Lemon, Lime, Orange and Strawberry — deliver a vibrant rainbow of colour that naturally draws the eye. Transparent packaging such as cubes, glass jars and acrylic shapes lets the colourful contents do the talking, creating a memorable visual that recipients want to keep on their desk. Promotional Skittles for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional Skittles perform well across a wide range of settings. Lightweight bags and card-based options are ideal for high-volume distribution, while reusable containers make a lasting impression as premium gifts. Consider these popular use cases: Trade shows, exhibitions and conferences Product launches and open days End-of-year staff appreciation and client thank-you gifts Direct mail and letterbox campaigns Themed promotions for specific industries The themed acrylic shapes add a unique dimension. A dollar sign suits finance teams, a house works for real estate agencies, a syringe targets healthcare professionals, and a carry-on case appeals to the travel industry. Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Skittles Branded Skittles start from just $1.24 per unit for a 25g bag at 5,000 units, making them one of the most affordable promotional confectionery options you can purchase. Even premium containers like the 100g soda bottle sit well under $7.00 each at volume. Unlike chocolate, Skittles will not melt during transport or storage, so you avoid cold-chain logistics entirely. Personalised Skittles With Your Logo Your logo is the centrepiece of every product. Most personalised Skittles feature a full-colour digital sticker, giving you creative freedom to showcase your logo, tagline and contact details. On transparent containers — cubes, glass jars, PET tubes, acrylic shapes, soda bottles and light bulbs — the sticker sits alongside the colourful Skittles. Coffee cups offer four sticker configurations: moon, lid, wrap-around, or wrap-around plus lid for maximum coverage. Card-based formats including gift cards, billboard cards and bizcard boxes use full-colour digital print across the card face — ideal for customers who want QR codes or promotional messaging alongside their logo. Select metal tins offer a one-colour pad print for an understated finish. Whatever format you choose, the result is a unique presentation that leaves a lasting impression. Custom Skittles — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Skittles Sizes and Weights Our custom branded Skittles come in 13 distinct weights to match any campaign: 20g–25g — Syringes, small screw cap jars, bags, flip lid cardboard boxes, gift cards and billboard cards. Ideal for high-volume giveaways. 30g–50g — Small rectangle tins, flip lid tubes, hard cubes, acrylic shapes, candle tins, coffee cups, bizcard boxes, carry-on cases and more. The 50g size is the most popular with 18 products. 60g–110g — Cubes, rectangle hinge tins, PET tubes, glass jars, soda bottles, light bulbs and large cubes. 180g–400g — Small PVC bucket (180g) and medium PVC bucket (400g) for premium corporate gifts. Promotional Skittles Packaging Options With over 17 packaging formats, customers can choose the container that best fits their campaign: Bags, Cards and Boxes — Cellophane bags (25g, 50g, 100g) and kraft paper bags suit high-volume giveaways. Flip lid cardboard boxes, gift cards, billboard cards and bizcard boxes are mailable — perfect for direct mail campaigns. Jars and Buckets — The small screw cap jar (20g), baby jar (45g) and small glass jar (100g) are reusable and premium. PVC buckets in 180g and 400g sizes showcase the colourful Skittles through clear walls, making ideal desk gifts or reception displays. Tins and Tubes — Candle tins (50g), rectangle hinge tins (65g) and small rectangle tins (30g) offer durable packaging. PET tubes (100g), test tubes (40g) and flip lid tubes (35g) provide a retail-style look with transparent walls highlighting the delicious rainbow contents. Novelty and Acrylic Shapes — Soda bottles, light bulbs, coffee cups, carry-on cases, syringes and five acrylic shapes (dollar sign, heart, star, tree and house) give your campaign a memorable, themed edge that customers talk about. Branded Skittles Flavour and Colour Options All products contain the original Skittles rainbow mix: Grape (purple), Lemon (yellow), Lime (green), Orange (orange) and Strawberry (red). This assortment delivers a delicious fruity taste with every piece. The mixed colours naturally create a vibrant display inside transparent containers, helping your custom branded Skittles stand out without additional design effort. Corporate Skittles Branding Methods Four methods are available across the range: Full-colour digital sticker — applied to buckets, cubes, jars, tubes, tins, soda bottles, light bulbs, acrylic shapes, coffee cups and syringes. Full-colour print on packaging — used for cellophane bags, kraft paper bags and cardboard boxes. Full-colour digital print on card — applied to gift cards, billboard cards and bizcard boxes. One-colour pad print — available on select candle tins and rectangle hinge tins. How to Order Bulk Personalised Skittles Online Review the products above and select your preferred packaging and size. Choose your quantity — minimum order is 100 units for most products (50 units for the 400g medium PVC bucket). Upload your artwork in AI or EPS vector format. Review and approve your digital proof. Production and Australia-wide delivery in approximately 10–14 working days. Volume pricing applies across the range. Explore our branded jelly beans for another popular promotional confectionery option. FAQ — Personalised Skittles What is the minimum order quantity for custom branded Skittles? Most products require a minimum of 100 units, making it easy for any business to purchase promotional Skittles. The 400g medium PVC bucket starts at just 50 units. Quantity tiers run from 100 to 5,000, with per-unit savings at higher volumes. Can personalised Skittles be shipped during summer? Yes. Skittles are temperature resilient and will not melt during transport or storage. Your order can ship safely across Australia year-round, including through the hottest months — a practical advantage over chocolate-based promotional confectionery. What artwork format do I need for custom branded Skittles? We require vector artwork in AI or EPS format for sharp reproduction. If you only have a raster file, our team can assist. You will receive a digital proof to review before production begins, so you can confirm all details are correct. How many packaging options are available? The range includes over 17 packaging formats across bags, jars, tins, tubes, novelty containers and acrylic shapes. With 41 products spanning 13 weights from 20g to 400g, there is a unique solution for any scenario. Review the online catalogue above to compare. Are the novelty containers reusable? Absolutely. Glass jars, PVC buckets, acrylic shapes, metal tins, soda bottles, coffee cups and light bulbs are all designed to be kept and reused. Your logo stays visible on desks and shelves long after the sweets are enjoyed — a memorable way to stay top of mind. Are personalised Skittles suitable for trade show giveaways? They are an excellent choice. Lightweight options like 25g bags, flip lid boxes and billboard cards are easy to transport and quick to distribute. The colourful packaging creates a talking point that helps customers remember your business long after the event. Do bulk orders include setup fees? Setup fees may apply depending on the packaging type. Request a quote online for a detailed cost breakdown. Volume discounts reduce costs substantially — the 25g bag drops from $2.44 per unit at 100 to just $1.24 at 5,000. - [Personalised Biz Card Treats](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/personalised-biz-card-treats/): Why Personalised Biz Card Treats Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Connection & Brand Association Sweet treats trigger positive emotions. When clients receive confectionery with your business card, they associate those happy feelings with your brand. This psychological connection makes promotional biz card treats way more effective than standard printed cards. Recipients are much more likely to remember your company when the interaction included something fun. Studies in sensory marketing show that taste-based promotional products can increase brand recall by 20-30% compared to visual only materials. That chocolate or those mints create a moment of delight that your competitors’ plain cards can’t match. Suitable for Any Event & Corporate Gifting Biz card treats are perfect for: Trade shows and exhibitions Conferences and seminars Networking events and business meetups Product launches and promotional events Client visits and business meetings Corporate events and employee appreciation Christmas campaigns and Easter promotions Fundraisers and community events They’re a great option for corporate buyers looking for a single promotional product that works across multiple occasions throughout the year. Practical & Affordable Despite looking premium, biz card treats are affordable in bulk. The compact packaging fits into pockets, handbags or briefcases making distribution easy at busy events. More importantly, they don’t get thrown away straight away. While a standard business card might get binned within minutes, a box of sweets stays with the recipient until they’re consumed, giving your branding more exposure time. The high perceived value vs actual cost makes these promotional products a good investment for businesses looking for measurable marketing returns. Custom Biz Card Treats With Your Logo Full colour print options allow your logo and branding to be displayed on every biz card box. Whether you prefer bold colours that match your corporate identity or subtle, sophisticated designs, the packaging becomes a mini billboard for your business. Logo placement is on the lid, sides or across the entire box surface. Many customers put their business card inside the flap lid area, while others opt for a custom message card that reinforces their promotional offer or contact details. Corporate colours reproduce well on quality packaging materials so your brand is consistent across all your marketing materials. Gold and silver foil options add a premium touch for high-end corporate gifts or special appreciation campaigns. Branded confectionery delivered across Australia is getting more popular because it works. Event organisers and corporate buyers are realising that promotional confectionery creates tangible connections with clients that digital marketing can’t replicate. Custom Biz Card Treats – Types, Packaging & Branding Options Sweet Treat Options Choose from a variety of confectionery to suit your brand and audience: Mini M&Ms (classic favourite) Jelly beans in assorted flavours Chewy mints for professional events Chocolate beans and chocolate hearts Mixed lollies for variety Skittles for bright colour Premium options including Lindt balls Weight options range from 15g to 50g with larger quantities available for premium gift applications. Choose your selection based on your audience - mints are perfect for professional conferences, while mixed lollies are great for family-friendly events. Packaging Styles Biz card boxes come in several designs: Standard boxes with clear window to show contents Flap lid designs for easy access Pillow boxes for unique presentation Custom-shaped packaging for branding Each style has secure closures to keep confectionery fresh and business card insert slots to hold your details in place during transit and handling. Business Card Integration Several options to insert your business card or promotional message: Insert slot for your existing business cards Custom message cards produced to your specs Packaging serves as the business card This allows you to add promotional offers, appointment reminders or referral incentives into the packaging. Branding Options Personalised Biz card treats come unbranded because your business card is the branding How to Order Custom Biz Card Treats The process is simple: Choose your treat and packaging – Select confectionery that suits your brand and audience, then choose your biz card box style Quantity – Minimum orders start from 50-100 units depending on product, with bulk discounts for larger orders Artwork and business cards – Add you business cards if using insert and we can insert them for you Production – Standard turnaround is 10-14 business days Delivery – Shipped Australia-wide with tracking; free freight on orders over $1000 Contact us to get a quote or discuss your custom requirements. FAQ – Biz Card Treats What’s the minimum order quantity? Minimums vary by product, typically 50-100 units. Larger quantities get better per-unit pricing. Contact us for specific minimums on your chosen confectionery and packaging. What files do I need to provide? We require vector files (AI or EPS) for best results. High-res PDFs or JPEGs (300dpi minimum) work for most colour print. See our artwork requirements for full specs. How long is production? Standard production time is 10-14 business days after proof approval. Rush orders available—get in early to discuss options for time-sensitive events. Do you deliver Australia-wide? Yes, we deliver to all states and territories. Shipping costs vary by order size and destination, free freight on orders over $1000. How long do biz card treats stay fresh? Shelf life varies by confectionery type. Most sealed products have a 6-12 month shelf life when stored in cool, dry conditions. We supply fresh stock to maximise shelf life for your campaign. For food safety guidelines see Food Standards Australia New Zealand. Can I use my existing business cards? Yes. Many packaging styles have card slots to hold standard business cards. Alternatively we can produce custom message cards that match your biz card box design. See our full range of promotional products for more ideas for your next campaign. Call us on 1300 008 300 to discuss your requirements. We would love to hear from you. - [Personalised Chewy Fruits](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/personalised-chewy-fruits/): Why Personalised Chewy Fruits Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Chewy Fruits Few promotional products create the instant smile that a bag of custom branded chewy fruits delivers. The bright colours and fruity aroma trigger a positive emotional response the moment a customer opens the pack. When customers associate your brand with something delicious, you build goodwill that translates into real loyalty. Promotional Chewy Fruits for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional chewy fruits are a proven performer at trade shows, conferences, open days and staff appreciation events. Lightweight packaging such as pillow packs and biz card treats are easy to hand out to hundreds of visitors, while premium glass jars and PVC buckets make a lasting impression as corporate gifts. The sheer variety of packaging means you can tailor the perceived value — and cost — to the occasion, giving customers a unique branded experience every time. Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Chewy Fruits Branded chewy fruits offer exceptional value. Entry-level individually wrapped pieces start from just cents per unit at volume, while mid-range bags sit comfortably under two dollars each. Even premium jars and tins remain well below the cost of most branded merchandise. Because the sweets are temperature-stable, you avoid the cold-chain logistics that make chocolate difficult in the Australian climate. That practicality makes custom branded chewy fruits one of the most cost-effective confectionery options you can purchase online. Personalised Chewy Fruits With Your Logo Your logo is the hero of every pack. Most products in the range feature a full-colour digital sticker or label, giving you complete creative freedom to showcase your logo, tagline and contact details. Card-based formats like billboard cards and gift cards carry a full-colour print directly on the card stock, while select metal tins offer a one-colour pad print for a sleek, understated finish. Individually wrapped pieces feature a custom wrapper, turning every single chewy fruit into a miniature billboard for your business. No matter which format you choose, the result is a unique presentation that customers will remember. Custom Chewy Fruits — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Chewy Fruits Sizes and Weights The range spans from 3 g individually wrapped pieces right up to 850 g big PVC buckets. The most popular weight is 50 g — large enough to feel generous, small enough to keep unit costs low. Mid-range options at 100 g to 200 g suit desk drops and event gift bags, while jars and tins between 200 g and 500 g work well as premium corporate gifts. Review the product cards above to compare exact weights and pricing for each item. Promotional Chewy Fruits Packaging Options With over 35 packaging formats, products group into five categories: Bags and wraps — pillow packs, cello bags, kraft paper bags, compostable bags and silver zip-lock bags. Budget-friendly and lightweight, ideal for high-volume giveaways. Glass jars — clip-lock, square, tall, baby, apothecary, pill and screw-cap styles. A premium, reusable option that keeps your branding on the customer's desk long after the sweets are gone. Metal tins — candle tins, paint tins, rectangle hinge tins, round window tins and small rectangle tins. Durable, memorable and easy to brand. Novelty and retail-style containers — PET tubes, soda bottles, champagne bottles, pull cans, canisters, coffee cups, noodle boxes, carry-on cases, syringes, light bulbs and acrylic shapes such as dollar signs, hearts and houses. These showcase creativity and are perfect for themed promotions. Cards, boxes and bulk — biz card treats, gift cards, billboard cards, flip-lid boxes, tubs and bulk packs. Great for direct mail or point-of-sale displays. Branded Chewy Fruits Flavour and Colour Options Six colours are available, each tied to a distinct flavour: white (mint), blue (passionfruit), green (apple), red (strawberry), yellow (pineapple) and orange (orange). You can select specific colours to align with your corporate palette, creating a truly unique branded piece. Individually wrapped chewy fruits are offered in assorted, red-only or yellow-only options. Review the product details to confirm colour availability for each packaging format. Corporate Chewy Fruits Branding Methods Branding methods vary by product: Full-colour digital label or sticker — the most common method, applied to bags, jars, tins, buckets and novelty containers. Full-colour print on card — used for biz card treats, gift cards and billboard cards. Wrap-around sticker — suits tubes, pull cans and coffee cups. One-colour pad print — available on select metal tins. Custom wrapper — for individually wrapped pieces. All methods reproduce your logo, colours and details with sharp clarity. How to Order Bulk Personalised Chewy Fruits Ordering is straightforward. Browse the products above, select the packaging and quantity that suit your campaign, and request a quote online. Minimum order quantities start at 50 units for larger items like buckets and canisters, 100 units for most standard products, and 2,000 units for individually wrapped pieces and small bags. Once you approve the quote and supply your artwork, production begins. Review your digital proof carefully before sign-off to ensure every detail is correct. Delivery is Australia-wide, year-round. FAQ — Personalised Chewy Fruits What flavours are available in personalised chewy fruits? There are six flavours, each linked to a colour: strawberry (red), apple (green), pineapple (yellow), passionfruit (blue), orange (orange) and mint (white). You can choose specific colours to match your corporate identity or go with a delicious assorted mix. Individually wrapped options come in assorted, red-only or yellow-only selections. What is the minimum order quantity for custom branded chewy fruits? It depends on the packaging. Most products have a minimum of 100 units. Larger items such as PVC buckets and canisters start at 50 units. Individually wrapped pieces and small bags require a minimum of 2,000 units. Bulk packs are available from 10 units. Can I match chewy fruit colours to my brand? Yes. With six distinct colours available, you can select the combination that best reflects your corporate palette. This is a simple yet effective way to create a unique, on-brand promotional product that customers instantly associate with your business. Are personalised chewy fruits suitable for trade show sweets? Absolutely. Lightweight options like pillow packs, biz card treats and individually wrapped pieces are perfect for handing out at exhibitions. They are easy to transport, quick to distribute and create a memorable touchpoint with every visitor to your stand. How is my logo applied to the packaging? The most common method is a full-colour digital sticker or label. Card-based products use full-colour print, and individually wrapped pieces feature a custom wrapper. Select tins offer a one-colour pad print. Each method is designed to showcase your logo in sharp, professional detail. Do chewy fruits need refrigeration during shipping? No. Chewy fruits are temperature-stable, which means they ship safely across Australia year-round without cold-chain logistics. This makes them a practical choice compared to chocolate-based promotional sweets, and you can store them at room temperature until your event. How do personalised chewy fruits compare to printed mints as a promotional item? Both are excellent promotional confectionery options. Chewy fruits offer vibrant colour variety and a fruity, delicious taste, while printed mints deliver a fresh, classic appeal. Chewy fruits stand out visually thanks to their bright hues, making them a strong choice when you want to showcase your brand colours. Review your campaign goals to decide which suits your customers best. - [Personalised Humbugs](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/personalised-humbugs/): Why Personalised Humbugs Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Humbugs Humbugs carry an unmistakable nostalgia. Their classic striped appearance triggers fond memories, and when those stripes are rendered in your exact corporate colours, the effect is both delicious and memorable. Custom branded humbugs tap into that emotional connection, turning a simple sweet into a positive experience that customers associate with your business. This emotional response is difficult to achieve with generic promotional items. Promotional Humbugs for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional humbugs are ideal for trade shows, conferences, product launches and end-of-year gifts. A 20g pillow pack sits neatly inside a delegate pack, while a 160g glass clip lock jar makes a striking desk gift for valued clients. Because each humbug is colour-matched to your brand, your logo and colours are reinforced with every piece. Customers remember the gesture — and the company behind it — long after the last sweet is gone. Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Humbugs Branded humbugs start from as little as $1.01 per unit for a 20g cello bag at the 5,000-unit tier. Even premium glass jar options sit well under $5.00 each in volume. That makes them one of the most cost-effective ways to put your logo directly into a customer's hands. With no cold-chain shipping required, logistics are simple and affordable year-round. Personalised Humbugs With Your Logo Your logo takes centre stage on every pack. Eleven of our twelve products feature a full-colour sticker label, giving you unlimited design freedom — photography, gradients and fine details all reproduce beautifully. The twelfth option, the promotional candle tin with pad print, delivers a sleek one-colour imprint for a more understated look. Either way, your personalised humbugs arrive ready to make a lasting impression at any event or mailout. The real standout, however, is the humbugs themselves. Unlike personalised jelly babies or other sweets that rely on wrapper colour alone, each humbug is physically striped in your chosen PMS colour. That means the confectionery inside the pack reinforces your brand just as strongly as the label on the outside — a unique, memorable detail customers notice immediately. Custom Humbugs — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Humbugs Sizes and Weights Our custom branded humbugs are available in six weight tiers to suit any purpose: 20g — Pillow pack or cello bag. Ideal for letterbox drops and event hand-outs. 50g — Pillow pack, cello bag or candle tin. A versatile mid-range option. 80g — Glass clip lock jar. A premium yet compact gift. 90g — Small glass jar with black or gold lid. 100g — Small round window tin that lets the colourful humbugs show through. 140g — Glass square jar. A distinctive desktop display piece. 160g — Glass clip lock jar. A generous corporate gift. 180g — Glass tall jar. The largest option for a truly impressive presentation. Promotional Humbugs Packaging Options Packaging ranges from budget-friendly to premium reusable. Pillow packs and cello bags keep costs low for high-volume hand-outs, while glass jars and tins are reusable long after the humbugs are enjoyed — extending your promotional presence on desks and shelves. Lid colour details: the 80g clip lock jar ships with blue or orange lids, the 160g clip lock jar comes with a white lid, and the 90g small glass jar offers black or gold. Branded Humbugs Flavour and Colour Options Every order lets you choose from a delicious lineup of flavours: Raspberry, Strawberry, Watermelon, Orange, Passionfruit, Lemon/Lime, Apple and Peppermint, with many additional flavours available on request. Colour is where custom branded humbugs truly shine. All PMS colours can be attempted, so you can match your humbugs precisely to your brand palette. Humbugs come in Normal or Tiny sizes. Orders above the colour-selection threshold (200 or 500 units depending on the product) allow you to specify exact colours; below that threshold, a mixed-colour assortment is supplied. Glass jars and tins are made to order with selectable colours at all quantities. Corporate Humbugs Branding Methods Two branding methods are available. Full-colour sticker labels cover eleven products, supporting logos with intricate design work, multiple colours and photographic elements. The promotional candle tin with pad print uses a clean one-colour imprint — perfect for minimalist brand identities. Both methods produce sharp, professional results that showcase your company effectively. How to Order Bulk Personalised Humbugs Ordering is straightforward. Review the product options online, select your preferred packaging and weight, then submit your logo artwork. Minimum order quantities start at just 100 units for most products (110 for the small glass jar, 200 for the pad-print candle tin). Volume pricing drops significantly — for example, the 50g cello bag falls from $2.90 at 100 units to $1.36 at 5,000. Once your artwork is approved, production begins and your custom branded humbugs are dispatched Australia-wide with no seasonal shipping restrictions. FAQ — Personalised Humbugs What minimum order quantity applies to personalised humbugs? Most products have a minimum order of 100 units. The small glass jar (90g) requires 110 units, and the pad-print candle tin requires 200 units. These low minimums make it easy for businesses of any size to purchase promotional humbugs without committing to enormous volumes. Can I match the humbug colours to my brand? Yes — this is one of the most unique features of our range. All PMS colours can be attempted, so each humbug is physically striped in your corporate colours. Orders above the colour-selection threshold (200 or 500 units depending on the product) allow specific colour choices. Glass jar and tin orders support selectable colours at all quantities. What flavours are available for custom branded humbugs? Standard flavours include Raspberry, Strawberry, Watermelon, Orange, Passionfruit, Lemon/Lime, Apple and Peppermint. Many additional flavours are also available on request. Each flavour is delicious and pairs well with the classic humbug texture customers love. Are the glass jars and tins reusable? Absolutely. Glass jars and candle tins are designed to be kept and reused, which means your label stays visible on desks and in kitchens well beyond the initial gift. This extended exposure is a memorable and cost-effective promotional bonus that few other giveaways can match. Can personalised humbugs be shipped in warm weather? Yes. Unlike chocolate-based confectionery, humbugs are a hard candy with no temperature sensitivity. Your order can be shipped and stored year-round across Australia without any risk of melting. To learn more about why hard candy has endured as a promotional favourite, read our article on the sweet history of hard candy. What branding options are available? Eleven products use a full-colour sticker label, which accommodates complex logos and detailed artwork. One product — the candle tin with pad print — features a one-colour imprint for a sleek, understated finish. Both methods deliver professional results that leave a lasting impression on recipients. How quickly does pricing decrease with larger orders? Pricing scales significantly. For instance, the 20g cello bag drops from $2.40 at 100 units to just $1.01 at 5,000 units — a saving of over 55 percent. Review the online pricing tiers for each product to find the volume that best fits your budget and campaign goals. - [Personalised Jelly Babies](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/personalised-jelly-babies/): Why Personalised Jelly Babies Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Jelly Babies Few confectionery items trigger nostalgia quite like jelly babies. By placing your logo on these classic sweets, you tap into a warm, familiar feeling that helps customers form a positive association with your company. Custom branded jelly babies create a lasting impression because the experience of enjoying them is personal and memorable. That emotional connection is difficult to achieve with standard promotional merchandise, making personalised confectionery a unique choice for marketers who want their message to resonate long after an event ends. Promotional Jelly Babies for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional jelly babies are ideal for expos, conferences, product launches and staff appreciation events. A 20g pillow pack slips easily into a showbag or welcome pack, while a 135g shatterproof plastic jar makes a premium desk gift that keeps your logo visible for days. Customers appreciate a delicious treat far more than a forgettable flyer, and the range of sizes means you can match the product to any budget or occasion. For high-traffic events where volume matters, the smaller formats let you reach more people without overspending. Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Jelly Babies Personalised jelly babies ship year-round with no temperature restrictions, removing the seasonal logistics headaches common with chocolate. Unit prices start below one dollar at higher quantities, so bulk orders deliver genuine value. You can purchase exactly the quantity you need without worrying about spoilage or storage constraints. This practical combination of shelf stability, broad appeal and low cost makes branded jelly babies one of the smartest confectionery investments available online. Personalised Jelly Babies With Your Logo Every product in this range features a full-colour sticker to showcase your logo, artwork or campaign message. Sticker dimensions are tailored to each format — from a compact 45mm diameter circle on canister lids and jar lids, up to a generous 95 x 130mm label on the 100g bag. This means your design remains crisp and legible no matter which size you order. If you need a different confectionery style, explore our personalised humbugs for another classic option that pairs well alongside jelly babies at events. Custom Jelly Babies — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Jelly Babies Sizes and Weights The range spans six weight options to suit every use case. Grab-and-go formats include the 20g pillow pack and 20g cello bag, perfect for high-volume handouts at conferences or expos. Mid-range options cover 50g pillow packs and 50g cello bags. For a more substantial gift, choose the 100g bag, the 135g plastic jar or the 170g small metal canister. Each option lets you tailor the perceived value of the giveaway to your audience and campaign goals. Promotional Jelly Babies Packaging Options Packaging choices include clear cello bags with a printed sticker, pillow packs with full-colour print, a shatterproof plastic jar with a choice of six lid colours (white, blue, red, orange, green or pink), and a compact metal canister measuring 78mm high by 75mm in diameter. Each format is designed to showcase your artwork prominently while keeping the jelly babies fresh and well protected during shipping and transit. Branded Jelly Babies Flavour Options All products contain soft, chewy jelly babies in assorted fruity flavours. The familiar mix of colours and tastes ensures broad appeal across demographics, making them a universally delicious giveaway for any audience. Because the flavour assortment is consistent across every packaging format, customers receive the same enjoyable experience whether they open a 20g pillow pack or a 170g canister. Corporate Jelly Babies Branding Methods Personalisation is applied via a high-quality, full-colour sticker on every unit. Sticker sizes scale with the packaging: 65 x 85mm on 20g bags, 85 x 95mm on 50g bags, 95 x 130mm on 100g bags, 60 x 40mm on jar bodies (plus a 45mm lid sticker), and a 45mm circular sticker on canister lids. This consistent method keeps production simple and details sharp across your entire order. How to Order Bulk Personalised Jelly Babies Ordering custom branded jelly babies online is straightforward. First, review the products above and select the packaging format and quantity that suits your campaign. Minimum order quantities start at just 50 units for the canister and 100 units for all other formats. Next, submit your logo and artwork through the website. Our team will prepare a digital proof for you to review before production begins. Volume pricing means the more you order, the less you pay per unit — for example, the 20g promotional bag drops from $1.91 at 100 units to just $0.79 at 5,000 units. This makes large-scale campaigns remarkably affordable. FAQ — Personalised Jelly Babies What are the minimum order quantities for personalised jelly babies? The minimum order depends on the product. The small canister with jelly babies has a minimum of 50 units, while pillow packs, cello bags and the plastic jar all require a minimum of 100 units. These accessible quantities make it easy for customers to trial custom branded jelly babies before committing to larger volumes for a full campaign rollout. What flavours are included in promotional jelly babies? Every product in the range contains an assortment of soft, chewy jelly babies in mixed fruity flavours. The delicious combination of colours and tastes is consistent across all packaging formats, ensuring a unique and enjoyable experience regardless of the size you choose. Can I choose the colour of the jar lid for branded jelly babies? Yes. The 135g shatterproof plastic jar offers six lid colours: white, blue, red, orange, green and pink. This lets you match the packaging to your company colours for a more cohesive, memorable presentation that reinforces your corporate identity and creates a polished, professional look on any display table. How is personalisation applied to custom jelly babies? All products feature a full-colour sticker applied to the packaging. Sticker sizes vary by format to ensure your logo and design details are clearly visible. You can review our guide on customised candy a sweet token of appreciation for more insight into how personalised confectionery supports your marketing efforts. Are personalised jelly babies suitable for year-round campaigns? Absolutely. Jelly babies are temperature stable, so they can be shipped and stored year-round without the risk of melting. This makes them a reliable, unique promotional product for events in any season across Australia, giving you the flexibility to purchase stock well ahead of your scheduled event date without concerns about shelf life. How much do bulk personalised jelly babies cost? Pricing varies by product and quantity. The most affordable option is the 20g promotional bag, starting at $1.91 per unit for 100 and dropping to $0.79 at 5,000 units. The 170g canister ranges from $9.96 at 50 units to $6.73 at 1,000 units. Larger orders unlock the best per-unit savings, so consider your full annual needs when deciding on a quantity. Review each product listing above for complete pricing and to place your order online. - [Branded Jelly Beans](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/branded-jelly-beans/): Why Branded Jelly Beans Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Jelly Beans Few promotional products spark the same instant delight as a handful of colourful jelly beans. They tap into childhood nostalgia, create genuine pleasure, and give customers a positive association with your brand. The bright palette of nine distinct colours means every pack is visually striking — perfect for catching eyes at an expo or inside a welcome pack. Custom branded jelly beans remove the guesswork from choosing a giveaway that actually gets appreciated. Promotional Jelly Beans for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional jelly beans suit a wide variety of occasions: Trade shows, expos and conferences Product launches and retail activations Employee welcome kits and staff rewards Real estate open-home giveaways Wedding and party favours University orientation and campus events Seasonal campaigns including Christmas hampers Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Jelly Beans With unit pricing starting below $0.30 for high-volume orders and most products available from just 100 units, promotional jelly beans are one of the most budget-friendly confectionery options online. The generous shelf life keeps your purchase relevant for months, and reusable packaging such as glass jars and tins means customers continue to see your logo well after the sweets are gone. From a small 14g biz card treat to a 1kg paint tin, there is a size — and a price point — for every campaign. Personalised Jelly Beans With Your Logo The right branding method turns a bag of sweets into a memorable marketing tool. Our most popular option is a full-colour digital label — a vibrant sticker applied to jars, tins, tubes, and bags that reproduces your artwork with photographic detail. For a sleeker finish, choose a die-cut digital label that wraps around the container in a custom shape, giving your design a unique edge. Full-colour print is available directly onto pillow packs, billboard cards, and gift cards, delivering edge-to-edge artwork without a separate label. Tins can receive a one-colour pad print for a clean, tactile result, while our premium hinge tins and stainless-steel mugs support laser engraving for a sophisticated, long-lasting mark. For high-volume campaigns, thermal printing on 7g bags provides sharp personalised detail at speed — ideal when you need thousands of units for a large-scale event. Whatever method you choose, our design team will review your artwork and supply a digital proof so you can confirm every detail before production begins. Custom Jelly Beans — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Jelly Beans Sizes and Weights Our range spans from a compact 7g cellophane bag — perfect as a checkout counter freebie — right up to a 1kg paint tin that commands attention on any desk. Popular mid-range options include 25g, 50g, and 100g packs, while larger jars and canisters (160g to 630g) suit premium gifting. Customers who need even greater volume can purchase bulk jelly beans by the kilogram in 10kg, 20kg, or 50kg tiers. Promotional Jelly Beans Packaging Options Bags and Packs — Pillow packs, cellophane bags, kraft paper bags, compostable bags, and resealable silver zip-lock bags cover every need from eco-friendly giveaways to practical resealable portions. Sizes range from 7g to 100g. Jars and Containers — Glass clip-lock jars, square glass jars, apothecary jars, and shatterproof plastic jars offer a premium, reusable showcase for your brand. Sizes span 20g to 220g. Tins — Rectangle hinge tins, candle tins, paint tins, and round window tins combine durability with desk-friendly appeal. The 1kg paint tin doubles as a striking centrepiece. Novelty and Acrylic Shapes — Acrylic dollar signs, hearts, stars, houses, and trees make memorable giveaways alongside coffee cups, carry-on cases, light bulbs, champagne bottles, and soda bottles. Boxes and Cards — Biz card treats, billboard cards, gift cards, flip-lid boxes, noodle boxes, and jelly bean cases integrate seamlessly into direct mail, welcome packs, and event kits. Many feature full double-sided printing for maximum artwork space. Branded Jelly Beans Flavour and Colour Options Mini Jelly Beans are the standard fill for most products, available in nine colours and flavours: Black (Blackcurrant), White (Tutti Frutti), Blue (Blueberry), Red (Strawberry), Green (Apple), Yellow (Pineapple), Orange (Orange), Purple (Grape), and Pink (Watermelon). You can select specific colours to match your corporate palette — a simple way to reinforce your identity in every pack. AUSSIE Jelly Beans are Australian-made and available in select formats including hinge tins, gift cards, billboard cards, compostable bags, and pillow packs. They come in an assorted flavour mix at a modest premium for customers who value locally produced confectionery. Corporate Jelly Beans Branding Methods Full-colour digital label (sticker) Die-cut digital label (custom-shaped wrap) Full-colour direct print (bags, cards, billboards) One-colour pad print (tins) Laser engraving (tins, stainless-steel mug) Thermal print (7g bags, high volume) Full-colour double-sided print (cardboard cases, billboard cards) How to Order Bulk Branded Jelly Beans Choose your packaging — review the products above and select the format that suits your event, budget, and audience. Pick your fill — decide between Mini Jelly Beans (with optional corporate colour selection) or the premium AUSSIE range. Upload your artwork — supply your logo and colour palette. Our team will review the files and prepare a digital proof. Confirm details and purchase — approve the proof, finalise quantities (most items start at 100 units), and place your order online. Receive and distribute — your custom branded jelly beans arrive packed and ready to hand out, ship, or add to hampers. FAQ — Branded Jelly Beans What is the minimum order for custom branded jelly beans? Most products start at 100 units, making it easy for businesses of all sizes to get started. Some premium items start at 50 units, while thermal-printed 7g bags require a minimum of 2,000. Review each product page online for specific details. Can I choose specific jelly bean colours to match my brand? Yes. With Mini Jelly Beans you can select from nine colours — Black, White, Blue, Red, Green, Yellow, Orange, Purple, and Pink — to create a mix that aligns with your corporate palette. This colour-matching service is included at no extra charge. What is the difference between Mini Jelly Beans and AUSSIE Jelly Beans? Mini Jelly Beans are the standard imported range used across most of our products. AUSSIE Jelly Beans are Australian-made, available in select packaging formats, and carry a small premium. For a deeper comparison, read the ultimate guide to promotional jelly beans in Australia. Are there eco-friendly promotional jelly bean options? Yes. Kraft paper bags and compostable bags offer sustainable packaging for environmentally conscious campaigns. Both come in a 50g size with full-colour printing, so you can deliver a delicious treat without compromising on sustainability goals. How long do branded jelly beans last? Jelly beans have a generous shelf life, typically around 12 months from production. This makes them ideal for customers planning campaigns well in advance or ordering in bulk for use across multiple events throughout the year. What branding method gives the best result? Full-colour digital labels deliver vivid, photo-quality artwork on jars, tins, and bags. Laser engraving offers a unique, tactile finish on metal surfaces. If you need help deciding, our team can review your artwork and recommend the best method. Like our printed mints, every option is designed to showcase your brand. Can I order jelly beans in bulk without individual packaging? Yes. We supply bulk jelly beans by the kilogram in 10kg, 20kg, and 50kg tiers — ideal for filling your own containers, stocking office candy bowls, or using a refillable acrylic dispenser at a reception desk. - [Personalised Lollipops](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/personalised-lollipops/): Why Personalised Lollipops Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal & Brand Connection Sweet treats trigger happy memories and positive emotions. When customers receive personalised lollipops featuring your brand, they associate those good feelings directly with your business. This emotional connection proves far more powerful than standard promotional materials like flyers or pens. Lollipops hold universal appeal across every age group. Kids absolutely love them, while adults enjoy the nostalgic hit of a classic sweet. This broad appeal makes custom lollipops ideal for family-focused events, community days, and mixed-audience occasions. The lasting impression created by branded candy extends well beyond consumption. Recipients remember the business that brought a smile to their face, making promotional lollipops a smart investment in brand recall. Branded Lollipops - Perfect for Events & Corporate Gifting Custom branded lollipops suit countless occasions: Trade shows and exhibitions – Eye-catching candy draws visitors to your stand Corporate conferences – Break the ice with a tasty giveaway Product launches – Create buzz with themed promotional pops Christmas and holiday campaigns – Festive branded lollies enhance seasonal marketing Fundraising events – Sweet treats help raise money for good causes Sports club promotions – Reward supporters with branded candy Custom Lollipops are Practical & Cost-Effective Promotional lollipops offer excellent value for marketing budgets. Their compact size means easy transport and distribution, while individually wrapped options ensure hygiene and extended shelf life. Bulk pricing makes large orders highly affordable. The high perceived value of custom printed lollipops far exceeds their actual cost, delivering strong return on investment for your marketing campaign. These ready-to-distribute treats require no assembly. Simply hand them out at your next event and watch customers respond with genuine delight. Personalised Lollipops With Your Logo Full-colour digital printing technology allows your company logo to be reproduced with sharp detail and vibrant colours on custom lollipops. This method ensures your brand appears professional and eye-catching on every piece. Logo placement options include printing directly on the candy surface, custom printed labels on the sticks, or branded wrappers. This variety gives you flexibility to choose the best branding style for your promotional needs. Beyond logos, you can also customise your lollipops with messages, website URLs, contact details, or themed designs to perfectly match your brand identity and campaign theme. Fast Confectionery offers custom made lollipops Australia-wide, with reliable and prompt delivery to ensure your promotional items arrive in excellent condition and on time for your next event. Branded lollipops remain an effective promotional tool because they combine a tasty treat with memorable branding, helping your business make a lasting impression on customers and clients alike. Custom Branded Lollipops – Sizes, Packaging & Branding Options Sizes & Weights Standard promotional lollipops measure approximately 50mm in diameter with a total length of 130-140mm including the stick. Each lolly weighs between 15-20 grams, making them lightweight yet substantial. These dimensions suit most promotional applications perfectly. Custom sizing may be available for special orders – contact our team to discuss your specific requirements. Packaging Options Choose from multiple packaging options to suit your campaign: Individual cellophane wrappers – Custom printed with your branding Bulk packaging – Cost effective solution for distribution teams Event-ready display containers – Professional stand options for exhibitions Eco-friendly alternatives – Sustainable packaging where available Product Variants A tasty range of flavours ensures your lollipops taste fantastic: Strawberry Green Apple Orange Blackcurrant Blueberry Pineapple Raspberry Colour options help match your brand guidelines precisely. Choose from a wide range of candy colours to complement your corporate colour scheme. Shape variations include classic round pops and custom shaped lollipops for distinctive promotional impact. Most products are gluten free, with vegan options available upon request. Branding Methods Multiple branding methods accommodate different design requirements: Full-colour digital wrapper printing – Vibrant, detailed reproduction Custom label application – Branded sticks and packaging Corporate colour matching – Precise brand consistency Multi-colour logo reproduction – Complex designs welcome Themed designs – Seasonal and occasion-specific options Explore our complete promotional confectionery range for additional branded candy options. How to Order Custom Branded Lollipops Ordering personalised lollipops follows a straightforward process: Select your lollipop style and quantity – Minimum order typically starts at 250-500 pieces depending on product type Choose flavours and colours – Match your brand for consistent presentation Upload logo artwork – We accept AI or EPS format for best results (see our artwork requirements page for full details) Review and approve digital proof – Check your design before production begins Production and delivery – Receive your custom lollipops Australia-wide Typical production time runs 2-3 weeks for custom orders. Allow additional time during peak seasons like Christmas. Australia-wide shipping covers all states and territories. Free freight thresholds may apply to bulk orders – contact us for current offers. FAQ – Personalised Custom Branded Lollipops What is the minimum order quantity for custom branded lollipops? Minimum order quantities typically range from 250-500 pieces depending on the specific product and branding method. This ensures cost effective pricing while covering production setup. Contact us to discuss your requirements. What artwork file formats do you accept for custom designs? We recommend vector formats such as AI or EPS for optimal print clarity. High-resolution PDF files work well too. Low-resolution images may limit print quality on your finished lollipops. How long does production take for branded lollipops? Standard production takes 2-3 weeks from artwork approval. Rush orders may be possible – arrange this prior to ordering. Allow extra time during busy periods. Are there setup fees for custom lollipop orders? Setup fees may apply depending on order size and complexity. These cover artwork preparation and print setup. Larger orders often qualify for reduced or waived fees. Do you deliver custom lollipops Australia-wide? Yes, we deliver to all Australian states and territories. Melbourne customers may access faster shipping options. Remote areas may require additional delivery time. What bulk discount pricing is available? Larger orders receive better per-unit pricing. Discounts typically apply at quantities of 500, 1000, and 2500+ units. Request a quote for your specific quantity. What are the customisation limits for logo size and colours? Most logos reproduce well at standard wrapper sizes. Very small text may have limited clarity. Full-colour printing accommodates complex multi-colour designs without restriction. Ready to create custom branded lollipops for your business? Contact our team today to discuss your promotional confectionery needs. For information on Australian food safety standards, visit Food Standards Australia New Zealand. - [Personalised Candy Rolls](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/personalised-candy-rolls/): Why Promotional Candy Rolls Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Candy Rolls There is something undeniably nostalgic about a candy roll. Whether it is the fizzy sherbet tang of a Fruit Tingle or the satisfying crunch of a holey lolly, these treats trigger positive memories that transfer directly to your brand. Custom branded candy rolls harness that emotional pull — recipients smile when they see the familiar roll shape, and your full-colour wrapper ensures they connect that delicious moment with your company. Personalised Candy Rolls for Events and Corporate Gifting Personalised candy rolls are versatile enough for almost any occasion. Their lightweight design makes them ideal for high-volume hand-outs where you need maximum reach. Consider using them at: Trade shows and exhibitions Corporate conferences and seminars Product launches and in-store promotions Christmas campaigns and end-of-year staff gifts Fundraisers and community events Reception desks and welcome packs Because they ship year-round with no temperature restrictions, you can purchase confidently for any season without worrying about melting or spoilage. Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Candy Rolls Branded candy rolls deliver outstanding value. The Promotional Holey Roll starts at $1.66 per unit at 100 units and drops to just $0.71 per unit at 5,000. The Branded Fizz Roll ranges from $2.13 down to $1.10 at volume. At those price points, you can place your logo into thousands of customers' hands without straining your budget. Each roll creates a lasting impression that far outlasts its modest cost. Personalised Candy Rolls With Your Logo Every candy roll features a full-colour printed wrapper that wraps around the entire roll, giving you a generous area to showcase your logo and artwork. The Branded Fizz Roll offers a 70 mm wide by 68 mm high print area, while the Promotional Holey Roll provides an even larger 77 mm wide by 70 mm high canvas. Both support photography, gradients and fine details. This wrap-around format means your logo is visible from every angle — there is no "blank side" that goes unseen. When a customer picks up the roll, they interact with your branding from the moment they receive it until the last lolly is gone. Corporate buyers can include event details or a QR code alongside their logo. If you are looking for other compact treats with excellent branding, review our printed mints for another pocket-sized option. Custom Candy Rolls — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Candy Rolls Sizes and Weights Our range includes two distinct candy roll products, each with its own unique profile: Branded Fizz Roll (FCCC002B) — 12 fizzy sherbet lollies (Fruit Tingle type), 25g, measuring 75 mm long by 20 mm diameter. A compact option that fits easily into pockets and delegate bags. Promotional Holey Roll (FCCC002C) — 15 fruit-flavoured holey lollies per roll. A slightly larger format offering more pieces per unit and prolonged logo exposure. Both products are individually wrapped for freshness, ensuring every roll reaches your customers in perfect condition. Promotional Candy Rolls Packaging and Wrapper Details Unlike confectionery that relies on sticker labels or bags, custom branded candy rolls use a printed wrapper as the packaging itself. The wrapper is printed in full colour and sealed around the roll, allowing you to showcase your identity in a clean, professional presentation. Fizz Roll wrapper: 70 mm W x 68 mm H print area Holey Roll wrapper: 77 mm W x 70 mm H print area This integrated design keeps the product sealed and fresh while doubling as a memorable marketing surface. No secondary packaging is required, which keeps costs low and distribution simple. Branded Candy Rolls Flavour Options Each product offers a distinctive flavour experience: Fizz Roll — Fizzy sherbet lollies with a tangy, Fruit Tingle-style flavour. The effervescent, delicious taste creates a fun sensory experience that makes the roll stand out from standard sweets. Holey Roll — Fruit-flavoured holey lollies with a classic ring shape. A crowd-pleasing fruit taste that appeals to a broad audience. The two flavour profiles let you choose based on your audience. The Fizz Roll suits a younger, more adventurous demographic, while the Holey Roll appeals to customers who prefer a familiar fruit flavour. Corporate Candy Rolls Branding Methods Both products use full-colour digital printing on the wrapper. This method supports unlimited colours, photographic imagery and intricate design details. Your logo reproduces exactly as intended, delivering a polished finish that helps your company stand out at any event or mailout. How to Order Bulk Personalised Candy Rolls Online Ordering your custom branded candy rolls from Fast Confectionery is straightforward: Review the range — Browse the two products above and select the roll that best suits your campaign. Choose your quantity — Both products have a minimum order of 100 units. Quantity tiers are available at 100, 250, 500, 1,000 and up to 5,000 units. Upload your artwork — Supply your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the sharpest print results. Approve your digital proof — Our team will send a proof for you to review before production begins. Production and delivery — Once approved, your order enters production with typical turnaround of 10 to 14 working days, followed by Australia-wide delivery. Bulk pricing makes larger orders highly cost-effective. For example, the Holey Roll drops from $1.66 to just $0.71 per unit at the 5,000 tier — a saving of over 57 percent. To discuss a unique order or request pricing for a specific quantity, you can learn more in our guide on customised candy as a sweet token of appreciation. FAQ — Promotional Candy Rolls What is the minimum order quantity for personalised candy rolls? Both the Branded Fizz Roll and the Promotional Holey Roll have a minimum order of 100 units. This low entry point makes it easy for businesses of any size to purchase custom branded candy rolls. Quantity tiers scale up through 250, 500, 1,000 and up to 5,000 units with progressive discounts. What artwork format do I need for custom candy rolls? Supply your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the sharpest results. These formats ensure your artwork prints crisply at full colour on the wrapper. Our team will review your files and provide a digital proof for approval before production begins. Can custom candy rolls be shipped in warm weather? Yes. Unlike chocolate-based confectionery, candy rolls are not temperature sensitive. They can be shipped and stored year-round across Australia without any risk of melting, making them a reliable option for summer events and outdoor campaigns. How long does production and delivery take? Typical turnaround is 10 to 14 working days from artwork approval, with delivery available Australia-wide. If you have a specific deadline, contact our team early to discuss your timeline. What is the difference between the Fizz Roll and the Holey Roll? The Branded Fizz Roll contains 12 fizzy sherbet lollies (Fruit Tingle type) weighing 25g. The Promotional Holey Roll contains 15 fruit-flavoured ring-shaped lollies. Both feature full-colour printed wrappers but offer distinct taste experiences — choose the Fizz Roll for a memorable sherbet hit or the Holey Roll for a classic fruit taste. Are there setup fees for custom branded candy rolls? Pricing is listed per unit at each quantity tier and includes the full-colour wrapper print. For details on any additional fees, review the product pages online or contact our team. Volume orders unlock significant per-unit savings that make promotional candy rolls an extremely affordable marketing tool. - [Printed Mints](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/printed-mints/): Why Promotional Printed Mints Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Mints There is a reason mints remain a staple of promotional confectionery. Customers associate the refreshing taste of peppermint with hospitality and attention to detail. When you hand someone a custom branded mint in attractive packaging, you create a memorable, positive interaction that extends well beyond the moment itself. Unlike throwaway promotional items, mints are consumed and appreciated. This means your logo is noticed up close, reviewed by the recipient and often shared with colleagues or friends. That kind of organic reach is difficult to achieve with other promotional merchandise. Promotional Mints for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional mints are a natural fit for conferences, exhibitions, product launches and corporate gifting. They are lightweight, easy to transport in bulk and universally appealing. Place them on reception desks, include them in welcome packs or distribute them at your trade show stand. For corporate gifting, premium packaging such as glass jars, candle tins and champagne bottles elevate a simple mint into a unique, memorable keepsake. Customers appreciate the thoughtfulness, and your brand stays visible on desks long after the event. Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Mints Branded mints deliver outstanding value for money. Individual printed mints start from as little as $0.10 per unit at higher quantities, while mid-range packaging typically falls between $1.00 and $6.00 per unit. This makes them one of the most cost-effective promotional confectionery options available online. The flexibility in pricing means you can order small runs of 50 premium units for VIP gifting or order thousands of individually wrapped mints for large-scale campaigns. Whatever your budget, there is a solution that works. Personalised Mints With Your Logo Personalised mints give you complete control over how your brand appears. Every product in our range can be decorated with your logo, artwork or campaign message. Full-colour printing ensures your details are reproduced with precision and vibrancy. The result is a delicious, functional product that doubles as a miniature billboard for your business. Customers receive something useful and enjoyable, while you benefit from repeated brand exposure each time the packaging is seen or the mints are shared. If you enjoy pairing confectionery types for events, consider adding branded jelly beans alongside your mints for a varied treat selection. Custom Mints — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Mints Sizes and Weights Our custom branded mints range from 3g individual portions right up to 1kg bulk jars. The most popular weight is 50g, which provides a generous handful of mints in a compact package. Other common sizes include 25g, 100g, 170g and 220g, giving you the flexibility to match portion size to your campaign goals and budget. Smaller sizes suit high-volume giveaways where you want maximum reach. Larger sizes work as standalone gifts or desk items that keep your branding visible for weeks. Promotional Mints Packaging Options The packaging is where promotional mints truly stand out. Our range spans five broad categories: Tins and metal containers — Silver tins, candle tins, paint tins, rectangle hinge tins, round window tins and small rectangle tins. Sturdy, reusable and premium in the hand. Jars and canisters — Glass jars in multiple styles including clip lock, square, tall and apothecary designs, plus PVC buckets and pull cans. Ideal for desk displays. Bottles and tubes — PET tubes, soda bottles, champagne bottles and even light bulb containers. These unique shapes grab attention and spark conversation. Cards and flat packs — Mint card dispensers in dollar, circle, car and credit card shapes, plus billboard cards and gift cards. Perfect for direct mail and slim packaging needs. Bags, boxes and novelty items — Kraft paper bags, compostable bags, noodle boxes, pillow packs, coffee cups, carry-on cases and syringes. These creative formats showcase your brand in memorable, unexpected ways. Branded Mints Flavour Options The vast majority of our range features classic chewy peppermint mints — a universally loved flavour that customers of all ages enjoy. We also stock sugar free mints in two formats, Mentos in three configurations and a premium chocolate peppermint crystal for a delicious point of difference. Corporate Mints Branding Methods Corporate mints can be decorated using several methods depending on the packaging type. Full-colour stickers are the most common option, offering vibrant reproduction of logos and artwork. Metal tins and mint card dispensers use one-colour pad printing for a clean finish. Other methods include full-colour digital print, digital labels, wrap-around stickers for tubes and cans, and full-colour print on card for billboard and gift card formats. Our team will review your artwork and recommend the best method for your product. How to Order Bulk Printed Mints Ordering bulk printed mints online is straightforward. Browse the products above, select the packaging style that suits your campaign and review the pricing on the product page. Most products have a minimum of 100 units, with select items from just 50 units. Larger-scale options such as individually wrapped mints start at 2,000 units. Once you have chosen your product, upload your logo and artwork details during checkout. Our design team will prepare a digital proof for your review before production begins. If you need guidance on quantities or packaging, our team is ready to help with the details. FAQ — Custom Printed Mints What are the minimum order quantities for custom branded mints? Minimum orders vary by product. Most printed mints have a minimum of 100 units. Select premium items like PVC buckets, paint tins and canisters start from 50 units, while sugar free mints and large jars require 250 units. Individually wrapped mints have a minimum of 2,000 units. Can I get personalised mints with a full-colour logo? Yes. The majority of our personalised mints support full-colour branding via stickers, digital print or printed cards. Some metal tins and mint card dispensers use one-colour pad printing. Our team will review your artwork and confirm the best decoration method when you place your order online. Are printed mints suitable for all seasons in Australia? Printed mints are temperature-stable and ship safely year-round across Australia. The one exception is the premium chocolate peppermint crystal, which may require temperature-controlled shipping during warmer months. All other products in the range are unaffected by seasonal conditions. How do I choose the right packaging for promotional mints? Consider your campaign goals and audience. For high-volume giveaways, individually wrapped mints or pillow packs offer the best value. For corporate gifting, glass jars and premium tins create a unique, memorable impression. For direct mail, slim formats like mint card dispensers are ideal. For more guidance, read our article on how to choose promotional confectionery. What flavours are available for bulk branded mints? The core range features classic chewy peppermint mints, which are the most popular choice. We also offer sugar free mints in two formats, Mentos in three product options and a premium chocolate peppermint crystal. Peppermint is universally enjoyed, making it a safe and delicious choice for any audience. How long does production take for custom mints orders? Production times vary by product and quantity. After you purchase and approve the artwork proof, most orders are dispatched within 10 to 15 business days. If you have a tight deadline, contact our team to review expedited options before placing your order. Can I order a sample before committing to a bulk purchase? We encourage customers to get in touch to discuss sample availability. Reviewing a physical sample helps you assess packaging quality and size before committing to a larger order. Contact our team online and we will advise on sample options and costs. - [Promotional Mixed Lollies](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/promotional-mixed-lollies/): Why Promotional Mixed Lollies Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Mixed Lollies There is something universally appealing about a handful of mixed lollies. They trigger nostalgia, spark conversation and create a positive association with your brand. When customers receive custom branded mixed lollies at an event or in a gift pack, the experience is both delicious and memorable. That emotional connection is difficult to achieve with standard promotional merchandise, which is why confectionery remains a top choice for savvy marketers. Promotional Mixed Lollies for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional mixed lollies shine at trade shows, conferences, product launches and end-of-year corporate gifting. A branded PVC bucket filled with Allen's wrapped favourites like Minties, Fantales and Sherbies makes a unique desk gift that recipients will talk about long after the event. Smaller options such as pillow packs and biz card treats are perfect for high-volume giveaways where you need to showcase your logo to as many people as possible. The variety of sizes — from 25g right up to 1kg — means you can tailor your purchase to any budget or occasion. Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Mixed Lollies Branded mixed lollies deliver outstanding value. Budget-friendly compostable bags start from just $0.74 per unit at volume, while premium PET jars and metal canisters offer a lasting impression for VIP customers. Because minimum order quantities begin at just 50 units for selected packaging, even small businesses can run a professional promotional campaign without overcommitting. Review the full price list online to find the sweet spot for your next promotion. Personalised Mixed Lollies With Your Logo Every product in this range features your logo or artwork in vibrant full-colour print. Containers such as PET jars, PVC buckets and resealable tubs carry a full-colour sticker, while cards, bags and noodle boxes are printed directly with your artwork. The result is a polished, professional look that helps your business stand out. Personalised mixed lollies also pair well with other confectionery lines — consider adding personalised chewy fruits to your order for even more variety and a truly unique selection across your campaign. Custom Mixed Lollies — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Mixed Lollies Sizes and Weights Our custom branded mixed lollies are available in eleven weight options: 25g, 30g, 50g, 80g, 95g, 100g, 120g, 135g, 250g, 500g and 1kg. Lightweight packs (25g to 50g) are ideal for mass handouts, while mid-range sizes (80g to 135g) suit seminar welcome packs and gift boxes. The larger 250g, 500g and 1kg options are perfect for boardroom displays, reception counters and high-value corporate gifts. Promotional Mixed Lollies Packaging Options Choose from 17 unique packaging formats to match your campaign goals. Options include PET jars in 1L and 2L sizes, small, medium and big PVC buckets, clear PET tubes, small metal canisters, pillow packs, shatterproof plastic jars, printed bags, compostable bags, resealable tubs, gift cards, billboard cards (approximately 90mm x 55mm), biz card treats, and noodle boxes in white cardboard, frosted or coloured finishes. Coloured noodle boxes come in seven colours — white, blue, red, yellow, orange, pink and black/white stripes — each with a 50mm x 50mm sticker area for your details. Branded Mixed Lollies Varieties and Flavours Three delicious confectionery varieties are available to suit every taste. The classic mixed lollies assortment offers a colourful selection of favourites (contents may vary). Allen's wrapped lollies include individually wrapped Minties, Fantales, Sherbies and Redskins — ideal for hygiene-conscious settings. Allen's Retro Party Mix rounds out the range with a nostalgic blend of retro favourites that everyone loves. Corporate Mixed Lollies Branding Methods All printing is completed in full colour to showcase your logo at its best. Sticker-based application is used on rigid containers like PET jars, PVC buckets, canisters and resealable tubs. Direct full-colour printing is used on flexible and card-based formats including bags, compostable bags, billboard cards, gift cards and noodle boxes. Every method delivers sharp, vibrant results that reinforce your brand identity. How to Order Bulk Promotional Mixed Lollies Ordering custom branded mixed lollies online is straightforward. Select your preferred product, choose your quantity (minimum order quantities start at 50 or 100 units depending on packaging), and upload your logo or artwork. Our team will review your files and provide a digital proof before production begins. Once approved, your order is printed, carefully packed and dispatched Australia-wide. For large or complex orders, our sales team can walk you through every step and ensure everything is perfect before you purchase. FAQ — Promotional Mixed Lollies What is the minimum order for promotional mixed lollies? Minimum order quantities depend on the packaging you choose. Most products, including bags, pillow packs, noodle boxes and biz card treats, have a minimum of 100 units. Larger formats such as the 2L PET jar, medium and big PVC buckets, and the small metal canister have a minimum of 50 units. This makes it easy for businesses of any size to order custom branded mixed lollies. What sizes are available for custom branded mixed lollies? We offer eleven weight options ranging from 25g to 1kg. Popular choices for events include 25g and 50g packs for high-volume giveaways, while 250g and 500g options are a memorable choice for corporate gifting. Review the full product list to compare every size and packaging combination available. Can I choose the type of lollies inside? Yes. You can select from three varieties: a classic mixed lollies assortment, Allen's individually wrapped lollies (Minties, Fantales, Sherbies and Redskins), or Allen's Retro Party Mix. Each variety offers a unique flavour profile to suit different audiences, preferences and occasions. How is my logo printed on the packaging? Your logo is reproduced in full colour using one of two methods. Rigid containers receive a printed sticker, while flexible packaging and card-based products feature direct full-colour printing. Both approaches deliver sharp, professional results that keep your brand front and centre. Are eco-friendly packaging options available for branded mixed lollies? Yes. Our compostable bags are certified compostable, offering an environmentally responsible option for anyone who wants to reduce their environmental impact. They are available with full-colour printing and are a great talking point at sustainability-focused events, creating a lasting impression with eco-conscious audiences. How much do promotional mixed lollies cost? Pricing varies by product and quantity. Budget-friendly options such as 25g compostable bags start from $0.74 per unit at quantities of 5,000. Premium products like the 2L PET jar with Allen's lollies are priced at $38.70 per unit at a quantity of 50. Be sweet at your next event with bulk lollies for more details on planning your budget. How long does delivery take across Australia? Delivery timeframes depend on order size and artwork approval. Once your proof is approved and your purchase is confirmed, production and dispatch are completed promptly. Contact our team to review estimated timelines for your specific order and we will walk you through the entire process. - [Personalised Rock Candy](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/personalised-rock-candy/): Why Choose Custom Branded Rock Candy for Your Next Campaign? There is something truly special about custom branded rock candy. Unlike printed wrappers that get discarded, your logo is embedded inside the candy itself — visible in every piece, from the first glance to the last bite. This unique approach means your customers experience your brand on both the packaging and the candy within. Rock candy has a rich heritage stretching back centuries and remains one of the most memorable promotional confectionery items today. Each batch is handcrafted to order, ensuring the details of your artwork are captured with precision. Our custom branded rock candy comes in a range of flavours, colours and packaging formats. It is a delicious way to showcase your business at events, trade shows and corporate gifting occasions. Personalised Rock Candy Packaging Options Selecting the right packaging is essential to making your promotional rock candy shine. We offer options to suit every budget and occasion, each featuring your full-colour logo. Bags and Wraps: Clear cello bags (20g, 40g, 100g) offer an affordable way to distribute your custom branded rock candy. Pillow packs (20g, 40g) provide a retail-ready look, while silver zip lock bags (40g) and candle tins (40g) add a premium touch. Glass Jars: Our reusable glass jar range includes clip lock jars (65g, 125g), small glass jars (70g), square jars (135g), tall jars (150g) and apothecary jars (100g). These make memorable corporate gifts that stay on the desk long after the candy is gone. Noodle Boxes: Available in 100g with a choice of White, Blue, Red, Yellow, Orange, Pink or Black/White stripe finishes. A fun, distinctive option for promotional event giveaways. Cards: Gift cards and billboard cards (20g, 40g) feature full-colour double-sided digital printing — perfect for direct mail campaigns or branded promotional handouts with a delicious treat inside. Bulk Options: Individually wrapped pieces (minimum 10kg, approximately 4,500 pieces) suit reception counters or large-scale events. Loose bulk rock candy is also available for those wanting custom packaging. How Your Branded Rock Candy Is Made Every order begins with a review of your artwork. Our confectioners assess your logo or text (up to 16 characters in CAPITALS) and determine how best to embed it within the candy. The branding is crafted into the sugar mixture so every piece displays your message — similar to traditional seaside rock. Specify your exact corporate colours using PMS references and our team will match the candy as closely as possible. All PMS colours can be attempted. Once confirmed, the candy is handcrafted in batches of 10kg, ensuring consistent quality throughout your order. Branded Rock Candy Flavours and Colours Our personalised rock candy is available in eight standard flavours: Raspberry, Strawberry, Watermelon, Orange, Passionfruit, Lemon/Lime, Apple and Peppermint. Additional flavours are available on request. Colour matching sets our custom branded rock candy apart from other promotional sweets. Because each batch is made to order, we can match any PMS colour you provide — aligning candy perfectly with your corporate palette. Combining flavour with a PMS-matched colour creates a bespoke product that reinforces brand recognition. Minimum Order Quantities for Promotional Rock Candy All personalised rock candy orders require a minimum of 10kg, produced in 10kg batches. The unit count depends on packaging size: 20g bags or cards: approximately 500 units 40g bags, pillow packs or tins: approximately 250 units 65g clip lock jars: approximately 150 units 100g bags or noodle boxes: approximately 100 units 125g clip lock jars: approximately 80 units 135g square jars: approximately 75 units 150g tall jars: approximately 70 units Individually wrapped bulk: minimum 10kg (approximately 4,500 pieces) Loose bulk: minimum 10kg Pricing starts from $2.39 per unit for 20g at higher volumes, up to $18.34 per unit for 150g tall jars. Bulk candy is $77.10 per kilogram. Contact us to review pricing for your requirements. Corporate Rock Candy for Events and Gifting Custom branded rock candy is a standout choice for corporate events and trade shows. The embedded artwork gives customers something they have never seen — a confectionery product that literally contains your logo inside. For gifting, our glass jar range provides a premium reusable package that recipients keep on display — a memorable three-layer experience combining jar, sticker and candy with your logo inside. Rock candy also works brilliantly alongside other personalised confectionery such as personalised humbugs. Mixing products within a campaign lets you showcase your brand across multiple touchpoints and keeps things fresh for customers. Frequently Asked Questions About Personalised Rock Candy What makes custom branded rock candy unique compared to other promotional sweets? Your logo or text is embedded inside every piece of candy, not just printed on the wrapper. Your artwork is visible throughout the entire product — customers see your message with each bite. Combined with branded packaging and PMS colour matching, you get a double-exposure effect that no ordinary printed sweet can match. It is one of the most memorable promotional products you can purchase for your business. What flavours are available for personalised rock candy? We offer eight delicious standard flavours: Raspberry, Strawberry, Watermelon, Orange, Passionfruit, Lemon/Lime, Apple and Peppermint. Additional flavours are available on request — simply let us know when you review your order details and we will do our best to accommodate your preferences. All flavours pair well with any PMS-matched candy colour. What is the minimum order quantity for custom rock candy? All personalised rock candy requires a minimum of 10kg, ordered in 10kg batches. This translates to between 70 and 500 branded units depending on packaging — for example, approximately 500 units in 20g bags or 70 units in 150g tall jars. Individually wrapped bulk orders also start at 10kg, producing roughly 4,500 pieces. Can you match my exact corporate colours in the candy? Yes. Our confectioners can match any PMS colour reference you provide. Because every batch is made to order, the candy colour is mixed specifically for your organisation. Your promotional rock candy will align closely with your corporate palette, strengthening brand recognition online and offline. This level of colour customisation is a unique feature of handcrafted rock candy. How is branded rock candy packaging labelled? It varies by packaging type. Bags, jars, tins, noodle boxes, pillow packs and zip lock bags feature a full-colour branded sticker with your logo. Gift cards and billboard cards use full-colour double-sided digital printing for maximum impact. Candle tins can be pad printed with up to four colours. Every option is designed to present your identity clearly. How long does personalised rock candy last, and can it be shipped year-round? Rock candy is a hard confectionery product with a long shelf life, suitable for year-round distribution. We ship Australia-wide in all seasons, so you can plan campaigns, events and gifting programs without seasonal limitations. Please review the storage guidelines included with your order to ensure the candy stays fresh for your customers. Can I order personalised rock candy online? Yes. Browse our full range of 22 products online and submit your order or quote request through our website. If you need help selecting the right packaging or quantities, our team is ready to assist with all the details. We recommend reaching out early so we can review your requirements and confirm production timelines. - [Promotional Jelly Snakes](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/personalised-lollies/promotional-jelly-snakes/): Why Promotional Jelly Snakes Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Jelly Snakes There is something universally appealing about jelly snakes. The playful shapes and bright colours trigger a sense of fun, creating a warm association with your company. Custom branded jelly snakes are consumed and enjoyed, which means your logo is seen during a genuinely pleasant moment. When customers receive a treat they want, your name is linked to that delight rather than forgotten alongside a stack of flyers. Promotional Jelly Snakes for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional jelly snakes suit a wide variety of corporate occasions and marketing scenarios: Trade shows, expos and exhibitions Corporate conferences and seminars Product launches and brand activations Staff welcome packs and employee rewards Customer appreciation campaigns Fundraising events and charity drives University orientation days and open days The assorted fruity flavours appeal to virtually everyone, which removes the guesswork when selecting a giveaway for a broad audience. For more ideas on using confectionery at events, review our guide on how to be sweet at your next event with bulk lollies. Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Jelly Snakes Branded jelly snakes offer excellent value for money. Unit pricing starts from as low as $1.64 for high-volume bag orders, making them one of the most budget-friendly confectionery giveaways you can purchase. Even the premium pull can options remain cost-effective when ordered in larger quantities. A key advantage is temperature stability — unlike chocolate, jelly snakes can be shipped year-round without risk of melting, so your purchase is never restricted by seasonal conditions. The compact packaging and lightweight design make them easy to distribute at events, slip into mailouts, or stack on a reception desk for a lasting impression. Personalised Jelly Snakes With Your Logo Full-colour printing is available across the entire range, allowing you to transform standard packaging into a unique, eye-catching promotional piece. On bag products, a full-colour sticker is applied to the cello bag, giving your artwork a print area of up to 95 x 130mm. Customers see your logo and corporate colours clearly through the transparent packaging. For pull can products, a full-colour wrap-around wrapper covers the metal can, providing 360-degree visibility. This is a unique advantage over flat-label packaging — every angle displays your artwork and details. Whether you choose bags or cans, our design team will review your files and prepare a digital proof so you can confirm every detail before production begins. Upload your artwork to get started. Custom Jelly Snakes — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Jelly Snakes Sizes and Weights Our promotional jelly snakes are available in four size options to suit different budgets and use cases: 50g — Custom Snakes bag, ideal for lightweight event giveaways 70g — Small pull can, a desk-friendly option with premium presentation 100g — Branded Snakes bag, a generous portion for corporate gifts 200g — Standard pull can, a substantial gift that makes a memorable statement This range lets you scale from a quick hand-out at a conference through to a premium desktop gift that customers keep and reuse. Promotional Jelly Snakes Packaging Options Bags and Cello Packs — The 50g Custom Snakes and 100g Branded Snakes are packed in clear cello bags with a full-colour sticker label. The transparent material lets recipients see the colourful jelly snakes inside. The 50g bag measures H95mm x W130mm, making it compact for high-volume distribution at events. Metal Pull Cans — Our pull cans feature a metal body with a ring-pull lid. The 200g Promotional Pull Can holds jelly snakes inside a full-sized can wrapped in your custom artwork. The 70g pull can is desk-friendly, with a wrapper measuring 260mm x 33mm. Both are reusable — recipients repurpose them for stationery or small items, extending your brand exposure. These products are also listed under our personalised chewy fruits range. Branded Jelly Snakes Flavour and Colour Options Every product in the range is filled with mixed coloured jelly snakes in assorted fruity flavours. The vibrant mix of colours makes each pack visually striking and delivers a delicious variety that appeals to all taste preferences. Because the assortment is pre-mixed, there is no need to specify individual flavours — simply place your order online and each unit will contain a colourful selection of jelly snakes ready to impress. Corporate Jelly Snakes Branding Methods All four products feature full-colour branding as standard: Full-colour sticker — applied to 50g and 100g cello bag products, reproducing your logo with photographic detail Full-colour wrap-around wrapper — applied to both pull can sizes, providing 360-degree branding coverage around the metal can Both methods support vibrant, detailed artwork including logos, taglines, product imagery, and corporate colour palettes — allowing you to showcase your identity on every unit. Supply your artwork as a print-ready AI or EPS file for the best results. How to Order Bulk Promotional Jelly Snakes Review the range — browse the four products online and select the packaging format that suits your campaign goals and budget. Choose your quantity — all products start from a minimum of 100 units, with tiered pricing at 250, 500, 1,000, 2,500, and 5,000 units. Upload your artwork — supply your logo and design as an AI or EPS vector file for the sharpest results. Approve your proof — our team will prepare a digital proof for you to review and confirm before production begins. Production and delivery — once approved, your custom branded jelly snakes are produced and shipped Australia-wide, typically within 10 to 14 working days. Bulk pricing means your per-unit cost drops significantly at higher quantities. For example, the 50g bag ranges from $2.81 per unit at 100 units down to just $1.64 per unit when you purchase 5,000 online. FAQ — Promotional Jelly Snakes What is the minimum order quantity for custom branded jelly snakes? The minimum order quantity across all four products is 100 units. Quantity tiers run from 100 to 5,000 units, with per-unit pricing decreasing at each level. Review individual product pages for specific details. What flavours are included in promotional jelly snakes? Each product contains a mix of coloured jelly snakes in assorted fruity flavours. The selection is pre-mixed, so every unit contains a vibrant and delicious variety. There is no option to select individual flavours as the assortment comes pre-packed. Can jelly snakes be shipped in warm weather? Yes. Unlike chocolate-based confectionery, jelly snakes are temperature stable and can be shipped year-round across Australia without risk of melting or damage. This makes them a reliable choice for customers planning summer events or campaigns that span multiple seasons. What artwork format should I supply for branded jelly snakes? We recommend supplying your artwork as a vector file in AI or EPS format for the sharpest print quality. Our design team will review your files and prepare a digital proof for your approval before production begins. If you only have a high-resolution PNG or PDF, get in touch and we will advise on the best path forward. What is the difference between bag and pull can packaging? Bags are a budget-friendly option ideal for high-volume giveaways, with a clear cello bag and full-colour sticker label. Pull cans are a premium alternative featuring a metal can with ring-pull lid and full wrap-around artwork. The reusable cans deliver a memorable unboxing experience. How quickly will my order be delivered? Standard production and delivery takes approximately 10 to 14 working days from the date your artwork proof is approved. All orders are shipped Australia-wide via reliable courier services. If you have a tight deadline, contact our team to discuss expedited options and we will do our best to accommodate your schedule. - [Promotional Healthy Snacks](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/promotional-healthy-snacks/): Why Promotional Healthy Snacks Work for Marketing Campaigns Wellness Appeal & Brand Connection Custom Branded Healthy snacks create positive associations with your brand by demonstrating a commitment to your customers’ and employees’ wellbeing. Offering nutritious snacks like protein balls, nuts, or dried fruit shows that your business values health-conscious choices, which can strengthen brand loyalty and enhance your reputation. Perfect for Events & Corporate Gifting Promotional healthy snacks are ideal for a range of occasions including trade shows, conferences, employee wellness programs, health awareness campaigns, fitness events, and corporate retreats. They provide a convenient and enjoyable way to keep guests energized and engaged, making your brand memorable in a positive way. Practical & Cost-Effective These snacks offer excellent nutritional value and often have extended shelf lives, making them practical for bulk purchasing. With competitive pricing and a high perceived value, promotional healthy snacks are a cost-effective option for businesses looking to maximise their marketing budget. Personalised Promotional Healthy Snacks With Your Logo Customisable healthy snacks can be fully branded with your logo in full colour, with flexible wrapper placement options and custom packaging designs. Whether you’re ordering in bulk for corporate events or employee gifts, Australian delivery ensures your snacks arrive fresh and on time. Branded healthy snacks remain popular for wellness-focused marketing because they combine visual appeal with a message of care and goodness, helping your business stand out. Custom Promotional Healthy Snacks – Sizes, Packaging & Branding Options Sizes & Weights Promotional healthy snacks come in various sizes and weights to suit your needs, typically ranging from small individual portions (around 30-50 grams) to larger bulk packs. Packaging Options Bulk bags Individual portion packs Premium gift packaging Eco-friendly pouches Product Variants Bite Sized Treats Rice Crackers Fruit Nut bars Popcorn Protein balls Nuts Branding Methods Full Colour Sticker Can with Full Colour Wrapper How to Order Custom Promotional Healthy Snacks Select your desired product category Choose the quantity (note minimum order requirements) Upload your AI or EPS artwork Approve the digital proof Production and delivery (typically 7-10 working days from proof approval) We offer free freight on orders over $1000 and can arrange rush orders if needed. FAQ – Personalised Promotional Healthy Snacks What is the minimum order quantity? Minimum orders vary by product but typically start around 100 units. What artwork formats are accepted? We accept AI or EPS files for best print quality. How long does production take? Production usually takes 7-10 working days after proof approval. Are there any setup fees? Setup fees are included in the quoted price. Do you deliver Australia-wide? Yes, we deliver across Australia. Are bulk discounts available? Yes, discounts apply for larger orders. Can allergen information be included on packaging? Yes, nutritional and allergen labelling can be customised to meet your requirements. Promotional healthy snacks are a smart, appealing choice for businesses wanting to combine brand visibility with a message of health and wellbeing. With a wide range of delicious, nutritious options and flexible branding solutions, they’re perfect for making a positive, lasting impression on your target audience. Ready to elevate your marketing with custom branded healthy snacks? Get in touch to start your order today. - [Promotional Bite Sized Treats](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/promotional-healthy-snacks/promotional-bite-sized-treats/): Why Custom Branded Bite Sized Treats Are Ideal for Promotions Savoury snacks are an underutilised option in the promotional space. While most companies default to chocolate or lollies, custom branded bite sized treats offer a memorable alternative. Recipients who receive a bag of wasabi peas or chilli toasted corn at an event are more likely to recall your company because the experience feels fresh. Unlike temperature-sensitive confectionery, our promotional bite sized treats ship year-round without risk of melting. Promotional Bite Sized Treats for Health-Conscious Audiences Health and wellness continue to shape purchasing decisions. When customers review the snack options at a conference, they gravitate toward items that feel lighter and more natural. Every product in our custom branded bite sized treats range carries the Healthy Option label. Wasabi peas deliver a satisfying crunch with a bold kick. Chilli toasted corn offers a savoury heat that keeps people reaching for more. Salted pretzels are a universally loved classic — each option is delicious, portion-controlled and easy to enjoy. Custom Branded Bite Sized Treats for Events and Corporate Gifting From national expos to team appreciation days, promotional bite sized treats fit seamlessly into any event. Place them in delegate bags, across a reception table or in corporate gift hampers. The 25g format suits high-volume handouts, while the 50g size creates a generous impression for VIP clients. People appreciate receiving something they can enjoy immediately. A bag of chilli toasted corn or wasabi peas gives a unique reason to engage with your packaging. Budget-Friendly Bulk Bite Sized Treats for Every Campaign Our bulk bite sized treats start from $1.09 per unit at the 5,000-unit tier. At 100 units, you can access the full range from $2.13 per unit — making it realistic to order smaller runs for niche campaigns. When customers review the value of a savoury snack against a disposable pen, the snack delivers a far more memorable touchpoint. People consume it mindfully, giving your branding minutes of undivided attention. Personalised Bite Sized Treats With Your Logo Every product in our personalised bite sized treats collection is finished with a vibrant full-colour sticker applied to the cello bag. Your logo, artwork, tagline or event information is reproduced in sharp clarity, ensuring a professional look that customers notice. Our team will review your artwork files and prepare print-ready layouts at no extra charge. Upload your logo when you place your order and we handle the rest. This ensures every detail of your branding is accurate, so your personalised bite sized treats look exactly as intended. You can also showcase a QR code or campaign hashtag on the sticker — a unique way to drive online engagement from a physical product. Custom Bite Sized Treats — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Details Custom Branded Bite Sized Treats Sizes and Weights We offer custom branded bite sized treats in two practical sizes: 25g — A compact option perfect for large-scale giveaways, letterbox drops and trade show handouts. Available in wasabi peas, chilli toasted corn and salted pretzels. 50g — A more generous serve ideal for standalone gifts or hamper inclusions. Available in wasabi peas and chilli toasted corn. Review your campaign goals, then select the size that delivers the right balance of budget and impact. Promotional Bite Sized Treats Packaging Options All products in our promotional bite sized treats range are packed in clear cello bags with a full-colour sticker. The transparent packaging lets the product showcase itself while your label takes centre stage. Seven sticker shapes are available: 50x40mm rectangular 50x30mm rectangular 38mm round 45mm round 33mm square 50mm square 60x40mm oval Choose the format that best complements your logo and artwork. Branded Bite Sized Treats Variety Options Our custom branded bite sized treats range includes three delicious savoury varieties: Wasabi Peas — Bold, fiery and irresistibly crunchy. A snack that sparks conversation and leaves a lasting impression. Chilli Toasted Corn — Whole corn kernels toasted to a satisfying crunch with a chilli kick. A crowd favourite. Salted Pretzels — A timeless classic loved by virtually everyone. Light, crispy and universally enjoyable. Each variety offers something distinct for your audience. Corporate Bite Sized Treats Branding Method All products in our corporate bite sized treats range use a single, proven method: Full-colour sticker labels — Applied directly to the cello bag. Supports unlimited colours, photographic imagery and fine details including QR codes. The sticker method delivers vibrant, eye-catching results with quick turnaround times. How to Order Bulk Promotional Bite Sized Treats Online Ordering bulk promotional bite sized treats is straightforward: Browse the products on this page and select your preferred variety and size. Upload your logo and artwork during checkout, or email files to our team. Review your digital proof — we send one before production begins. Approve and we begin manufacturing your custom branded bite sized treats. Minimum orders start from just 100 units. Volume discounts apply at 250, 500, 1,000, 2,500 and 5,000 units, so the more you purchase, the more you save. Explore our popcorn range for another crowd-pleasing healthy option, or visit our confectionery events guide for tips on choosing the best snacks for your next function. FAQ — Personalised Bite Sized Treats What savoury varieties are available in your personalised bite sized treats range? We offer three delicious varieties: wasabi peas, chilli toasted corn and salted pretzels. Each is available with full-colour custom branding on the cello bag. Wasabi peas and chilli toasted corn come in both 25g and 50g sizes, while salted pretzels are available in 25g. Mix and match across a single order to give customers a unique selection. What is the minimum order for custom branded bite sized treats? All products have a minimum order of just 100 units. Volume pricing tiers apply at 250, 500, 1,000, 2,500 and 5,000 units, with per-unit costs decreasing at each level. Review the product pages for full pricing details at each quantity break to plan your order effectively and maximise your budget. Can I showcase my logo on promotional bite sized treats packaging? Absolutely. Every product supports full-colour sticker branding with seven shape and size options. You can showcase your logo, tagline or a QR code on the sticker. Our team will review your artwork and send a digital proof for your approval before production begins, ensuring the finished result matches your vision. How are the bite sized treats packaged for shipping? All products are bulk packed in cello bags and shipped in protective cartons to your nominated Australian address. Because these are savoury snacks with no temperature-sensitive ingredients, they ship safely year-round with no seasonal restrictions. This reliability makes them a smart choice for campaigns planned well in advance of the event date. Are these promotional bite sized treats a healthy option? Yes. Every product carries the Healthy Option designation. Wasabi peas, chilli toasted corn and salted pretzels are all savoury, portion-controlled snacks that offer a lighter alternative to traditional confectionery. Customers increasingly look for companies that align with health-conscious values, so offering these treats at events or in gift packs sends a positive message about your organisation. Can I order samples before making a bulk purchase? We encourage customers to review product quality before committing to a large order. Contact our team online or by phone to arrange samples. Sampling lets you assess taste, packaging quality and branding firsthand, so you can make a confident decision for your next campaign or event. - [Promotional Cookies](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/promotional-cookies/): Why Promotional Cookies Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Cookies Cookies are universally loved. A branded cookie delivered alongside a meeting agenda or tucked into a conference delegate bag creates an instant positive connection with your brand. Custom branded cookies stand apart from standard promotional products because they feel like a genuine, delicious treat rather than a marketing item — and that authenticity is what makes them memorable. The range includes Australia's iconic TimTam, premium cafe-style cookies with white chocolate and macadamia or choc button flavours, traditional shortbread biscuits, and a variety of fortune cookies with custom printed messages inside. Each product offers a unique way to showcase your brand. Branded Cookies for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional cookies are a popular promotional product for occasions where quality and presentation matter. Their cafe-quality appeal elevates any corporate setting. Conference and seminar refreshments Meeting room treats and desk drops Trade show and exhibition giveaways Cafe and hospitality promotions Client thank-you and appreciation gifts Product launch events Staff appreciation and welcome packs Christmas and seasonal gifting Practical and Cost-Effective Promotional Cookies Promotional cookies deliver excellent value, with individually wrapped options ensuring freshness and hygiene. Bulk purchase pricing makes them cost-effective even for large campaigns, while the premium feel creates a lasting impression far beyond their price point. Customers who review the range are consistently impressed by the quality — from the snap of a TimTam to the crumble of a butter shortbread. These are not generic biscuits; they are delicious, cafe-quality treats that recipients genuinely enjoy. Personalised Cookies With Your Logo Fast Confectionery offers several branding methods to showcase your logo on personalised cookies. Full-colour printing is standard across the range, ensuring vibrant, professional results on every item. TimTam biscuits are branded with a full-colour sticker on the individual wrapper, or with a custom printed sleeve that wraps around the biscuit or the full 200g box. Fortune cookies feature a custom printed message slip inside the cookie and an optional full-colour sticker or header on the outer cello bag. Cafe-style cookies in window boxes come with either a full-colour sticker or a full-colour printed sleeve on the box. Shortbread tubes carry a full-colour sticker along the transparent tube, and bite-size biscuits feature branded individual wrappers. For fortune cookies specifically, the edible image option allows your logo or design to be printed directly onto the chocolate coating using edible ink, along with custom sprinkle colours matching your corporate palette. Review the artwork guidelines to ensure your files are ready for print. Custom Cookies — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Cookie Sizes and Products The promotional cookies range includes a variety of products to suit different campaigns and budgets: Bite-size biscuits (5g) — perfect for high-volume, individually wrapped giveaways Fortune cookies (8g to 10g) — custom, branded, flavoured, choc dipped, and giant options Individual TimTam biscuits — Australia's favourite, individually wrapped TimTam with printed sleeve — single biscuit with custom sleeve TimTam 200g box with sleeve — a premium gift option Cafe-style white chocolate and macadamia cookies — individually wrapped Cafe-style choc button cookies — individually wrapped Cafe-style cookies in window box — premium presentation with two cookies Mixed biscuits in cello bag — assorted shortbread selection Gluten-free biscuits in cello bag — an inclusive dietary option Shortbread biscuits in tube — a reusable branded tube format Promotional Cookie Packaging Options Individual Wraps and Sleeves Most cookies are individually heat-sealed for freshness. TimTam biscuits and cafe-style cookies come in clear wraps with a branded sticker, or with a unique custom printed sleeve. Bite-size biscuits feature individual branded wrappers — ideal for bowl displays and conference bags. Bags and Cello Wraps Mixed biscuits and gluten-free biscuits are packed in branded cellophane bags, perfect for client gifts and event handouts. Fortune cookies come in clear cello bags with a branded sticker or printed header. Boxes and Tubes Window boxes hold two cafe-style cookies, with a branded sticker or sleeve on the outside. Shortbread tubes use a clear PET tube that showcases the biscuits inside while your logo wraps around the exterior. These premium formats are ideal for special occasions. Personalised Cookie Varieties The range offers a delicious variety of flavours and styles: TimTam — original chocolate flavour, Australia's iconic biscuit White chocolate and macadamia cookie — cafe-quality, buttery and nutty Choc button cookie — loaded with chocolate pieces Traditional butter shortbread — a refined, crumbly classic Fortune cookies — vanilla base with custom messages; also available choc dipped with sprinkles, giant size, and in 12 flavours including apple, banana, chocolate, coffee, cinnamon, lemon, orange, strawberry, mint, mango, kiwi fruit, and passionfruit Customers can choose mixed biscuit assortments or single-product orders depending on their campaign needs. Corporate Cookie Branding Methods Full-colour sticker — applied to individual wrappers, bags, and boxes Full-colour printed sleeve — custom sleeve around TimTam or box Full-colour printed header — branded header on fortune cookie bags Full-colour sticker with edible image insert — logo printed on fortune cookie chocolate coating Custom message slip — personalised messages printed inside fortune cookies Custom sprinkle colours — corporate colour sprinkles on choc dipped fortune cookies How to Order Bulk Promotional Cookies Select your product — choose from TimTams, fortune cookies, cafe-style cookies, shortbread, or biscuit bags Choose your quantity — minimum orders start from 25 units for premium items, with bulk pricing tiers up to 10,000 units Upload your artwork — provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best print quality Approve your digital proof — review your personalised design before production begins Production and delivery — standard turnaround is 10–14 working days, with Australia-wide delivery Browse online and take advantage of bulk purchase pricing across all products. Explore branded biz card treats for another compact, cost-effective giveaway option. Learn how to choose the right promotional confectionery for your next event. FAQ — Promotional Cookies What is the minimum order quantity for branded cookies? Minimum order quantities vary by product. Giant fortune cookies start from 25 units, cafe-style cookies and TimTams from 48–100 units, and bite-size biscuits from 2,400 units. Check the product page for specific details on your chosen item. Are the cookies individually wrapped? Yes. All promotional cookies are individually wrapped or sealed for freshness and hygiene. This makes them safe and convenient for distribution at events, in conference bags, and as meeting room treats. Can I include a custom message inside fortune cookies? Yes. Fortune cookies include a custom printed message slip with up to five unique messages per order. You can personalise the messages with your brand tagline, event details, promotional offers, or fun facts. Do you offer gluten-free cookie options? Yes. The gluten-free biscuits in cello bag option provides an inclusive alternative for customers and events catering to dietary requirements. What artwork format is required? Provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best results. Full-colour printing is standard, ensuring your branding appears vibrant on every cookie. How long does production and delivery take? Standard turnaround is 10–14 working days from artwork approval, with Australia-wide delivery. Contact Fast Confectionery for specific timelines on larger orders or seasonal campaigns. Are TimTams a popular promotional product? Absolutely. TimTams are one of Australia's most recognised and loved biscuits. A branded TimTam giveaway creates an immediate positive reaction — customers see the iconic biscuit and associate that quality with your brand. - [Promotional Dried Fruit Mix](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/promotional-healthy-snacks/promotional-dried-fruit-mix/): Why Promotional Dried Fruit Mix Work for Marketing Campaigns Health-conscious audiences increasingly expect companies to offer better-for-you alternatives at events and in gift packs. A promotional dried fruit mix delivers on that expectation while giving your logo placement on every pack. Unlike chocolate or sugar-heavy sweets, dried fruit ships year-round without temperature concerns, ensuring your custom branded dried fruit mix arrives in perfect condition. Custom Branded Dried Fruit Mix and Health-Conscious Appeal Customers want snacks they can feel good about eating. A custom branded dried fruit mix aligns your company with natural ingredients and a wholesome lifestyle. When recipients review the contents of their event bag and find a nutritious snack featuring your logo, it creates a unique positive association that processed alternatives cannot match. By choosing our apricot bites or banana chips, you showcase your commitment to wellbeing — a detail that resonates with modern audiences. Promotional Dried Fruit Mix for Events and Corporate Gifting From national conferences to local charity runs, promotional dried fruit mix is a versatile addition to any event. Corporate gifting hampers also benefit from a unique, health-forward snack that customers genuinely enjoy rather than discard. Our strawberry yoghurt balls combine freeze-dried strawberry with yoghurt for a memorable taste experience — packed in a cello bag with a full-colour sticker. Cost-Effective Bulk Dried Fruit Mix for Lasting Impressions Our bulk dried fruit mix options start from $1.23 per unit at higher quantities, making them a cost-effective way to reach a wide audience whether you need 100 units or 5,000. When people review the perceived value of a delicious snack against a disposable pen, the snack wins. A dried fruit mix is consumed mindfully, keeping your brand front of mind for those memorable few minutes. Personalised Dried Fruit Mix With Your Logo Every product in our personalised dried fruit mix range features your logo, artwork and message in full colour. Whether you opt for a sticker label or direct-print bag, the result is a polished look that customers notice immediately. Our design team will refine artwork files and prepare print-ready layouts at no extra charge. Upload your logo online when you place your order and we handle the rest. This process ensures the details of your artwork are reproduced accurately. You can also showcase a tagline, QR code or event hashtag on the packaging — a unique way to drive online engagement from a physical product. Custom Dried Fruit Mix — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Dried Fruit Mix Sizes and Weights We offer custom branded dried fruit mix in five convenient sizes to suit different campaign needs: 20g — Ideal for large-scale handouts and letterbox drops. 25g — A popular choice for trade show giveaways and seminar packs. 30g — Great for mid-range portions with a satisfying snack experience. 45g — Perfect for corporate gift hampers and welcome packs. 50g — A generous serve that makes a memorable standalone gift. Selecting the right size helps you balance cost per unit with impact. Promotional Dried Fruit Mix Packaging Options We offer three promotional dried fruit mix packaging formats: Cello bags with full-colour sticker — Available in 50x25mm or 38x38mm label sizes. The product can showcase itself while your branding takes centre stage. Bags with full-colour print — Artwork printed directly onto the bag for a seamless, premium finish. Resealable biodegradable tubs — A unique, eco-friendly option with a branded sticker on the lid. Branded Dried Fruit Mix Variety Options Our branded dried fruit mix range includes four tasty varieties: Strawberry Yoghurt Balls — Real freeze-dried strawberry blended with yoghurt. An indulgent treat that feels special. Apricot Bites — Sweet, chewy dried apricot pieces. A classic favourite with broad appeal. Classic Dried Fruit Mix — A colourful blend of mixed dried fruits. A crowd-pleasing option for any audience. Banana Chips — Light, crispy and naturally sweet. A fun snack that stands out. Mix and match across a single order to create a standout assortment for hampers or event bags. Corporate Dried Fruit Mix Branding Methods Two core printing methods are available for our corporate dried fruit mix products: Full-colour sticker labels — Applied to cello bags or tub lids. Full-colour direct print — Printed onto the bag itself for a seamless look. Both methods support unlimited colours and photographic images. How to Order Bulk Promotional Dried Fruit Mix Ordering bulk promotional dried fruit mix is simple: Browse the products on this page and select your preferred variety, size and packaging. Upload your logo and artwork online during checkout. Review your digital proof — we send one before production begins. Approve and we begin manufacturing your order. Minimum orders start from 100 units (250 for strawberry yoghurt balls). Volume discounts apply automatically, so the more you purchase, the more you save. Need help choosing? Explore our promotional fruit and nut bars for additional healthy snack options, or read our guide on the best choices for promotional snacks for expert tips. FAQ — Personalised Dried Fruit Mix What varieties are available in your personalised dried fruit mix range? We offer four popular varieties: strawberry yoghurt balls, apricot bites, classic dried fruit mix and banana chips. Each is available with full-colour custom branding on the packaging. You can order a single variety or mix and match across your campaign to give customers a unique selection of flavours. All varieties are made from natural ingredients and ship safely year-round without refrigeration. What is the minimum order quantity for custom branded dried fruit mix? Most products have a minimum order of 100 units, while strawberry yoghurt balls require 250 units. Volume pricing is available at every tier, so you receive better rates as quantities increase. Check the product pages for full pricing at each quantity break. Whether you need a small run for a targeted event or a large batch for a nationwide campaign, our flexible minimums make it easy to get started. Can I include my logo on promotional dried fruit mix packaging? Absolutely. Every product supports full-colour customisation. You can showcase your logo, tagline and artwork on sticker labels or directly printed bags. Our team will prepare artwork and send a digital proof for your review before production begins. The process is straightforward, and there is no additional charge for artwork setup, so you can be confident your finished product will look exactly as intended. How long does delivery take for bulk dried fruit mix orders? Standard turnaround is approximately two to three weeks from artwork approval. Because dried fruit has no temperature sensitivity, we ship year-round to any Australian address without special handling or cold-chain logistics. That means you can plan campaigns in summer or winter with equal confidence. Contact our team for express options if you need your order on a tighter deadline. Are the packaging options for branded dried fruit mix eco-friendly? Our resealable tub option is made from biodegradable material, making it a great choice for environmentally conscious organisations. The tub format extends logo visibility because recipients keep it on their desk for repeat snacking. Details on packaging materials are available on each product page. If sustainability is a priority for your campaign, the biodegradable tub is a standout option that aligns your message with responsible practices. Can I order a sample before committing to a bulk purchase? Yes. We encourage customers to assess product quality before placing a large order. Contact our team to arrange samples so you can review taste, texture, packaging quality and print accuracy firsthand. Seeing the finished product in person helps you make a confident purchase decision and ensures the end result meets your expectations before committing to a full production run. - [Promotional Fruit Nut Bars](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/promotional-healthy-snacks/promotional-fruit-nut-bars/): Why Promotional Fruit Nut Bars Work for Marketing Campaigns Promotional fruit nut bars tap into the growing demand for healthier snack options. When your customers receive a branded snack that is both delicious and nutritious, the positive association with your business is immediate and memorable. Unlike generic giveaways that end up in the bin, a quality fruit nut bar gets eaten and enjoyed, ensuring your logo is seen and appreciated right up to the last bite. With only a minimum order of 100 units, custom branded fruit nut bars are accessible for businesses of all sizes. They ship year-round without temperature concerns, so you can plan campaigns well in advance. This practicality, paired with genuine health appeal, makes them one of the smartest promotional snack investments available online. Custom Branded Fruit Nut Bars and Health-Conscious Appeal Today's customers increasingly favour companies that align with their wellness values. By choosing custom branded fruit nut bars as your promotional product, you signal that your organisation cares about quality and wellbeing. Both products in our range carry the Healthy Option designation, giving recipients a snack they can feel good about. The Sesame Nut Bar is Australian Made, offering a unique selling point for campaigns that showcase local provenance. The Promotional Muesli Bar features a Carman's bar — a trusted, recognised Australian brand — wrapped in your own full-colour custom sleeve. Either option delivers a delicious experience your audience will remember. Promotional Fruit Nut Bars for Events and Corporate Gifting Trade shows, conferences and corporate gift packs are ideal settings for promotional fruit nut bars. Their compact size makes them easy to slip into welcome bags, hand out at registration desks or include in hampers. Because they are not temperature sensitive, you can store them on-site without refrigeration, reducing logistics headaches on event day. For corporate gifting, a personalised fruit nut bar adds a thoughtful, health-conscious touch. Customers and clients appreciate receiving a unique snack rather than yet another pen or lanyard. Review your upcoming events calendar and consider how a custom fruit nut bar could elevate each touchpoint with your audience. Cost-Effective Bulk Fruit Nut Bars for Lasting Impressions Ordering in bulk keeps per-unit costs low, with prices starting from as little as $2.03 for the Sesame Nut Bar at the 5,000-unit tier. Even at the entry-level quantity of 100 units, you receive a fully personalised, memorable product ready for distribution. The Promotional Muesli Bar with Sleeve ranges from $3.74 down to $2.71 at 2,500 units, making it a premium yet affordable option. When you purchase custom branded fruit nut bars in larger volumes, the savings are significant. Review the pricing tiers for each product to find the quantity that aligns with your budget and campaign goals. Bulk ordering also ensures you have stock on hand for multiple events throughout the year. Personalised Fruit Nut Bars With Your Logo Adding your logo and artwork to these snacks is straightforward. The Sesame Nut Bar comes in a clear cello bag with a full-colour printed sticker, available in multiple sizes including 50x40mm, 50x30mm, 38mm round, 45mm round, 33mm square, 50mm square and a 60x40mm oval. This variety lets you showcase your design in the format that best suits your logo. The Promotional Muesli Bar with Sleeve uses a 210gsm cardboard sleeve printed in full colour, measuring 119mm wide by 98mm high. This sleeve wraps around the Carman's bar, giving you a generous canvas to display your details, messaging and artwork. Both methods produce a professional, personalised finish that customers notice immediately. If you need guidance on which method suits your campaign, our team can help you review the options. Visit our guide on how to choose promotional confectionery for additional details and tips. Custom Fruit Nut Bars — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Fruit Nut Bars Sizes and Weights The Sesame Nut Bar weighs 25 grams and measures approximately 55mm wide by 40mm high by 20mm thick, ideal for giveaways where portability matters. The Promotional Muesli Bar uses a standard Carman's bar, which is a familiar, satisfying single-serve size. Both options offer a convenient, snackable portion that recipients can enjoy on the go. Promotional Fruit Nut Bars Packaging Options Packaging differs between the two products. The sesame nut bar arrives individually wrapped in a clear cello bag, letting the product remain visible — a unique detail that adds to shelf appeal. The muesli bar is enclosed in its original Carman's wrapper, then finished with your custom-printed cardboard sleeve. Each style is neat, hygienic and ready for distribution. Branded Fruit Nut Bars Product Options With two distinct products in this category, you can tailor your selection to match your campaign tone. The Australian Made sesame nut bar suits organisations that want to highlight local manufacturing and a wholesome, artisan feel. The Carman's muesli bar leverages an established, well-loved name, adding instant credibility and a delicious association to your giveaway. Review both options to determine which resonates best with your target audience. Corporate Fruit Nut Bars Branding Methods Both products use full-colour printing, ensuring your corporate colours and logo appear vivid and accurate. The sticker option on the sesame bar offers flexibility with seven sticker shapes and sizes. The cardboard sleeve on the muesli bar provides a larger surface for your artwork. Whichever method you choose, the result is a polished, branded product that feels premium in the hands of your customers. How to Order Bulk Promotional Fruit Nut Bars Ordering custom branded fruit nut bars online through FastConfectionery.com.au is simple. Select the product that suits your campaign, choose your quantity tier, and upload your artwork. Our team will prepare a digital proof for your review before production begins. Once approved, your order is produced and dispatched promptly. Both products have a minimum order of 100 units. The sesame bar is available in runs of 100, 250, 500, 1,000, 2,000 and 5,000 units, while the muesli bar offers tiers of 100, 250, 500, 1,000 and 2,500. For specific requirements outside these tiers, reach out for a tailored solution. If you are exploring other healthy promotional snack options, consider our range of promotional protein balls for another health-focused giveaway. FAQ — Personalised Fruit Nut Bars What is the minimum order for personalised fruit nut bars? Both products have a minimum order of 100 units, making them accessible for campaigns of any scale. Are these promotional fruit nut bars suitable for year-round distribution? Yes. Neither product is temperature sensitive, so you can purchase stock in advance and distribute custom branded fruit nut bars at any time of year without concern for melting or spoilage. What branding options are available for corporate fruit nut bars? The Sesame Nut Bar features a full-colour sticker on a clear cello bag with seven shape and size options. The Promotional Muesli Bar with Sleeve includes a full-colour printed cardboard sleeve. Both deliver a professional, branded finish. Can I review a proof before my order goes into production? Absolutely. Once you submit your artwork and details online, our team prepares a digital proof for you to review and approve before production commences. This ensures your custom branded fruit nut bars look exactly as intended. Which product should I choose for my campaign? If you want an Australian Made credential and a unique artisan snack, the sesame nut bar is an excellent choice. If you prefer the credibility of a well-known name, the Carman's muesli bar with your custom sleeve is a trusted option. Consider your campaign goals and audience to decide which fits best. - [Personalised Fortune Cookies](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/promotional-healthy-snacks/personalised-fortune-cookies/): Why Personalised Fortune Cookies Work for Marketing Campaigns Fortune cookies have always carried a sense of surprise and delight. When you add your own messaging and tailored inserts, that moment of curiosity becomes a direct connection between your business and your audience. Custom branded fortune cookies transform an everyday confectionery item into a unique promotional asset that people genuinely enjoy receiving. Unlike flyers or business cards that are quickly discarded, a personalised fortune cookie invites recipients to engage, crack open the shell and discover what is inside. Custom Branded Fortune Cookies and Emotional Appeal The beauty of custom branded fortune cookies lies in the emotional response they trigger. When a customer receives a beautifully packaged cookie with your logo on the sticker and a thoughtful message inside, it creates a memorable moment tied to your company. Fortune cookies amplify this effect because they combine the pleasure of a delicious treat with the fun of a personalised message. You can use motivational quotes, discount codes or personalised thank-you notes to make each cookie feel special and unique. Promotional Fortune Cookies for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional fortune cookies are a versatile choice for events ranging from conferences and exhibitions to weddings and milestone celebrations. At corporate events, they serve as conversation starters that present your company in an approachable way. Hand them out at your trade show booth, include them in welcome bags for conference delegates or use them as table favours at a corporate dinner. For internal events, personalised fortune cookies can carry motivational messages, announce company news or celebrate team achievements. Cost-Effective Bulk Fortune Cookies for Lasting Impressions Ordering in bulk is where personalised fortune cookies truly shine from a budget perspective. Our standard custom fortune cookies start from $2.32 per unit at higher quantities, making them one of the most affordable promotional confectionery options available. Even premium chocolate-dipped varieties with corporate-colour sprinkles remain cost-effective when you purchase in volume. When you review the per-unit pricing across our range, it becomes clear that scaling up delivers significant savings. For businesses planning ongoing campaigns, bulk ordering ensures you always have on-trend treats ready to distribute to customers. Branded Fortune Cookies With Your Logo For the ultimate in visibility, our Branded Fortune Cookies (FCCPCK08) feature an edible image of your logo printed directly onto the cookie itself. This is not just a sticker on the bag — your identity is baked into the product. Each 10g chocolate-dipped cookie is finished with sprinkles in your corporate colours and wrapped in a clear cello bag with a custom 30mm round or 30x30mm square sticker. When customers open the bag, they see your logo on the cookie before they even read the personalised message inside. Review this option if you want the most visually impressive custom branded fortune cookies in our range, perfect for high-profile events where you need to showcase your business. Custom Fortune Cookies — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Our personalised fortune cookies range covers everything from standard treats to oversized showpieces. Below is a breakdown so you can review the options and find the right fit for your next campaign. Custom Branded Fortune Cookies Sizes and Weights We offer four distinct sizes. The standard Custom Fortune Cookies and Flavoured Fortune Cookies each weigh 8g, delivering a satisfying snack-sized treat. The Choc Dipped Sprinkle and Branded Fortune Cookies come in at 10g, slightly larger thanks to their chocolate coating and sprinkle finish. For an unforgettable statement piece, the Giant Fortune Cookies weigh 100g — roughly ten times the standard size — with dimensions of 144 x 140 x 105mm. These oversized cookies are ideal when you want a high-impact gift that leaves a lasting impression. Promotional Fortune Cookies Packaging Options Every promotional fortune cookie is individually sealed in a clear cello bag, keeping the product fresh and presentable. The transparent packaging lets the cookie and any chocolate or sprinkle finish remain visible, highlighting quality at first glance. Giant Fortune Cookies include an A5-size message slip (210 x 148mm), giving you generous space for a custom message or artwork. Standard-size cookies carry messages on a 70 x 15mm paper insert, with room for up to five different custom messages per order. Personalised Fortune Cookies Flavour Options All standard personalised fortune cookies are made with a classic vanilla base, delivering a light and delicious biscuit that appeals to a wide audience. If you want something different, our Flavoured Fortune Cookies (FCCPCK06) are available in twelve varieties: Apple, Banana, Chocolate, Coffee, Cinnamon, Lemon, Orange, Strawberry, Mint, Mango, Kiwi Fruit and Passionfruit. Each flavour produces a differently coloured cookie, adding a vibrant visual element to your display. Mixing flavours across a large order is a unique way to create an eye-catching spread at events. Corporate Fortune Cookies Branding Methods Customising your corporate fortune cookies is straightforward. The primary method is a full-colour 30mm round sticker applied to the outside of the cello bag, featuring your logo, tagline or event details. Some products also support a 30x30mm square sticker. Beyond the external sticker, every cookie contains a printed paper insert carrying your custom messages. For the Branded Fortune Cookies range, you also get an edible image printed onto the cookie surface. To get started, simply upload your artwork here and our team will handle the rest. How to Order Bulk Personalised Fortune Cookies Ordering custom branded fortune cookies online through FastConfectionery.com.au is a simple process. Start by selecting the product that best suits your campaign from the options on this page. Review the minimum order quantities — these range from 25 units for Giant Fortune Cookies up to 500 units for Flavoured Fortune Cookies. Once you have chosen your product, upload your logo, sticker design and custom messages through our portal. Our team will review your files and send a digital proof for approval before production begins. Turnaround times and delivery details are confirmed at the time of purchase. For more ideas on using confectionery at events, visit our guide to confectionery for events. You might also explore our promotional bite-sized treats for additional options that pair well with fortune cookies. FAQ — Custom Fortune Cookies How many custom messages can I include in my personalised fortune cookies? Standard and flavoured fortune cookies allow up to five different messages per order on a 70 x 15mm paper insert. Giant Fortune Cookies carry a single custom message on a large A5-size slip. What is the minimum order for branded fortune cookies? Minimum order quantities vary by product. Custom Fortune Cookies and the Branded Fortune Cookies range require a minimum of 250 units. Choc Dipped Sprinkle Fortune Cookies start at 100 units, Giant Fortune Cookies at 25 units and Flavoured Fortune Cookies at 500 units. Larger orders unlock lower per-unit pricing. Can I get my logo printed on the actual cookie? Yes. Our Branded Fortune Cookies (FCCPCK08) feature an edible image of your logo printed directly onto the cookie surface. This unique option goes beyond standard sticker methods and is ideal for businesses that want to showcase their identity in a delicious way. Are the fortune cookies suitable for corporate events? Absolutely. Personalised fortune cookies are one of the most popular corporate confectionery choices for trade shows, conferences and product launches. Their compact size, individual wrapping and customisable messaging make them a practical giveaway that recipients will enjoy. How do I submit my artwork and branding details? Upload your logo, sticker artwork and message content through our artwork submission portal. Our production team will review your files and provide a proof before manufacturing begins. - [Promotional Nuts](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/promotional-healthy-snacks/promotional-nuts/): Why Promotional Nuts Work for Marketing Campaigns Nuts are one of the most universally appreciated snack foods in Australia. They are portable, shelf-stable and suitable for a wide range of dietary preferences, making them an outstanding vehicle for promotional marketing. Unlike giveaway items that end up forgotten in a drawer, custom branded nuts are consumed and enjoyed, keeping your logo front and centre during a genuinely pleasant experience. That positive association between your company and a delicious snack is what turns a simple handout into a memorable touchpoint. Custom Branded Nuts and Healthy Appeal Health-conscious snacking continues to grow across every demographic. Customers today actively seek better-for-you options, and promotional nuts align perfectly with that demand. Every product in this category is listed as a healthy option, which means your logo is associated with wellbeing rather than empty calories. Offering custom branded nuts at a wellness expo, gym launch or health-focused corporate event sends a clear message: your organisation cares about quality. Options such as raw almonds, premium trail mix and fruit and nut mix reinforce that health-forward positioning while still tasting delicious. Promotional Nuts for Events and Corporate Gifting From annual conferences to end-of-year client thank-you packages, promotional nuts suit virtually any occasion. Compact 20g and 25g bags are ideal for high-volume events where you need to reach as many attendees as possible. For more intimate corporate gifting, consider the premium pull cans or the Australian-made dark chocolate almond bar, which delivers a unique, luxurious unboxing experience. Pairing nuts with dried fruit mixes creates a well-rounded hamper that recipients will review favourably long after the event ends. Cost-Effective Bulk Nuts for Lasting Impressions Budget matters in every marketing campaign. Promotional nuts start from as little as $1.14 per unit when you order in bulk quantities of 5,000. Even at the 100-unit minimum, entry-level options sit around $2.14 per unit, accessible for small businesses and large corporations alike. Premium formats such as pull cans and biodegradable tubs cost more but deliver higher perceived value. Review your campaign goals, estimate your audience size, and choose the format that balances cost with impact. For tailored pricing, request a custom quote from our team. Personalised Nuts With Your Logo Your logo is the centrepiece of every personalised nut product we offer. Across all packaging formats, branding is applied in vibrant full colour, ensuring your artwork reproduces with sharp details and accurate tones. Bag products feature a full-colour sticker that covers a generous portion of the surface, giving you ample space to showcase your design. Pull cans use a 360-degree wrap-around wrapper, so your branding is visible from every angle. Tubs carry a sticker on the lid, and the premium chocolate bar comes with a fully custom wrapper. No matter which format you select, customers will see your logo clearly. Personalised nuts also make memorable staff rewards and onboarding gifts. A branded tub of yoghurt trail mix on a new employee's desk creates an instant welcome moment, while a pull can of salted mixed nuts in a conference swag bag adds class. The variety of branding areas means you can include taglines or campaign-specific artwork alongside your logo for a unique promotional piece. Custom Nuts — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options With more than twenty products spanning multiple formats, weights and nut varieties, this category gives you plenty of flexibility. Below is a high-level overview to help you narrow down the best option before you purchase. Custom Branded Nuts Sizes and Weights Products range from a handy 20g portion up to a substantial 100g chocolate bar. The 20g and 25g bags are perfect for bulk handouts at expos and launches. The 50g size is the most versatile, available across bags, pull cans and tubs, offering a satisfying snack that feels generous. The 100g dark chocolate almond bar sits at the premium end, ideal for high-value corporate gifts where you want to make a memorable statement. Promotional Nuts Packaging Options Three main packaging formats cover every use case. Clear cello bags are the lightest and most affordable option, featuring a full-colour sticker with multiple size choices. They fit neatly into envelopes or gift boxes. Metal ring-pull cans offer a premium, reusable container with a wrap-around branded wrapper, making them a standout desk companion that recipients keep long after the nuts are finished. Biodegradable plastic tubs balance presentation with sustainability, featuring a resealable lid and printed sticker. For an ultra-premium touch, the custom chocolate almond bar delivers a unique wrapper around Australian-made, vegan and gluten-free dark chocolate. Branded Nuts Mix and Variety Options The range includes classic salted peanuts for broad appeal, salted mixed nuts for a more upmarket feel, and fruit and nut mix for a naturally sweet twist. Bar mix adds a savoury pub-style option, while premium trail mix and yoghurt trail mix cater to health-focused customers who appreciate interesting flavour combinations. Raw almonds round out the selection for a simple, wholesome choice. This variety lets you match the nut type to your audience and campaign personality. Corporate Nuts Branding Methods All branding across the range uses full-colour printing, so there are no limits on colours, gradients or photographic elements. Bag stickers come in various dimensions to suit different bag sizes. Pull can wrappers provide a continuous printed surface around the entire circumference. Tub stickers sit prominently on the lid for instant visibility. The chocolate bar wrapper offers the largest single canvas for storytelling and visual imagery. Our team will review your artwork and provide a digital proof before production begins, so you can confirm every detail is perfect. How to Order Bulk Promotional Nuts Online Ordering custom branded nuts through FastConfectionery.com.au is straightforward. Browse the products on this page and select the format, nut type and size that suit your campaign. Each listing includes full pricing at every quantity tier, so you can review costs instantly. Upload your logo or artwork, and our design team will prepare a proof for your approval. The minimum order is 100 units across the entire range, making it easy to trial a product before committing to a larger purchase. Need inspiration for how to use promotional nuts in a wider gifting strategy? Our guide to corporate gift ideas is packed with practical suggestions. FAQ — Personalised Nuts What is the minimum order for promotional nuts? All products in this category start at a minimum of 100 units. Pricing per unit decreases as quantity increases, with the best rates at 5,000 units. Are these nuts suitable for health-conscious customers? Yes. Every product in the range is classified as a healthy option. Varieties such as raw almonds, premium trail mix and fruit and nut mix are particularly popular with health-focused audiences. Can I mix different nut types in one order? Each product is ordered separately, so you can combine multiple varieties and distribute them together. This is a great way to offer customers a unique selection at events. How is my branding applied? Branding is applied in full colour across all formats. Bags use a printed sticker, pull cans feature a wrap-around wrapper, tubs have a lid sticker, and the chocolate bar includes a custom wrapper. You will receive a proof to review before production. Which packaging is most eco-friendly? The biodegradable tubs are the most sustainable option. They are resealable and designed with environmental responsibility in mind, an excellent choice for organisations that prioritise sustainability. How long does delivery take? Turnaround times vary by product and quantity. Contact our team online for estimated delivery details specific to your order. - [Branded Popcorn](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/promotional-healthy-snacks/branded-popcorn/): Why Branded Popcorn Works for Marketing Campaigns Custom Branded Popcorn and Emotional Appeal There is a reason popcorn is associated with good times. From movie nights to family gatherings, popcorn triggers positive memories. When your customers receive a bag of custom branded popcorn bearing your logo, they instantly connect those good feelings with your brand. That emotional link is something few other promotional products can replicate. A custom popcorn bag sitting on a desk or shared in a break room becomes a talking point. Colleagues ask where it came from, and your company name enters the conversation naturally — making custom branded popcorn a uniquely powerful marketing tool. Promotional Popcorn for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional popcorn is a versatile choice for a wide range of occasions. Consider it for: Trade shows and expos — a lightweight, delicious handout that draws visitors to your stand. Corporate events and conferences — a unique personalised snack for attendees and VIP guests. Product launches — pair custom popcorn with your new release to create a talking point. Staff rewards and internal campaigns — show employees they are valued with a personalised treat. Real estate open homes and retail activations — a low-cost giveaway that leaves a memorable impression. Cost-Effective Bulk Popcorn for Lasting Impressions One of the strongest advantages of promotional popcorn is the price point. With per-unit costs starting from as little as $1.37 for buttered popcorn and $1.53 for caramel popcorn at higher quantities, this is a promotional product that fits within most marketing budgets. Even at smaller quantities, the cost per impression remains low when you consider how many people see and interact with each bag. When you review the numbers, bulk branded popcorn consistently outperforms many traditional promotional items on both cost and engagement. Personalised Popcorn With Your Logo Your logo is the visual anchor of your brand, and personalised popcorn gives it a unique stage. Every bag in our range is customised using a full-colour printed sticker applied directly to the clear cello packaging. This means your customers see both your professional design and the delicious product inside — a combination that builds trust and appetite simultaneously. Sticker sizes vary by product, giving you flexibility in how much detail you include. Smaller bags suit a compact logo and tagline, while larger bags accommodate elaborate artwork. You can showcase your colours or a campaign-specific design to keep things fresh. Simply upload your files and our team will review your design to ensure it prints beautifully on the sticker format you choose. The result is a polished, personalised popcorn bag that looks every bit as good as it tastes. Custom Popcorn — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Popcorn Sizes and Weights We offer custom popcorn in a range of sizes to suit every occasion and budget: 15g Caramel Popcorn — a bite-sized treat, perfect for high-volume giveaways with a minimum order of just 100 units. 20g Buttered Popcorn — a compact snack bag ideal for events where you want maximum reach. Minimum order 500 units. 30g Buttered or Caramel Popcorn — the mid-range option balancing portion size with cost. Available from 100 units (caramel) or 500 units (buttered). 50g Buttered Popcorn — a generous portion that makes a strong impression. Minimum order 250 units. 100g Microwave Popcorn — an unpopped bag recipients take home and prepare fresh, extending the promotional experience into their kitchen. Minimum order 250 units. Promotional Popcorn Packaging Options All pre-popped promotional popcorn arrives in clear cello bags, letting the product speak for itself while your custom sticker commands attention. Bag dimensions range from the compact 65mm x 85mm caramel bags to the larger 140mm x 270mm buttered popcorn bags. The microwave popcorn line offers a different format with white or blue custom bags measuring 180mm x 95mm. These bags carry a 125mm x 80mm sticker, providing generous space for your branding and promotional messaging. Branded Popcorn Flavour Options Our popcorn range includes two delicious flavour profiles to suit different tastes: Buttered Popcorn is the classic choice — golden, lightly salted and rich with butter flavour. Ingredients include popcorn (67%), vegetable oil, salt, butter flavour and beta carotene. This option has a shelf life of five months and is made to order. Caramel Popcorn offers a sweet, crunchy alternative that people love. With a nine-month shelf life, it is an excellent choice when you need stock on hand for multiple events. Please note it contains wheat and soy. Both flavours are packed in a facility that handles nuts. Corporate Popcorn Branding Methods Every bag is finished with a full-colour printed sticker, giving you complete creative freedom. Sticker options range from compact 50mm x 40mm labels to larger 125mm x 80mm formats. This method ensures vibrant, eye-catching results that showcase your corporate identity with precision. The sticker-on-bag approach also means quick turnaround times, as there are no custom-printed bags to manufacture. Your unique artwork is printed, applied and dispatched efficiently — ideal for time-sensitive campaigns. How to Order Bulk Branded Popcorn Online Ordering custom branded popcorn from FastConfectionery.com.au is straightforward: Review the range — browse the products on this page and select the size, flavour and quantity that suit your campaign goals. Prepare your artwork — create your logo or design to the sticker dimensions listed for your chosen product. Our team can help with layout guidance. Submit your order online — add your chosen popcorn to the cart and complete the purchase through our secure checkout. Upload your artwork — after placing your order, upload your files so our team can review and prepare them for print. Receive and distribute — your custom branded popcorn is made to order and shipped directly to you. Inspect your order on arrival and start handing out irresistible treats to your audience. For guidance on choosing the right promotional snack, read our blog post on the best choices for promotional snacks. FAQ — Promotional Popcorn What is the minimum order for promotional popcorn? Minimum orders vary by product. Caramel popcorn bags start from just 100 units, while buttered popcorn bags require a minimum of 250 or 500 units depending on the size. How is custom branded popcorn packaged? All pre-popped popcorn comes in clear cello bags with a full-colour custom sticker applied. Microwave popcorn is supplied in white or blue bags. The clear packaging lets customers see the product while your branding takes centre stage. What is the shelf life of promotional popcorn? Buttered popcorn has a shelf life of five months and is made to order. Caramel popcorn lasts up to nine months, giving you more flexibility for ongoing campaigns and events. Does promotional popcorn contain allergens? All popcorn products are packed in a facility that handles nuts. Caramel popcorn also contains wheat and soy. Ingredient details are available on each product page for your customers to review. Can I order different flavours in the same shipment? You can mix buttered and caramel popcorn within a single order. Each product has its own minimum order quantity, so review the requirements before placing your order. How long does production and delivery take? Production times depend on order size and demand. Once your artwork is approved, your popcorn is made to order and dispatched promptly. Contact our team for a timeline. Is promotional popcorn a healthy snack option? Popcorn is widely regarded as a lighter snack choice, and all products in this range are classified under our healthy options. It is a unique and memorable alternative to confectionery giveaways that your customers will genuinely enjoy. - [Promotional Protein Balls](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/promotional-healthy-snacks/promotional-protein-balls/): Why Custom Branded Protein Balls Work for Marketing Campaigns Promotional Protein Balls — Health-Conscious Appeal and Brand Connection Today's customers are more health-conscious than ever. Handing out custom branded protein balls signals that your organisation shares their values around wellness and mindful eating. Made from real ingredients like dates, cashews, cacao and coconut, these delicious treats create a positive brand association that ordinary confectionery cannot match. The 12g Protein Balls are proudly Australian-made by Wallies Lollies — gluten free, dairy free, vegan, protein enriched and with no added sugars. The 50g range from Confectionery Corner carries a Healthy Option designation, reinforcing the quality message your organisation deserves. Custom Protein Balls for Events and Corporate Gifting Custom branded protein balls suit a wide range of corporate occasions. Their unique health positioning makes them a memorable choice for: Corporate wellness programs and health initiatives Trade shows, expos and exhibitions Conferences and seminar delegate bags Client appreciation gifts and thank-you packs Product launches and promotional activations Staff rewards and employee recognition programs Protein balls pair well with other promotional nuts and healthy snack options when building curated gift hampers for customers. Branded Protein Balls — Practical and Cost-Effective Year-Round Branded protein balls offer outstanding practicality. The compact 12g size fits easily into conference bags, letterboxes and desk drawers, while the 50g bag makes a more substantial gift. Unlike chocolate-based products, protein balls ship safely in all weather conditions — a dependable choice for year-round distribution across Australia. Bulk pricing delivers real savings. The 12g option starts at $1.56 per unit for 1,000 and drops to $1.37 at 2,500 units. The 50g format starts at $6.43 per unit for 100 and falls to $4.83 at 5,000 units. Personalised Protein Balls With Your Logo Fast Confectionery offers two distinct branding methods for personalised protein balls, each designed to showcase your logo effectively. The 12g Protein Balls feature a one-colour print directly on the cello bag. The print area measures 35mm x 25mm on a bag sized 45mm W x 65mm H. Choose from Blue, Black, Red or Green print colours. This method is ideal for high-volume campaigns where customers see your logo on every individually wrapped piece. The 50g Promotional Protein Balls come in a personalised cello bag finished with a full-colour sticker or tag. This option allows detailed artwork, multi-colour logos and photographic imagery, giving you creative freedom to make each piece unique and memorable. Review both options to determine which suits your campaign objectives. For corporate bulk supply, submit your artwork through our artwork submission page and our team will prepare a digital proof for your approval. Whether you need a small run for a targeted event or a large order for an ongoing wellness initiative, personalised protein balls let your logo do the talking. Custom Protein Balls — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Protein Ball Sizes and Weights Our promotional protein balls are available in two convenient sizes: 12g individually wrapped protein ball — A compact, single-serve format perfect for high-volume distribution at events, in conference bags or as desk drops 50g protein balls in cello bag — A more generous portion ideal for premium gifting, client appreciation or wellness hamper inclusions Both sizes offer excellent value for bulk purchase across a range of quantity tiers. Promotional Protein Ball Flavours and Ingredients Every protein ball in our range is crafted from naturally sourced ingredients. Berry Cashew and Cacao (12g): A delicious blend of Dates, Cashews, Cacao, Cranberries and Coconut. This flavour balances chocolatey depth with fruity sweetness — gluten free, dairy free, vegan and protein enriched with no added sugars. The 50g range offers three flavour options: Cashew Caramel — Natural cashew sweetness creates a caramel-like richness Coconut Macadamia — Tropical and nutty with a uniquely Australian character Peanut — A classic, crowd-pleasing flavour with robust nuttiness For broad appeal, Berry Cashew and Cacao and Peanut are dependable choices. Branded Protein Ball Packaging Options Individually Wrapped Cello Bag (12g) The 12g protein ball arrives in its own cello bag, keeping the product fresh and hygienic. The bag measures 45mm W x 65mm H — compact enough for letterbox drops, conference bags and bulk handouts. Branded Cello Bag with Sticker or Tag (50g) The 50g protein balls are packaged in a cello bag finished with either a full-colour sticker or a custom tag — suitable for premium corporate gifts and curated hampers. Corporate Protein Ball Branding Methods Two printing methods are available depending on the product you select: One-colour print (12g) — Direct print on the cello bag in Blue, Black, Red or Green. Print area is 35mm x 25mm. Full-colour sticker or tag (50g) — A vibrant, full-colour label or tag applied to the cello bag. Supports detailed logos, multiple colours and photographic artwork. How to Order Bulk Promotional Protein Balls Ordering custom branded protein balls online from Fast Confectionery is straightforward: Select your product — Choose between the 12g Protein Balls or the 50g Promotional Protein Balls Choose your quantity — Minimum order is 1,000 units for the 12g option or 100 units for the 50g option Upload your artwork — Provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format Approve your digital proof — Review your personalised design before production begins Production and delivery — Your order is produced and shipped Australia-wide Bulk pricing tiers are displayed on each product page. Customers who purchase larger quantities receive significant per-unit savings. For inspiration on how to distribute treats to your team, review our guide on staff confectionery ideas. FAQ — Personalised Protein Balls What is the minimum order for custom branded protein balls? The 12g individually wrapped Protein Balls require a minimum order of 1,000 units, priced from $1.56 each. The 50g Promotional Protein Balls have a lower minimum of just 100 units at $6.43 each. Both options offer tiered pricing that rewards larger orders with better per-unit rates. Review the product pages above for full pricing details. Are promotional protein balls suitable for people with dietary requirements? The 12g Protein Balls are gluten free, dairy free, vegan and protein enriched with no added sugars. The 50g range is classified as a Healthy Option. However, all products contain tree nuts or peanuts, so they are not suitable for individuals with nut allergies. What artwork format is needed for branded protein ball packaging? For the best results, provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format. The 12g option uses a one-colour print in Blue, Black, Red or Green. The 50g option supports full-colour artwork on the sticker or tag. Our team will prepare a digital proof for you to review and approve before production begins. Do custom protein balls ship safely in warm weather across Australia? Yes. Unlike chocolate-based confectionery, protein balls are made from natural ingredients that are resilient to temperature changes. They ship safely year-round across all Australian states and territories, making them a dependable promotional product for campaigns that run through the warmer months. Can I include personalised protein balls in a corporate gift hamper? Absolutely. Many of our customers order promotional protein balls as part of a larger corporate hamper or wellness gift pack. They pair well with promotional nuts, dried fruit mixes and other healthy snacks — a cost-effective way to make a lasting impression on clients and staff alike. How quickly are bulk promotional protein ball orders produced? As a general guide, allow two to three weeks from artwork approval to dispatch. For time-sensitive campaigns, contact our team to discuss expedited options. Submit your artwork as early as possible online to ensure your custom protein balls arrive before your event date. - [Promotional Rice Crackers](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/promotional-healthy-snacks/promotional-rice-crackers/): Why Promotional Rice Crackers Work for Marketing Campaigns Custom Branded Rice Crackers — A Memorable Savoury Choice When customers receive a promotional snack that feels different from the usual chocolate or lolly giveaway, it creates a stronger connection. Custom branded rice crackers stand out precisely because they offer something unique. The savoury crunch and lighter profile make them a delicious option that recipients genuinely enjoy. Every bag carries your full-colour logo, so each time someone reaches for a snack, your identity is front and centre. This thoughtful approach to gifting builds positive associations and reinforces your company identity in a way that generic treats simply cannot match. Promotional Rice Crackers for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional rice crackers suit a broad range of occasions where you want to make a memorable impression. Their compact packaging and lightweight design make distribution effortless, no matter the setting. Trade shows and exhibitions Corporate conferences and seminars Product launches and activations Employee wellness programs and onboarding packs Retail sampling campaigns and pop-up shops Community fundraisers and charity events Because both rice crackers and peanut crackers carry the Healthy Option designation, they are especially effective at wellness expos and health-focused corporate events where your audience values nutritious choices. Bulk Promotional Rice Crackers — Practical and Cost-Effective Ordering custom branded rice crackers in bulk delivers outstanding value. Unit pricing drops significantly as quantities increase — customers ordering 5,000 units can save over 40 percent compared with the 100-unit rate. The cello bag packaging is sturdy yet lightweight, keeping shipping costs low and ensuring your snacks arrive in perfect condition. With a generous shelf life and compact dimensions, promotional rice crackers are easy to store and distribute over time. This combination of affordability and high perceived value ensures your campaign leaves a lasting impression without stretching the budget. Personalised Rice Crackers With Your Logo Fast Confectionery makes it easy to showcase your brand on personalised rice crackers. Every bag features a full-colour sticker applied directly to the front of the cello packaging, transforming a standard snack into a unique promotional tool. For the 20g rice crackers, the sticker measures 65mm H x 85mm W, covering the entire front face of the bag. The 40g rice crackers carry a larger 85mm H x 95mm W sticker for even greater visual impact. Both formats allow you to display your logo, tagline or campaign-specific artwork in vibrant, full-colour detail. The branded peanut cracker bags offer additional flexibility with seven sticker shape options: 50x40mm, 50x30mm, 38mm round, 45mm round, 33mm square, 50mm square and 60x40mm oval. This means you can select the layout that best complements your corporate identity. Whether you need a circular logo placement or a wider rectangular design, there is a format to suit. All stickers are printed in full colour, ensuring your design looks professional and memorable on every bag you distribute. Custom Rice Crackers — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Rice Cracker Sizes and Weights Fast Confectionery stocks promotional rice crackers and peanut crackers in four sizes to suit different campaign needs: 20g rice crackers (65mm x 85mm bag) — ideal for high-volume giveaways and conference bags 40g rice crackers (85mm x 95mm bag) — a more substantial serve for premium gifting 25g peanut crackers with toasted corn — a compact, flavourful option for variety packs 50g peanut crackers with toasted corn — a generous portion for standalone promotional gifts Promotional Rice Cracker Packaging Options Cello Bags All custom branded rice crackers and peanut crackers are supplied in clear cello bags, bulk packed for easy handling and distribution. The transparent packaging lets recipients see the product inside, while your full-colour sticker provides a professional finish. Cello bags are lightweight, durable and food-safe, making them practical for events where you need to hand out large quantities quickly. Branded Rice Cracker Variety Options The range includes two distinct product types. Classic rice crackers are a delicious, crispy savoury snack with broad appeal — suitable for nearly any audience. Peanut crackers with toasted corn add a nuttier, more indulgent flavour profile for those who want something different. Mixing both varieties in a single promotional order lets you create a unique snack offering that caters to diverse tastes. Many buyers combine sizes and varieties to build custom hamper packs for promotional healthy snack bundles. Corporate Rice Cracker Branding Methods All products in this category use a single, effective branding method: a full-colour sticker applied to the cello bag. This approach delivers vibrant, high-resolution reproduction of your logo and corporate colours. The sticker is the centrepiece of each bag, ensuring your message is impossible to miss. How to Order Bulk Promotional Rice Crackers Select your product — review the range above and choose from rice crackers or peanut crackers in your preferred size Choose your quantity — minimum order is 100 units, with pricing tiers at 250, 500, 1,000, 2,500 and 5,000 units Upload your artwork — provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best print quality via our artwork submission page Approve your digital proof — review your personalised design before production begins to ensure every detail is correct Production and delivery — your order is produced and shipped Australia-wide, so you can plan your campaign with confidence Bulk purchase pricing improves at every tier. For example, the 20g promotional rice crackers start at $2.23 per unit for 100 bags and drop to just $1.26 at 5,000 units. Browse the product pages online for full pricing details across all sizes and varieties. FAQ — Custom Branded Rice Crackers What is the minimum order for promotional rice crackers? The minimum order across all custom branded rice crackers and peanut crackers is 100 units. This accessible threshold means customers can purchase a trial batch to review before committing to a larger campaign. Pricing per unit decreases at each quantity tier — 250, 500, 1,000, 2,500 and 5,000 — so you benefit from better rates as your order volume grows. What artwork format is required for custom branded rice cracker stickers? For the best results, provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format. Full-colour printing is standard, ensuring your branding appears sharp and vibrant on every bag. Our design team will review your file and confirm it meets specifications before production starts. Are promotional rice crackers a healthy snack option? Yes. Both the rice cracker and peanut cracker products carry the Healthy Option designation, making them a delicious guilt-free alternative to sugar-based confectionery. Choosing a health-conscious promotional snack signals to recipients that your organisation values their wellbeing, which strengthens brand perception and creates a memorable, positive experience. Can I mix rice crackers and branded peanut crackers in one order? Absolutely. Each product is ordered separately online, so customers can tailor quantities of each variety to their needs. Mixing rice crackers with peanut crackers creates a unique savoury snack selection that adds variety to event hampers and showcase displays. Read more about effective confectionery sampling strategies to make the most of your giveaway mix. Do you ship custom branded rice crackers Australia-wide? Yes. Fast Confectionery ships all promotional rice crackers and peanut crackers to every state and territory across Australia. Order online and our team handles the rest — packaging protects each product during transit, ensuring your snacks arrive in perfect condition and ready to distribute at your next event or campaign. How quickly can I receive my personalised rice cracker order? Standard production turnaround is 10 to 14 working days from artwork approval. Once your proof is confirmed, our team moves your order into production and arranges delivery. For time-sensitive campaigns, contact us early so we can review your timeline and ensure your custom branded rice crackers arrive on schedule. - [Promotional Soya Crisps](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/promotional-healthy-snacks/promotional-soya-crisps/): Why Promotional Soya Crisps Work for Marketing Campaigns Custom Branded Soya Crisps — Emotional Appeal and Brand Connection When customers receive a snack that reflects thoughtfulness and quality, they form a positive association with the brand behind it. Custom branded soya crisps deliver exactly that — a delicious, savoury treat that feels considered rather than generic. Choosing a plant-based promotional product signals that your organisation cares about more than just visibility. Soya crisps stand apart from the usual confectionery giveaways. Their high-protein, lower-fat profile resonates with health-conscious recipients, creating a unique positive connection that sugary alternatives cannot match. Promotional Soya Crisps for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional soya crisps suit a broad range of corporate occasions. Their compact packaging and broad appeal make them versatile for any event or gifting scenario. Trade shows and industry exhibitions Corporate conferences and training days Wellness expos and health-focused activations Product launches and activation events Employee welcome packs and staff appreciation gifts For inspiration on maximising your presence at exhibitions, review our guide on trade show sweets and promotional snacks. Bulk Promotional Soya Crisps — Practical and Cost-Effective Ordering promotional soya crisps in bulk offers excellent value. The 25g option starts from $2.47 per unit at 100 bags and drops to $1.36 at 5,000 units. The 40g bags start at $3.14 and reduce to $1.90 at the highest tier. Lightweight cello bag packaging keeps distribution simple. Whether you are handing them out at a busy expo stand or tucking them into delegate packs, these compact snacks are easy to manage. Each bag delivers a lasting impression because your full-colour artwork is the first thing recipients see. Personalised Soya Crisps With Your Logo Fast Confectionery makes it straightforward to turn standard soya crisp bags into personalised promotional products featuring your logo. Every bag is finished with a full-colour sticker measuring 85mm high by 95mm wide, covering the entire front face of the cello packaging. This generous print area gives you space to showcase your logo, tagline, campaign graphics or a QR code. The full-colour printing process reproduces your artwork in vivid detail. Customers ordering custom branded soya crisps receive a digital proof before production begins, allowing you to review every detail and confirm your design is right. For corporate buyers who need large volumes, personalised soya crisps scale from 100 units to 5,000 or more. All orders ship Australia-wide, ensuring your personalised snacks arrive on time regardless of location. Custom Soya Crisps — Sizes, Packaging and Branding Options Custom Branded Soya Crisp Sizes and Weights Two sizes are available in the promotional soya crisps range, letting customers choose the option that best suits their campaign and budget: 25g Branded Soya Crisps — a compact, lighter serve ideal for high-volume giveaways, conference bags and trade show handouts 40g Promotional Soya Crisps — a more substantial portion perfect for corporate gift hampers, welcome packs and premium events Both sizes share identical product dimensions of 85mm x 95mm, keeping packaging consistent across your order. Promotional Soya Crisp Packaging Options All promotional soya crisps are supplied in clear cello bags that are bulk packed for efficient distribution. Each bag features a full-colour sticker applied to the front face, transforming a simple snack bag into a custom promotional tool. Cello Bag Packaging The cello bag format is lightweight, durable and food-safe. It provides a clear window to the product inside while your full-colour sticker dominates the front. The bags are bulk packed, making them easy to store, transport and distribute at events. Branded Soya Crisps as a Healthy Savoury Option Both the 25g and 40g soya crisps carry the Healthy Option designation, confirming their status as a better-for-you promotional snack. Soya crisps are plant-based and naturally high in protein, offering a delicious alternative to fried potato crisps and sugary confectionery. When your company appears on a product that recipients feel good about eating, the positive association extends to your business. For event organisers who want to complement their soya crisps with another savoury option, our promotional rice crackers make an excellent pairing. Corporate Soya Crisp Branding Methods The primary branding method for custom branded soya crisps is a full-colour sticker applied to the front of each cello bag. Key details include: Full-colour sticker — 85mm x 95mm, printed in vivid colour to showcase your logo, artwork and messaging with precision Digital proof — provided before production so you can check and approve every element of your design Artwork format — supply your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the sharpest possible print result How to Order Bulk Promotional Soya Crisps Select your product — browse the range above and choose between the 25g or 40g custom branded soya crisps Choose your quantity — minimum order is 100 units, with tiered pricing at 250, 500, 1,000, 2,500 and 5,000 units Upload your artwork — provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for best results Approve your digital proof — confirm your personalised design before production begins Production and delivery — standard turnaround is 10-14 working days, with shipping Australia-wide For tailored requirements or to discuss a large order, get a custom quote and our team will provide all the details you need to finalise your purchase online. FAQ — Custom Branded Soya Crisps What is the minimum order for custom branded soya crisps? The minimum order for both the 25g and 40g promotional soya crisps is 100 units. This accessible threshold suits businesses of all sizes. Pricing per unit decreases as quantities increase, so customers ordering at higher tiers enjoy significant savings. Review the product pages above for a full breakdown at each quantity level. What artwork format is required for branded soya crisp packaging? For the best print quality, supply your logo and artwork in AI or EPS vector format. The full-colour sticker measures 85mm x 95mm, giving you a generous canvas for your design. Our team will review your file and provide a digital proof before production, so you can confirm every detail is correct before your custom branded soya crisps go to print. Are promotional soya crisps suitable for health-focused events? Yes. Both sizes carry the Healthy Option designation, confirming they are a plant-based, high-protein savoury snack. Promotional soya crisps are an excellent choice for wellness expos, corporate health initiatives and any occasion where you want to offer a delicious alternative to sugary giveaways. Recipients appreciate the thoughtful selection, creating a memorable and positive promotional experience. How long does production take for personalised soya crisp orders? Standard production turnaround is 10-14 working days from artwork approval. For time-sensitive campaigns, contact our team to discuss expedited options and confirm delivery timelines to your location anywhere in Australia. Can I order promotional soya crisps online through Fast Confectionery? Absolutely. You can browse the range, select your preferred size and quantity, and purchase online through Fast Confectionery. The ordering process is straightforward — choose your product, upload your artwork and complete checkout. For unique requirements or bulk orders exceeding standard tiers, our team is available to assist. Do custom branded soya crisps ship Australia-wide? Yes. Fast Confectionery ships all promotional soya crisps to every state and territory across Australia. Whether you are based in a capital city or a regional area, your order is carefully packed to ensure the product arrives in perfect condition. Once production is complete, you will receive shipping information so you can track your delivery and plan your campaign with confidence. - [Presentation Packaging](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/presentation-packaging/): Why Branded Presentation Packaging Works for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Packaging Presentation packaging elevates confectionery from a simple treat to a premium gift experience. When customers receive a branded jar, tin, or novelty container filled with delicious confectionery, the perceived value increases dramatically. Custom branded presentation packaging creates a unique unboxing moment that recipients remember and associate with your brand. The containers themselves become keepsake items — recipients reuse them on desks, in kitchens, and around the office. This gives your logo ongoing visibility well beyond the initial gift, making presentation packaging one of the most effective promotional product investments. Promotional Packaging for Events and Corporate Gifting Promotional presentation packaging suits a broad range of marketing and gifting scenarios. The variety of container types and sizes means there is an option for every budget and occasion. Corporate desk drops and welcome packs Trade show and exhibition giveaways Conference and seminar delegate gifts Client thank-you and appreciation gifts Christmas and seasonal gifting Product launches and brand activations Staff rewards and milestone celebrations Real estate and hospitality gifts Practical and Cost-Effective Branded Confectionery Packaging Branded presentation packaging delivers exceptional value through reusability. While a chocolate bar wrapper is discarded, a branded tin or jar stays on a desk for months — creating a lasting impression and repeated brand exposure. Bulk pricing makes even premium containers cost-effective, and the delicious confectionery fill ensures recipients genuinely enjoy the gift. Customers who purchase presentation packaging often reorder because the results are memorable and measurable. Personalised Presentation Packaging With Your Logo Every presentation packaging product from Fast Confectionery features full-colour branding to showcase your logo. The branding method varies by container type to ensure the best possible print quality and visibility. Tins and paint tins receive a full-colour digital label on the lid, giving your logo prime position. Jars and PVC buckets feature a full-colour sticker on the container body. Soda bottles and champagne bottles carry a die-cut digital label wrapped around the bottle. Tubes and canisters are branded with a full-colour sticker along the length of the container. Novelty containers including acrylic hearts, stars, dollar signs, and cubes feature a full-colour sticker on a flat surface. Select items like dispensers also offer pad print or laser engraving for a permanent, premium finish. For unique corporate gifting, consider combining presentation packaging with personalised chocolate gift boxes for a complete branded experience. Custom Presentation Packaging — Sizes, Containers and Branding Options Custom Branded Packaging Sizes and Weights Presentation packaging is available in a wide range of sizes to suit everything from small giveaways to premium gifts: 7g to 25g — small syringes, mini bottles, and acrylic novelties 30g to 80g — small soda bottles, pull cans, tubes, and noodle boxes 85g to 160g — medium jars, tins, cellophane bags, and PVC buckets (small) 170g to 400g — medium PVC buckets, large tins, paint tins, and large jars 500g to 950g — large PET jars (1L and 2L), dispensers, and bulk containers Promotional Presentation Container Options Jars and Tins PET jars in 1L and 2L sizes are ideal for office reception displays and self-serve setups. Rectangle tins and paint tins offer a robust, reusable container with a premium feel. These are popular for desk gifts and client thank-you packages. Bottles and Novelty Containers Soda bottles and champagne bottles create eye-catching shelf presence. Novelty containers — including acrylic hearts, stars, dollar signs, light bulbs, syringes, and Christmas trees — deliver a fun, unique gift experience that customers love. These conversation starters are a delicious way to showcase your brand at events. Buckets, Dispensers and Boxes PVC buckets in small and medium sizes are a versatile option for larger fills. Clear acrylic dispensers with scoops are perfect for office break rooms and conference self-serve stations. Noodle boxes and cardboard boxes provide an affordable yet attractive alternative. Tubes, Bags and Pull Cans Clear PET tubes showcase the confectionery inside while your branding wraps around the outside. Zip lock bags offer a resealable practical option. Pull cans with ring-pull lids add a novelty opening experience. Cellophane bags and pillow packs round out the range for budget-friendly giveaways. Branded Packaging Confectionery Fill Options Every container can be filled with a wide selection of delicious confectionery. Customers choose the fill when ordering to match the product to their audience: Jelly beans (standard or corporate colour mixes) Chocolate beans and orange choc drops Mini M&M's and Skittles Chewy fruits, chewy mints, and humbugs Mixed lollies and Allen's wrapped lollies Lindt Lindor balls Jelly Belly jelly beans Mentos and mints Rock candy and jelly snakes Review the available fill options on each product page for the complete list. Corporate Presentation Packaging Branding Methods Full-colour sticker — applied to jars, buckets, tubes, and novelty containers Digital label — high-quality printed label on tins, cans, and boxes Die-cut digital label — custom-shaped labels for bottles Pad print — single-colour print on select containers and dispensers Laser engraving — permanent branding on metal tins and premium items How to Order Bulk Branded Presentation Packaging Select your container — browse the range above and choose the packaging type that suits your campaign Choose your confectionery fill — select from jelly beans, chocolates, mints, mixed lollies, and more Choose your quantity — minimum orders start from 25 units, with bulk pricing tiers up to 50,000 units Upload your artwork — provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best print quality Approve your digital proof — review your personalised design before production begins Production and delivery — standard turnaround is 10–14 working days, with Australia-wide delivery Browse and purchase online to take advantage of volume pricing across the full range. Get inspired with these corporate gift ideas for your next campaign. Ready to get started? Request a custom quote today. FAQ — Branded Presentation Packaging What is the minimum order quantity for presentation packaging? Most presentation packaging products start from a minimum of 25 units. Larger containers and premium items may have different minimums — check the individual product page for specific details. Can I choose the confectionery fill for my containers? Yes. Every container offers a selection of confectionery fill options. Customers can choose from jelly beans, chocolate beans, mints, mixed lollies, Lindt balls, M&M's, and more. Available fills are listed on each product page. What artwork format is needed for branded packaging? Provide your logo in AI or EPS vector format for the best results. Full-colour printing is standard, ensuring your branding appears sharp and vibrant on every container. Are the containers reusable? Yes. Most presentation packaging containers — including tins, jars, buckets, bottles, and acrylic novelties — are designed to be reused. This means your branding stays visible on desks and in offices long after the confectionery is finished. How long does production take? Standard production time is 10–14 working days from artwork approval. Review your proof carefully before confirming to avoid delays. Do you deliver Australia-wide? Yes. Fast Confectionery delivers custom branded presentation packaging to all states and territories across Australia. Delivery details are confirmed at checkout. - [Promotional Confectionery Acrylic Stars](https://fastconfectionery.com.au/product-category/presentation-packaging/promotional-confectionery-acrylic-stars/): Why Promotional Confectionery Acrylic Stars Work for Marketing Campaigns Emotional Appeal and Custom Branded Confectionery Acrylic Star Connection The star shape carries powerful associations — achievement, recognition and excellence. When customers receive a custom branded confectionery acrylic star, the message is clear: you are a star. That emotional shorthand makes these one of the most effective promotional gifts for rewarding performance and celebrating milestones. Clear acrylic amplifies the appeal by putting colourful confectionery on display. Whether filled with jelly beans, Mini M&Ms or Skittles, the transparent container creates a showcase of colour. The gold ribbon and full-colour tag complete the presentation, transforming each star into a striking gift. Perfect for Events and Corporate Confectionery Acrylic Star Gifting Custom branded confectionery acrylic stars suit a wide range of occasions where recognition is the theme: Awards ceremonies — hand out branded stars to winners and nominees as a memorable keepsake Employee recognition programs — reward star performers with a gift that reinforces achievement VIP appreciation events — make high-value clients feel genuinely valued End-of-year celebrations — thank staff and colleagues for their contributions Trade shows and conferences — a unique, eye-catching giveaway that stands apart from standard items Client thank-you gifts — an effective way to strengthen business relationships Sales incentive programs — reward top achievers with a star that celebrates results Practical and Cost-Effective Promotional Confectionery Acrylic Stars Despite their premium appearance, promotional confectionery acrylic stars deliver strong value in bulk. The 95mm x 95mm star is the largest container in the acrylic novelty range, giving customers more impact per unit. Each arrives gift-ready — no wrapping required, saving time for event organisers. The reusable acrylic container keeps working for your brand after the delicious treats are enjoyed. Recipients display the star on desks and shelves — making a lasting impression beyond the initial gifting moment. That visibility turns a single purchase into months of brand exposure, which is why buyers rate these among the most cost-effective recognition gifts available. Personalised Confectionery Acrylic Stars With Your Logo Every acrylic star is personalised with a full-colour printed tag — not a sticker. This sets the star apart from other acrylic novelty containers. The tag measures 95mm W x 95mm H, the largest print area in the acrylic novelty range, giving designers a generous canvas for logos and artwork. The tag attaches via a gold ribbon, creating a gift-tag presentation. Other ribbon colours are available on request, allowing organisations to match their corporate palette or event theme. Full-colour reproduction means your artwork, logo and brand details print with vivid clarity. For a cohesive look, corporate colour matching is available for jelly bean fills. Select colours that align with your brand identity so the recipient sees your colours through the clear acrylic. Browse product pages online for artwork templates, then upload your artwork to get started. Custom Confectionery Acrylic Stars — Sizes, Fills and Printing Options Branded Acrylic Star Container Sizes The acrylic star range features a single star-shaped container: Dimensions: 95mm W x 95mm H Fill weight: 50g of confectionery Material: Clear acrylic — durable, reusable and food-safe Shape: Five-pointed star with transparent body At 95mm x 95mm, the star is larger than other acrylic novelty containers, giving it shelf presence as a memorable centrepiece for desk displays and event tables. Once consumed, the unique star container can be repurposed — keeping your branded tag visible. Corporate Confectionery Acrylic Star Fill Options Choose from three delicious fill options, each at 50g: Jelly beans — a colourful classic with broad appeal and corporate colour matching available Mini M&Ms — a universally recognised favourite in mixed colours Skittles — fruity, vibrant and popular across all age groups This focused selection ensures every fill delivers impact. Customers who need colour-matched contents should select jelly beans, customised to specific brand palettes. Check individual product pages for details on colour selections and availability. Promotional Acrylic Star Printing Methods All custom branded confectionery acrylic stars use a full-colour tag — not a sticker. The tag (95mm W x 95mm H) is printed with your artwork and attached to the star container with a gold ribbon. Full-colour printing reproduces logos, graphics and text with precision. The branding tag does not sit on the container — it hangs from the ribbon, reinforcing the gift-like quality. Provide artwork in AI or EPS vector format for sharp results. How to Order Bulk Confectionery Acrylic Stars Browse the range — check the acrylic star products above and select your preferred fill from jelly beans, Mini M&Ms or Skittles Choose your quantity — minimum orders from 100 units, with tiered pricing at 250, 500 and 1,000 units Upload your artwork — provide your logo in vector format for the full-colour tag (95mm x 95mm print area) Approve your digital proof — review your personalised tag design before production begins Production and delivery — standard turnaround is 10 to 14 working days, with Australia-wide delivery For organisations planning employee appreciation events, order early to ensure your branded acrylic stars arrive in time. FAQ — Branded Confectionery Acrylic Stars What is the minimum order quantity for custom branded confectionery acrylic stars? The minimum order is 100 units. Quantity tiers at 100, 250, 500 and 1,000 units offer pricing that improves at higher volumes. This makes them accessible for both smaller recognition events and large-scale corporate campaigns. Review the tier details and quantity pricing on each product page online before you purchase. Is the branding a sticker or a tag? The branding is a full-colour printed tag, not a sticker. The tag measures 95mm W x 95mm H — the largest print area in the acrylic novelty range — and attaches to the star with a gold ribbon. This gift-tag format gives a premium presentation that sets acrylic stars apart from other branded novelty containers. What artwork format is required for the tag? Provide your logo and artwork in AI or EPS vector format for the best reproduction quality on the full-colour tag. You will receive a digital proof to review and approve before production, ensuring every detail prints accurately. Contact the Fast Confectionery team if you need guidance on preparing your files. Can I choose a different ribbon colour instead of gold? Yes. Gold ribbon is included as standard, but other ribbon colours are available on request. This allows you to match the ribbon to your corporate colours, event theme or seasonal campaign for a polished look. Discuss your preferred colour with the Fast Confectionery team when placing your order to confirm availability. Are acrylic stars suitable for employee recognition and awards events? Absolutely. The star shape is a natural symbol of achievement and excellence, making these ideal for "star performer" awards, sales incentive prizes and milestone celebrations. Paired with colour-matched jelly beans in your corporate palette, they deliver a unique and memorable recognition gift. Many organisations order them alongside acrylic dollar sign containers for a complete awards range. How long does delivery take for bulk acrylic star orders? Standard turnaround is 10 to 14 working days from artwork approval, with delivery Australia-wide to all states and territories. For time-sensitive campaigns such as annual awards nights, contact Fast Confectionery early to discuss scheduling and ensure your personalised stars arrive on time. Larger orders may require additional production time, so plan ahead. What confectionery fills are available for the acrylic star? Three delicious fills are available: jelly beans, Mini M&Ms and Skittles — all at 50g per star. Jelly beans offer corporate colour matching for a fully branded presentation, while Mini M&Ms and Skittles provide universally popular options. Customers can select different fills across an order to suit different recipients or occasions.